Edgar Filing: ASSURED GUARANTY LTD

AGO-9.30.2012-10Q

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

(Mark One)



x	QUARTERLY REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Quarterly Period Ended September 30, 2012



o	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition Period from to

Commission File No. 001-32141

ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



Bermuda		98-0429991
(State or other jurisdiction		(I.R.S. employer
of incorporation)		identification no.)

30 Woodbourne Avenue

Hamilton HM 08

Bermuda

(Address of principal executive offices)

(441) 279-5700

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.



Large accelerated filer x		Accelerated filer o

Non-accelerated filer o		Smaller reporting company o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No x

The number of registrant’s Common Shares ($0.01 par value) outstanding as of November 1, 2012 was 194,076,724 (includes 88,549 unvested restricted shares).

Table of Contents

ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.

INDEX TO FORM 10-Q



		Page
	PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION	1
Item 1.	Financial Statements:	1
	Consolidated Balance Sheets (unaudited) as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011	1
	Consolidated Statements of Operations (unaudited) for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 and 2011	2
	Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (unaudited) for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 and 2011	3
	Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity (unaudited) for Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012	4
	Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited) for Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012 and 2011	5
	Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)	6
	1. Business and Basis of Presentation	6
	2. Business Changes, Risks, Uncertainties and Accounting Developments	7
	3. Outstanding Exposure	10
	4. Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts	15
	5. Fair Value Measurement	42
	6. Financial Guaranty Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives	56
	7. Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities	64
	8. Investments	67
	9. Insurance Company Regulatory Requirements	73
	10. Income Taxes	74
	11. Reinsurance and Other Monoline Exposures	76
	12. Commitments and Contingencies	79
	13. Long Term Debt and Credit Facilities	84
	14. Earnings Per Share	87
	15. Shareholders' Equity	87
	16. Other Comprehensive Income	88
	17. Subsidiary Information	89
Item 2.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	96
	Forward Looking Statements	96
	Convention	98
	Introduction	98
	Available Information	99
	Executive Summary	99
	Key Business Strategies	102
	Results of Operations	106
	Non-GAAP Financial Measures	127
	Insured Portfolio	131
	Significant Risk Management Activities	138
	Exposure to Residential Mortgage Backed Securities	139
	Exposures by Reinsurer	142
	Liquidity and Capital Resources	145
Item 3.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	162
Item 4.	Controls and Procedures	162
	PART II. OTHER INFORMATION	162
Item 1.	Legal Proceedings	162
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	166
Item 2.	Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds	169
Item 6.	Exhibits	169

Table of Contents

PART I. Financial Information


ITEM 1.	Financial Statements

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Consolidated Balance Sheets (unaudited)

(dollars in millions except per share and share amounts)



	As of September 30, 2012		As of December 31, 2011
Assets
Investment portfolio:
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $9,589 and $9,638)	$	10,318	$	10,142
Short term investments, at fair value	564		734
Other invested assets	205		223
Total investment portfolio	11,087		11,099
Cash	133		215
Premiums receivable, net of ceding commissions payable	944		1,003
Ceded unearned premium reserve	550		709
Deferred acquisition costs	127		132
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses	56		69
Salvage and subrogation recoverable	430		368
Credit derivative assets	450		469
Deferred tax asset, net	729		804
Current income tax receivable	78		76
Financial guaranty variable interest entities’ assets, at fair value	2,693		2,819
Other assets	286		262
Total assets	$	17,563	$	18,025
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Unearned premium reserve	$	5,332	$	5,963
Loss and loss adjustment expense reserve	594		679
Reinsurance balances payable, net	185		171
Long-term debt	840		1,038
Credit derivative liabilities	2,151		1,773
Financial guaranty variable interest entities’ liabilities with recourse, at fair value	2,169		2,397
Financial guaranty variable interest entities’ liabilities without recourse, at fair value	1,018		1,061
Other liabilities	322		291
Total liabilities	12,611		13,373
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 12)
Common stock ($0.01 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized; 193,988,878 and 182,235,798 shares issued and outstanding in 2012 and 2011)	2		2
Additional paid-in capital	2,722		2,570
Retained earnings	1,693		1,708
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax of $200 and $135	531		368
Deferred equity compensation (320,193 shares in 2012 and 2011)	4		4
Total shareholders’ equity	4,952		4,652
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	17,563	$	18,025

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Consolidated Statements of Operations (unaudited)

(dollars in millions except per share amounts)



	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2012			2011			2012			2011
Revenues
Net earned premiums	$	222		$	211		$	635		$	695
Net investment income	102			95			301			295
Net realized investment gains (losses):
Other-than-temporary impairment losses	(4		)	(33		)	(41		)	(67		)
Less: portion of other-than-temporary impairment loss recognized in other comprehensive income	0			(17		)	(30		)	(35		)
Other net realized investment gains (losses)	6			5			11			19
Net realized investment gains (losses)	2			(11		)	0			(13		)
Net change in fair value of credit derivatives:
Realized gains (losses) and other settlements	2			0			(78		)	25
Net unrealized gains (losses)	(38		)	1,156			(388		)	830
Net change in fair value of credit derivatives	(36		)	1,156			(466		)	855
Fair value gain (loss) on committed capital securities	(2		)	2			(12		)	3
Fair value gains (losses) on financial guaranty variable interest entities	38			(99		)	174			(154		)
Other income	16			(9		)	112			59
Total revenues	342			1,345			744			1,740
Expenses
Loss and loss adjustment expenses	90			215			459			313
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs	4			4			14			13
Interest expense	21			25			71			74
Other operating expenses	48			46			163			163
Total expenses	163			290			707			563
Income (loss) before income taxes	179			1,055			37			1,177
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Current	(9		)	(13		)	(9		)	(200		)
Deferred	46			307			10			520
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes	37			294			1			320
Net income (loss)	$	142		$	761		$	36		$	857

Earnings per share:
Basic	$	0.73		$	4.15		$	0.19		$	4.66
Diluted	$	0.73		$	4.13		$	0.19		$	4.60
Dividends per share	$	0.09		$	0.045		$	0.27		$	0.135

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (unaudited)

(in millions)



	Three Months Ended September 30,					Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2012		2011			2012			2011
Net income (loss)	$	142	$	761		$	36		$	857
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period on:
Investments with no other-than-temporary impairment, net of tax provision (benefit) of $34, $52, $61 and $94	95		129			169			210
Investments with other-than-temporary impairment, net of tax provision (benefit) of $4, $(7), $(4) and $(3)	5		(14		)	(13		)	(6		)
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period, net of tax	100		115			156			204
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains (losses) included in net income (loss), net of tax provision (benefit) of $(1), $(4), $(6), and $(5)	—		(9		)	(5		)	(12		)
Change in net unrealized gains on investments	100		124			161			216
Other, net of tax provision	1		(3		)	2			(1		)
Other comprehensive income (loss)	$	101	$	121		$	163		$	215
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	243	$	882		$	199		$	1,072

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity (unaudited)

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012

(dollars in millions, except share data)



	Common Stock				Additional Paid-in Capital			Retained Earnings			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income		Deferred Equity Compensation		Total Shareholders’ Equity
	Shares		Amount		Additional Paid-in Capital			Retained Earnings			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income		Deferred Equity Compensation		Total Shareholders’ Equity
Balance at December 31, 2011	182,235,798		$	2	$	2,570		$	1,708		$	368	$	4	$	4,652
Net income	—		—		—			36			—		—		36
Dividends ($0.27 per share)	—		—		—			(51		)	—		—		(51		)
Dividends on restricted stock units	—		—		0			0			—		—		—
Common stock issuance, net	13,428,770		0		173			—			—		—		173
Common stock repurchases	(2,066,759	)	0		(24		)	—			—		—		(24		)
Share-based compensation and other	391,069		0		3			—			—		—		3
Other comprehensive income	—		—		—			—			163		—		163
Balance at September 30, 2012	193,988,878		$	2	$	2,722		$	1,693		$	531	$	4	$	4,952

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited)

(in millions)



	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2012			2011
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities	$	(223	)	$	601
Investing activities
Fixed maturity securities:
Purchases	(1,322		)	(1,788		)
Sales	683			849
Maturities	758			503
Net sales (purchases) of short-term investments	282			182
Net proceeds from paydowns on financial guaranty variable interest entities’ assets	407			598
Acquisition of MIAC, net of cash acquired	(91		)	—
Other	85			14
Net cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities	802			358
Financing activities
Proceeds from issuances of common stock	173			—
Dividends paid	(51		)	(25		)
Repurchases of common stock	(24		)	(23		)
Share activity under option and incentive plans	(3		)	(3		)
Net paydowns of financial guaranty variable interest entities’ liabilities	(553		)	(830		)
Repayment of long-term debt	(204		)	(17		)
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities	(662		)	(898		)
Effect of exchange rate changes	1			4
Increase (decrease) in cash	(82		)	65
Cash at beginning of period	215			108
Cash at end of period	$	133		$	173
Supplemental cash flow information
Cash paid (received) during the period for:
Income taxes	$	(11	)	$	89
Interest	$	56		$	58

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Table of Contents

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

September 30, 2012


1.	Business and Basis of Presentation

Business

Assured Guaranty Ltd. (“AGL” and, together with its subsidiaries, “Assured Guaranty” or the “Company”) is a Bermuda-based holding company that provides, through its operating subsidiaries, credit protection products to the United States (“U.S.”) and international public finance (including infrastructure) and structured finance markets. The Company has applied its credit underwriting judgment, risk management skills and capital markets experience to offer insurance that protects holders of debt instruments and other monetary obligations from defaults in scheduled payments, including scheduled interest and principal payments. The Company markets its credit protection products directly to issuers and underwriters of public finance and structured finance securities as well as to investors in such obligations. The Company guarantees obligations issued in many countries, although its principal focus is on the U.S., Europe and Australia.

Financial guaranty insurance policies provide an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that protects the holder of a financial obligation against non-payment of principal and interest ("Debt Service") when due. Upon an obligor’s default on scheduled principal or interest payments due on the obligation, the Company is required under the financial guaranty policy to pay the principal or interest shortfall. The Company has issued financial guaranty insurance policies on public finance obligations and structured finance obligations. Public finance obligations insured by the Company consist primarily of general obligation bonds supported by the taxing powers of U.S. state or municipal governmental authorities, as well as tax-supported bonds, revenue bonds and other obligations supported by covenants from state or municipal governmental authorities or other municipal obligors to impose and collect fees and charges for public services or specific infrastructure projects. The Company also includes within public finance obligations those obligations backed by the cash flow from leases or other revenues from projects serving substantial public purposes, including utilities, toll roads, health care facilities and government office buildings. Structured finance obligations insured by the Company are generally issued by special purpose entities and backed by pools of assets such as residential or commercial mortgage loans, consumer or trade receivables, securities or other assets having an ascertainable cash flow or market value. The Company also includes within structured finance obligations other specialized financial obligations.

In the past, the Company had sold credit protection by issuing policies that guaranteed payment obligations under credit derivatives. Financial guaranty contracts accounted for as credit derivatives are generally structured such that the circumstances giving rise to the Company’s obligation to make loss payments are similar to those for financial guaranty insurance contracts and only occurs upon one or more defined credit events such as failure to pay or bankruptcy, in each case, as defined within the transaction documents, with respect to one or more third party referenced securities or loans. Financial guaranty contracts accounted for as credit derivatives are primarily comprised of credit default swaps (“CDS”). The Company’s credit derivative transactions are governed by International Swaps and Derivative Association, Inc. (“ISDA”) documentation.

The Company has not entered into any new CDS in order to sell credit protection since the beginning of 2009, when regulatory guidelines were issued that limited the terms under which such protection could be sold. The capital and margin requirements applicable under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) also contributed to the decision of the Company not to enter into such new CDS in the foreseeable future. The Company actively pursues opportunities to terminate existing CDS and, in certain cases, has converted existing CDS exposure into a financial guaranty insurance contract. These actions have the effect of reducing future fair value volatility in income and/or reducing rating agency capital charges.

The Company has historically entered into ceded reinsurance contracts in order to obtain greater business diversification and reduce the net potential loss from large risks. In January 2012, two of AGL's operating subsidiaries, Assured Guaranty Municipal Corp. (“AGM”) and Assured Guaranty Corp. (“AGC”), entered into a $435 million excess of loss reinsurance facility with third-party reinsurers, which reduced rating agency capital charges. The Company also has been reassuming previously ceded business from reinsurers. In the three-month period ended March 31, 2012 (“First Quarter 2012”), the Company reassumed a total of $19.1 billion in par from two reinsurers and in the three-month period ended September 30, 2012, the Company reassumed $9 million in par from one reinsurer. See Note 11, Reinsurance and Other Monoline Exposures.

When a rating agency assigns a public rating to a financial obligation guaranteed by one of AGL’s insurance company

Table of Contents

subsidiaries, it generally awards that obligation the same rating it has assigned to the financial strength of the AGL subsidiary that provides the guaranty. Investors in products insured by AGL’s insurance company subsidiaries frequently rely on ratings published by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSROs”) because such ratings influence the trading value of securities and form the basis for many institutions’ investment guidelines as well as individuals’ bond purchase decisions. Therefore, the Company manages its business with the goal of achieving high financial strength ratings. However, the models used by NRSROs differ, presenting conflicting goals that may make it inefficient or impractical to reach the highest rating level. The models are not fully transparent, contain subjective data (such as assumptions about future market demand for the Company’s products) and change frequently. Ratings reflect only the views of the respective NRSROs and are subject to continuous review and revision or withdrawal at any time.

Unless otherwise noted, ratings disclosed herein on Assured Guaranty’s insured portfolio reflect Assured Guaranty’s internal ratings. Assured Guaranty’s ratings scale is similar to that used by the NRSROs; however, the ratings in these financial statements may not be the same as those assigned by any such rating agency. For example, the super senior category, which is not generally used by rating agencies, is used by Assured Guaranty in instances where Assured Guaranty’s AAA-rated exposure on its internal rating scale (which does not take into account Assured Guaranty’s financial guaranty) has additional credit enhancement due to either (1) the existence of another security rated AAA that is subordinated to Assured Guaranty’s exposure or (2) Assured Guaranty’s exposure benefiting from a different form of credit enhancement that would pay any claims first in the event that any of the exposures incurs a loss, and such credit enhancement, in management’s opinion, causes Assured Guaranty’s attachment point to be materially above the AAA attachment point.

Basis of Presentation

The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments that are of a normal recurring nature, necessary for a fair statement of the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated financial guaranty variable interest entities (“FG VIEs”) for the periods presented. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements are as of September 30, 2012 and cover the three-month period ended September 30, 2012 ("Third Quarter 2012"), the three-month period ended September 30, 2011 ("Third Quarter 2011"), the nine-month period ended September 30, 2012 ("Nine Months 2012") and the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011 ("Nine Months 2011"). The year-end balance sheet data was derived from audited financial statements, but does not include all disclosures required by GAAP.

The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements include the accounts of AGL and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (collectively, the “Subsidiaries”) and its consolidated FG VIEs. Intercompany accounts and transactions between and among all consolidated entities have been eliminated. Certain prior year balances have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.

These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements included in AGL’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

AGL’s principal insurance company subsidiaries are AGC, domiciled in Maryland; AGM, domiciled in New York; and Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. (“AG Re”), domiciled in Bermuda. In addition, the Company has another U.S. and another Bermuda insurance company subsidiary that participate in a pooling agreement with AGM, two insurance subsidiaries organized in the United Kingdom, and a mortgage insurance company domiciled in New York. On May 31, 2012, the Company also completed the purchase of Municipal and Infrastructure Assurance Corporation ("MIAC"), which is domiciled in New York. See Note 2, Business Changes, Risks, Uncertainties and Accounting Developments. The Company’s organizational structure includes various holdings companies, two of which—Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. (“AGUS”) and Assured Guaranty Municipal Holdings Inc. (“AGMH”)—have public debt outstanding. See Note 13, Long Term Debt and Credit Facilities.


2.	Business Changes, Risks, Uncertainties and Accounting Developments

Summarized below are updates of the most significant recent events that have had, or may have in the future, a material effect on the financial position, results of operations or business prospects of the Company.

Table of Contents

Rating Actions

In the last several years, Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) have downgraded the financial strength ratings of all the Company’s insurance subsidiaries that they rate. On March 20, 2012, Moody’s placed the ratings of AGL and its Subsidiaries, including the insurance financial strength rating of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries, on review for possible downgrade. On October 30, 2012, Moody's indicated that it anticipates resolving its review during the first half of November 2012. There can be no assurance as to the actions that Moody's may take on the Company's ratings or that S&P will not take further action on the Company’s ratings. For a discussion of the effect of rating actions by S&P or Moody's on the Company as of September 30, 2012, see the following:


•	Note 4, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts


•	Note 6, Financial Guaranty Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives


•	Note 11, Reinsurance and Other Monoline Exposures


•	Note 13, Long Term Debt and Credit Facilities (regarding the impact on the Company's insured leveraged lease transactions)

Another situation in which the Company is exposed to downgrade risk is AGM may be required to pay claims in respect of AGMH’s former financial products business if Dexia SA and its affiliates do not comply with their obligations following a downgrade of the financial strength rating of AGM. Most of the guaranteed investment contracts ("GICs") insured by AGM allow for the withdrawal of GIC funds in the event of a downgrade of AGM, unless the relevant GIC issuer posts collateral or otherwise enhances its credit. Most GICs insured by AGM allow for the termination of the GIC contract and a withdrawal of GIC funds at the option of the GIC holder in the event of a downgrade of AGM below a specified threshold, generally below A- by S&P or A3 by Moody’s, with no right of the GIC issuer to avoid such withdrawal by posting collateral or otherwise enhancing its credit. Each GIC contract stipulates the thresholds below which the GIC issuer must post eligible collateral, along with the types of securities eligible for posting and the collateralization percentage applicable to each security type. These collateralization percentages range from 100% of the GIC balance for cash posted as collateral to, typically, 108% for asset-backed securities. At September 30, 2012, a downgrade of AGM to below AA- by S&P and Aa3 by Moody’s would result in withdrawal of $358 million of GIC funds and the need to post collateral on GICs with a balance of $2.9 billion. In the event of such a downgrade, assuming an average margin of 105%, the market value as of September 30, 2012 that the GIC issuers would be required to post in order to avoid withdrawal of any GIC funds would be $3.1 billion.

The insurance subsidiaries’ financial strength ratings are an important competitive factor in the financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance markets. If the financial strength or financial enhancement ratings of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries were reduced below current levels, the Company expects it could have adverse effects on its future business opportunities as well as the premiums it could charge for its insurance policies and consequently, a downgrade could harm the Company’s new business production and results of operations in a material respect.

Accounting Changes

There has recently been significant GAAP rule making activity which has affected the accounting policies and presentation of the Company’s financial information beginning on January 1, 2012, particularly:


•	Adoption of new guidance that restricted the types and amounts of financial guaranty insurance acquisition costs that may be deferred. See Note 4, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts.


•	Adoption of guidance that changed the presentation of other comprehensive income (“OCI”). See “Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.”


•	Adoption of guidance requiring additional fair value disclosures. See Note 5, Fair Value Measurement.

In July 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2012-02, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment” (“ASU 2012-02”). ASU 2012-02 amends prior indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment testing guidance. Under ASU 2012-02, the Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (a likelihood of more than 50%) that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. If, after considering the totality of events and circumstances, an entity determines it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is not impaired, then calculating the fair value of such asset is unnecessary. ASU 2012-02 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after September 15, 2012 and the Company will adopt ASU 2012-02 at December 31, 2012. There will be no cumulative effect upon the adoption of ASU 2012-02 on the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Table of Contents

Deutsche Bank Agreement

On May 8, 2012, Assured Guaranty reached a settlement with Deutsche Bank AG and certain of its affiliates (collectively, “Deutsche Bank”), resolving claims related to certain residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) transactions issued, underwritten or sponsored by Deutsche Bank that were insured by Assured Guaranty under financial guaranty insurance policies and to certain RMBS exposures in re-securitization transactions as to which Assured Guaranty provides credit protection through CDS. As part of the settlement agreement (the “Deutsche Bank Agreement”), Assured Guaranty settled its litigation against Deutsche Bank on three RMBS transactions.

Assured Guaranty received a cash payment of $166 million from Deutsche Bank upon signing of the Deutsche Bank Agreement, a portion of which partially reimbursed Assured Guaranty for past losses on certain transactions. Assured Guaranty and Deutsche Bank also entered into loss sharing arrangements covering future RMBS related losses, which are described below. Under the Deutsche Bank Agreement, Deutsche Bank AG placed eligible assets in trust in order to collateralize the obligations of a reinsurance affiliate under the loss-sharing arrangements. The Deutsche Bank reinsurance affiliate may be required to post additional collateral in the future to satisfy rating agency requirements. As of September 30, 2012 the balance of the assets held in trust of $282 million was sufficient to fully collateralize Deutsche Bank's obligations, based on the Company's estimate of expected loss for the transactions covered under the agreement.

The settlement includes eight RMBS transactions (“Covered Transactions”) that Assured Guaranty has insured through financial guaranty insurance policies. The Covered Transactions are backed by first lien and second lien mortgage loans. Under the Deutsche Bank Agreement, the Deutsche Bank reinsurance affiliate will reimburse 80% of Assured Guaranty’s future losses on the Covered Transactions until Assured Guaranty’s aggregate losses (including those to date that are partially reimbursed by the $166 million cash payment) reach $319 million. Assured Guaranty currently projects that in the base case the Covered Transactions will not generate aggregate losses in excess of $319 million. In the event aggregate losses exceed $389 million, the Deutsche Bank reinsurance affiliate is required to resume reimbursement at the rate of 85% of Assured Guaranty’s losses in excess of $389 million until such losses reach $600 million. The Covered Transactions represented $548 million of gross par outstanding ($472 million on a net basis) as of September 30, 2012.

Certain uninsured tranches (“Uninsured Tranches”) of three of the Covered Transactions are included as collateral in RMBS re-securitization transactions as to which Assured Guaranty provides credit protection through CDS. Under the Deutsche Bank Agreement, the Deutsche Bank reinsurance affiliate will reimburse losses on the CDS in an amount equal to 60% of losses in these Uninsured Tranches until the aggregate losses in the Uninsured Tranches reach $141 million. In the event aggregate losses exceed $161 million, reimbursement resumes at the rate of 60% until the aggregate losses reach $185 million. The Deutsche Bank reinsurance affiliate is required to reimburse any losses in excess of $185 million at the rate of 100% until the aggregate losses reach $248 million. The Uninsured Tranches represent $317 million of par outstanding as of September 30, 2012. As of September 30, 2012, lifetime losses in the base case are expected to exceed $141 million (on a discounted basis).

Except for the Uninsured Tranches, the settlement does not include Assured Guaranty’s CDS with Deutsche Bank. The parties have agreed to continue efforts to resolve CDS-related claims.

Reinsurance Agreements

As discussed in Note 11, Reinsurance and Other Monoline Exposures, the Company has entered into several agreements with reinsurers, including assumption and re-assumption agreements with Radian Asset Assurance Inc. ("Radian"), a re-assumption agreement with Tokio Marine & Nichido Fire Insurance Co., Ltd. (“Tokio”) and a $435 million excess of loss reinsurance facility.

MIAC Acquisition

On May 31, 2012, the Company purchased 100% of the outstanding common stock of MIAC from Radian for $91 million in cash, resulting in $16 million in indefinite-lived intangible assets which represents the value of MIAC's licenses. The other assets acquired consisted primarily of short-term investments. MIAC is licensed to provide financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance in 38 U.S. jurisdictions including the District of Columbia. The acquisition of MIAC enhances the Company's flexibility to respond to changes in the financial guaranty industry.

Remarketing of Senior Notes and Redemption of Equity Units

On June 1, 2012, the Company completed the remarketing of the $173 million aggregate principal amount of 8.50%

Table of Contents

Senior Notes issued by AGUS in 2009 that were components of the Company's Equity Units. AGUS purchased all of the Senior Notes in the remarketing at a price of 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, and retired all of such notes on June 1, 2012. The proceeds from the remarketing were used to satisfy the obligations of the holders of the Equity Units to purchase AGL common shares pursuant to the forward purchase contracts that were also components of the Equity Units. Accordingly, on June 1, 2012, AGL issued 3.8924 common shares to holders of each $50 Equity Unit, which represented a settlement rate of 3.8685 common shares plus certain anti-dilution adjustments, or an aggregate of 13,428,770 common shares. The Equity Units ceased to exist when the forward purchase contracts were settled on June 1, 2012.


3.	Outstanding Exposure

The Company’s financial guaranty contracts are written in different forms, but collectively are considered financial guaranty contracts. The Company seeks to limit its exposure to losses by underwriting obligations that are investment grade at inception, diversifying its insured portfolio and maintaining rigorous subordination or collateralization requirements on structured finance obligations. The Company also has utilized reinsurance by ceding business to third-party reinsurers. The Company provides financial guaranties with respect to debt obligations of special purpose entities, including VIEs. Some of these VIEs are consolidated as described in Note 7, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities. The outstanding par and Debt Service amounts presented below include outstanding exposures on VIEs whether or not they are consolidated.

Debt Service Outstanding



	Gross Debt Service Outstanding				Net Debt Service Outstanding
	September 30, 2012		December 31, 2011		September 30, 2012		December 31, 2011
	(in millions)
Public finance	$	746,703	$	798,471	$	699,938	$	716,890
Structured finance	117,105		137,661		109,790		128,775
Total financial guaranty	$	863,808	$	936,132	$	809,728	$	845,665

In addition to the amounts shown in the table above, the Company’s net mortgage guaranty insurance in force was approximately $150 million as of September 30, 2012. The net mortgage guaranty insurance in force is assumed excess of loss business and comprises $135 million covering loans originated in Ireland and $15 million covering loans originated in the UK.

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Internal Rating



	As of September 30, 2012
	Public Finance U.S.				Public Finance Non-U.S.				Structured Finance U.S				Structured Finance Non-U.S				Total
Rating Category	Net Par Outstanding		%		Net Par Outstanding		%		Net Par Outstanding		%		Net Par Outstanding		%		Net Par Outstanding		%
	(dollars in millions)
Super senior	$	—	—	%	$	1,119	2.9	%	$	13,714	17.5	%	$	4,818	24.1	%	$	19,651	3.7	%
AAA	4,575		1.2		1,392		3.6		30,745		39.2		8,504		42.5		45,216		8.4
AA	131,488		32.9		950		2.4		9,996		12.7		725		3.6		143,159		26.7
A	215,989		54.1		10,281		26.5		4,500		5.7		1,476		7.4		232,246		43.3
BBB	42,353		10.6		22,712		58.7		4,093		5.2		2,594		13.0		71,752		13.4
Below-investment-grade (“BIG”)	4,771		1.2		2,266		5.9		15,456		19.7		1,876		9.4		24,369		4.5
Total net par outstanding	$	399,176	100.0	%	$	38,720	100.0	%	$	78,504	100.0	%	$	19,993	100.0	%	$	536,393	100.0	%

Table of Contents



	As of December 31, 2011
	Public Finance U.S.				Public Finance Non-U.S.				Structured Finance U.S				Structured Finance Non-U.S				Total
Rating Category	Net Par Outstanding		%		Net Par Outstanding		%		Net Par Outstanding		%		Net Par Outstanding		%		Net Par Outstanding		%
	(dollars in millions)
Super senior	$	—	—	%	$	1,138	2.9	%	$	16,756	18.2	%	$	5,660	23.9	%	$	23,554	4.2	%
AAA	5,074		1.3		1,381		3.5		35,736		38.7		10,231		43.2		52,422		9.4
AA	139,693		34.6		1,056		2.7		12,575		13.6		976		4.1		154,300		27.7
A	213,164		52.9		11,744		30.1		4,115		4.5		1,518		6.4		230,541		41.3
BBB	40,635		10.1		21,399		54.8		5,044		5.5		3,391		14.3		70,469		12.6
BIG	4,507		1.1		2,328		6.0		18,008		19.5		1,919		8.1		26,762		4.8
Total net par outstanding	$	403,073	100.0	%	$	39,046	100.0	%	$	92,234	100.0	%	$	23,695	100.0	%	$	558,048	100.0	%

Beginning in First Quarter 2012, the Company decided to classify those portions of risks benefiting from reimbursement obligations collateralized by eligible assets held in trust in acceptable reimbursement structures as the higher of 'AA' or their current internal rating. As of Third Quarter 2012, the Company applied this policy to the Bank of America Agreement and the Deutsche Bank Agreement (see Note 4, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts). The Bank of America Agreement was entered into in April 2011 and the reclassification in First Quarter 2012 resulted in a decrease in BIG net par outstanding as of December 31, 2011 of $1,452 million from that previously reported.

In addition to amounts shown in the tables above, the Company had outstanding commitments to provide guaranties of $1.7 billion for structured finance and $0.9 billion for public finance obligations at September 30, 2012. The structured finance commitments include the unfunded component of pooled corporate and other transactions. Public finance commitments typically relate to primary and secondary public finance debt issuances. The expiration dates for the public finance commitments range between October 1, 2012 and February 25, 2017, with $0.5 billion expiring prior to December 31, 2012. The commitments are contingent on the satisfaction of all conditions set forth in them and may expire unused or be canceled at the counterparty’s request. Therefore, the total commitment amount does not necessarily reflect actual future guaranteed amounts.

Table of Contents

Economic Exposure to the Selected European Countries

Several European countries are experiencing significant economic, fiscal and/or political strains such that the likelihood of default on obligations with a nexus to those countries may be higher than the Company anticipated when such factors did not exist. The Company is closely monitoring its exposures in European countries where it believes heightened uncertainties exist, specifically, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain (the “Selected European Countries”). Published reports have identified countries that may be experiencing reduced demand for their sovereign debt in the current environment. The Company selected these European countries based on these reports and its view that their credit fundamentals are deteriorating. The Company’s economic exposure to the Selected European Countries (based on par for financial guaranty contracts and notional amount for financial guaranty contracts accounted for as derivatives) is shown in the following table net of ceded reinsurance.

Net Economic Exposure to Selected European Countries(1)

September 30, 2012



	Greece		Hungary		Ireland		Italy		Portugal		Spain (2)		Total
	(in millions)
Sovereign and sub-sovereign exposure:
Public finance	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	992	$	108	$	260	$	1,360
Infrastructure finance	—		423		23		326		99		167		1,038
Sub-total	—		423		23		1,318		207		427		2,398
Non-sovereign exposure:
Regulated utilities	—		—		—		228		—		9		237
RMBS	—		219		135		491		—		—		845
Commercial receivables	—		1		18		26		14		17		76
Pooled corporate	25		—		187		227		14		527		980
Sub-total	25		220		340		972		28		553		2,138
Total	$	25	$	643	$	363	$	2,290	$	235	$	980	$	4,536
Total BIG	$	—	$	511	$	8	$	242	$	125	$	410	$	1,296

____________________

(1) While the Company’s exposures are shown in U.S. dollars, the obligations the Company insures are in various currencies, including U.S. dollars, Euros and British pounds sterling. Included in the table above is $135 million of reinsurance assumed on a 2004 - 2006 pool of Irish residential mortgages that is part of the Company’s remaining legacy mortgage reinsurance business. One of the residential mortgage-backed securities included in the table above includes residential mortgages in both Italy and Germany, and only the portion of the transaction equal to the portion of the original mortgage pool in Italian mortgages is shown in the table.


(2)	See Note 4, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts.

The Company no longer guarantees any sovereign bonds of the Selected European Countries. The exposure shown in the “Public Finance Category” is from transactions backed by receivable payments from sub-sovereigns in Italy, Spain and Portugal. Sub-sovereign debt is debt issued by a governmental entity or government backed entity, or supported by such an entity, that is other than direct sovereign debt of the ultimate governing body of the country. The Company understands that Moody's recently had undertaken a review of redenomination risk in selected countries in the Eurozone, including some of the Selected European Countries. No redenomination from the Euro to another currency has yet occurred and it may never occur. Therefore, it is not possible to be certain at this point how a redenomination of an issuer’s obligations might be implemented in the future and, in particular, whether any redenomination would extend to the Company's obligations under a related financial guarantee. As of June 30, 2012, the Company had €218 million of net exposure to the sovereign debt of Greece. The Company accelerated claims under its guarantees during the second quarter 2012, paying off in full its liabilities with respect to the Greek sovereign bonds it guaranteed. As of September 30, 2012, the Company no longer had any direct exposure to Greece.

Surveillance Categories

Table of Contents

periodic review for each exposure. BIG exposures include all exposures with internal credit ratings below BBB-. The Company’s internal credit ratings are based on internal assessments of the likelihood of default and loss severity in the event of default. Internal credit ratings are expressed on a ratings scale similar to that used by the rating agencies and are generally reflective of an approach similar to that employed by the rating agencies.

The Company monitors its investment grade credits to determine whether any new credits need to be internally downgraded to BIG. The Company refreshes its internal credit ratings on individual credits in quarterly, semi-annual or annual cycles based on the Company’s view of the credit’s quality, loss potential, volatility and sector. Ratings on credits in sectors identified as under the most stress or with the most potential volatility are reviewed every quarter. The Company’s insured credit ratings on assumed credits are based on the Company’s reviews of low-rated credits or credits in volatile sectors, unless such information is not available, in which case, the ceding company’s credit rating of the transactions are used. The Company models most assumed RMBS credits with par above $1 million, as well as certain RMBS credits below that amount.

Credits identified as BIG are subjected to further review to determine the probability of a loss (see Note 4, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts). Surveillance personnel then assign each BIG transaction to the appropriate BIG surveillance category based upon whether a lifetime loss is expected and whether a claim has been paid. The Company expects “lifetime losses” on a transaction when the Company believes there is at least a 50% chance that, on a present value basis, it will pay more claims over the life of that transaction than it ultimately will have been reimbursed. For surveillance purposes, the Company calculates present value using a constant discount rate of 5%. (A risk-free rate is used for recording of reserves for financial statement purposes.)

Intense monitoring and intervention is employed for all BIG surveillance categories, with internal credit ratings reviewed quarterly. The three BIG categories are:


•	BIG Category 1: Below-investment-grade transactions showing sufficient deterioration to make lifetime losses possible, but for which none are currently expected. Transactions on which claims have been paid but are expected to be fully reimbursed (other than investment grade transactions on which only liquidity claims have been paid) are in this category.


•	BIG Category 2: Below-investment-grade transactions for which lifetime losses are expected but for which no claims (other than liquidity claims which is a claim that the Company expects to be reimbursed within one year) have yet been paid.


•	BIG Category 3: Below-investment-grade transactions for which lifetime losses are expected and on which claims (other than liquidity claims) have been paid. Transactions remain in this category when claims have been paid and only a recoverable remains.

Table of Contents

Financial Guaranty Exposures

(Insurance and Credit Derivative Form)



	As of September 30, 2012
	BIG Net Par Outstanding								Net Par		BIG Net Par as a % of Net Par
	BIG 1		BIG 2		BIG 3		Total BIG		Outstanding		Outstanding
					(in millions)
First lien U.S. RMBS:
Prime first lien	$	27	$	461	$	3	$	491	$	663	0.1	%
Alt-A first lien	120		2,146		1,442		3,708		4,760		0.7
Option ARM	60		425		734		1,219		1,753		0.2
Subprime	116		1,350		854		2,320		7,541		0.4
Second lien U.S. RMBS:
Closed end second lien	—		451		412		863		985		0.2
Home equity lines of credit (“HELOCs”)	96		—		2,755		2,851		3,358		0.5
Total U.S. RMBS	419		4,833		6,200		11,452		19,060		2.1
Trust preferred securities (“TruPS”)	2,026		—		951		2,977		5,863		0.6
Other structured finance	1,156		377		1,370		2,903		73,574		0.5
U.S. public finance	3,288		665		818		4,771		399,176		0.9
Non-U.S. public finance	2,266		—		—		2,266		38,720		0.4
Total	$	9,155	$	5,875	$	9,339	$	24,369	$	536,393	4.5	%



	As of December 31, 2011
	BIG Net Par Outstanding								Net Par		BIG Net Par as a % of Net Par
	BIG 1		BIG 2		BIG 3		Total BIG		Outstanding		Outstanding
					(in millions)
First lien U.S. RMBS:
Prime first lien	$	77	$	465	$	—	$	542	$	739	0.1	%
Alt-A first lien	1,695		1,028		1,540		4,263		5,329		0.8
Option ARM	25		689		882		1,596		2,433		0.3
Subprime (including net interest margin securities)	795		1,200		513		2,508		8,136		0.4
Second lien U.S. RMBS:
Closed end second lien	—		495		520		1,015		1,040		0.2
HELOCs	421		—		2,858		3,279		3,890		0.6
Total U.S. RMBS	3,013		3,877		6,313		13,203		21,567		2.4
TruPS	2,501		—		951		3,452		6,334		0.6
Other structured finance	1,295		548		1,429		3,272		88,028		0.6
U.S. public finance	3,395		274		838		4,507		403,073		0.8
Non-U.S. public finance (1)	2,046		282		—		2,328		39,046		0.4
Total	$	12,250	$	4,981	$	9,531	$	26,762	$	558,048	4.8	%

_____________________

(1) Includes $282 million in net par as of December 31, 2011, for bonds of the Hellenic Republic of Greece. See Note 4, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts.

Table of Contents

Below-Investment-Grade Credits

By Category



	As of September 30, 2012
	Net Par Outstanding						Number of Risks(2)
Description	Financial Guaranty Insurance(1)		Credit Derivative		Total		Financial Guaranty Insurance(1)	Credit Derivative	Total
	(dollars in millions)
BIG:
Category 1	$	6,943	$	2,212	$	9,155	148	31	179
Category 2	3,233		2,642		5,875		90	30	120
Category 3	7,299		2,040		9,339		136	31	167
Total BIG	$	17,475	$	6,894	$	24,369	374	92	466



	As of December 31, 2011
	Net Par Outstanding						Number of Risks(2)
Description	Financial Guaranty Insurance(1)		Credit Derivative		Total		Financial Guaranty Insurance(1)	Credit Derivative	Total
	(dollars in millions)
BIG:
Category 1	$	8,297	$	3,953	$	12,250	171	40	211
Category 2	3,458		1,523		4,981		71	33	104
Category 3	7,204		2,327		9,531		126	26	152
Total BIG	$	18,959	$	7,803	$	26,762	368	99	467

_____________________

(1) Includes net par outstanding for FG VIEs.

(2) A risk represents the aggregate of the financial guaranty policies that share the same revenue source for purposes of making Debt Service payments.

Hurricane Sandy

On October 29, 2012, Hurricane Sandy made landfall in New Jersey and caused significant loss of life and property damage in New Jersey, New York and Connecticut. While the Company is continuing to evaluate the effects of Hurricane Sandy on its insured portfolio, it does not expect any significant losses as a result of the hurricane at this time.


4.	Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts

Change in accounting for deferred acquisition costs

In October 2010, the FASB adopted Accounting Standards Update (“Update”) No. 2010-26. The Company adopted this guidance January 1, 2012, with retrospective application. The Update specifies that certain costs incurred in the successful acquisition of new and renewal insurance contracts should be capitalized. These costs include direct costs of contract acquisition that result directly from and are essential to the contract transaction. These costs include expenses such as ceding commissions and the cost of underwriting personnel. Management uses its judgment in determining the type and amount of cost to be deferred. The Company conducts an annual study to determine which operating costs qualify for deferral. Ceding commission income on business ceded to third party reinsurers reduces policy acquisition costs and is deferred. Costs incurred by the insurer for soliciting potential customers, market research, training, administration, unsuccessful acquisition efforts, and product development as well as all overhead type costs are charged to expense as incurred.

Expected losses, which include loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”), investment income, and the remaining costs of servicing the insured or reinsured business are considered in determining the recoverability of deferred acquisition costs. When an insured issue is retired early, the remaining related deferred acquisition cost is expensed at that time. Ceding commission expense and income associated with future installment premiums on assumed and ceded business, respectively,

Table of Contents

are calculated at their contractually defined rates and recorded in deferred acquisition costs on the consolidated balance sheets with a corresponding offset to net premium receivable or reinsurance balances payable.

As of January 1, 2011, the effect of retrospective application of the new guidance was a reduction to deferred acquisition costs of $94 million and a reduction to retained earnings of $64 million.

Effect of Retrospective Application of New Deferred Acquisition Cost Guidance

On Consolidated Statements of Operations



	As Reported Third Quarter 2011		Retroactive Application Adjustment			As Revised Third Quarter 2011
	(in millions except per share amounts)
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs	$	7	$	(3	)	$	4
Other operating expenses	42		4			46
Net income (loss)	761		0			761
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	4.15	$	—		$	4.15
Diluted	4.13		—			4.13



	As Reported Nine Months 2011		Retroactive Application Adjustment			As Revised Nine Months 2011
	(in millions except per share amounts)
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs	$	24	$	(11	)	$	13
Other operating expenses	147		16			163
Net income (loss)	859		(2		)	857
Earnings per share:
Basic	4.67		(0.01		)	4.66
Diluted	4.61		(0.01		)	4.60

The portfolio of outstanding exposures discussed in Note 3, Outstanding Exposure, includes financial guaranty contracts that meet the definition of insurance contracts as well as those that meet the definition of derivative contracts. Amounts presented in this note relate only to financial guaranty insurance contracts. See Note 6, Financial Guaranty Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives. Tables presented herein also present reconciliations to financial statement line items for other less significant types of insurance.

Net Earned Premiums



	Third Quarter				Nine Months
	2012		2011		2012		2011
	(in millions)
Scheduled net earned premiums	$	144	$	178	$	441	$	596
Acceleration of premium earnings	73		27		178		77
Accretion of discount on net premiums receivable	4		6		15		21
Total financial guaranty	221		211		634		694
Other	1		0		1		1
Total net earned premiums(1)	$	222	$	211	$	635	$	695

___________________

(1) Excludes $17 million and $20 million in Third Quarter 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $50 million and $57 million for Nine Months 2012 and 2011, respectively, related to consolidated FG VIEs.

Table of Contents

Gross Premium Receivable, Net of Ceding Commissions Roll Forward



	Nine Months
	2012			2011
	(in millions)
Balance beginning of period	$	1,003		$	1,168
Premium written, net	134			153
Premium payments received, net	(225		)	(228		)
Adjustments to the premium receivable:
Changes in the expected term of financial guaranty insurance contracts	12			(117		)
Accretion of discount	19			23
Foreign exchange translation	10			(3		)
Consolidation of FG VIEs	(5		)	(10		)
Other adjustments	(4		)	1
Balance, end of period (1)	$	944		$	987

____________________

(1) Excludes $30 million and $29 million as of September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, related to consolidated FG VIEs.

Gains or losses due to foreign exchange rate changes relate to installment premium receivables denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Approximately 50%, 47% and 49% of installment premiums at September 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2011, respectively, are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, primarily in Euro and British Pound Sterling.

Actual collections may differ from expected collections in the tables below due to factors such as foreign exchange rate fluctuations, counterparty collectability issues, accelerations, commutations and changes in expected lives.

Expected Collections of Gross Premiums Receivable,

Net of Ceding Commissions (Undiscounted)



	September 30, 2012
	(in millions)
2012 (October 1 – December 31)	$	65
2013	112
2014	93
2015	83
2016	77
2017-2021	305
2022-2026	206
2027-2031	152
After 2031	190
Total(1)	$	1,283

____________________

(1) Excludes expected cash collections on FG VIEs of $35 million.

Table of Contents

Components of Unearned Premium Reserve



	As of September 30, 2012									As of December 31, 2011
	Gross			Ceded			Net(1)			Gross			Ceded			Net(1)
	(in millions)
Deferred premium revenue	$	5,476		$	576		$	4,900		$	6,046		$	728		$	5,318
Contra-paid	(152		)	(26		)	(126		)	(92		)	(19		)	(73		)
Total financial guaranty	5,324			550			4,774			5,954			709			5,245
Other	8			0			8			9			0			9
Total	$	5,332		$	550		$	4,782		$	5,963		$	709		$	5,254

____________________

(1) Total net unearned premium reserve excludes $226 million and $274 million related to FG VIEs as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

The following table provides a schedule of the expected timing of the income statement recognition of pre-tax financial guaranty insurance net deferred premium revenue and the present value of net expected losses to be expensed. The amount and timing of actual premium earnings and loss and LAE may differ from the estimates shown below due to factors such as refundings, accelerations, commutations, changes in expected lives and updates to loss estimates. A loss and LAE reserve is only recorded for the amount by which net expected loss to be expensed exceeds deferred premium revenue determined on a contract-by-contract basis. This table excludes amounts related to consolidated FG VIEs.

Expected Timing of Premium and Loss Recognition



	As of September 30, 2012
	Scheduled Net Earned Premium		Net Expected Loss to be Expensed		Net
	(in millions)
2012 (October 1–December 31)	$	141	$	25	$	116
Subtotal 2012	141		25		116
2013	490		75		415
2014	433		49		384
2015	379		38		341
2016	343		35		308
2017 - 2021	1,294		124		1,170
2022 - 2026	814		66		748
2027 - 2031	498		34		464
After 2031	508		30		478
Total present value basis(1)(2)	4,900		476		4,424
Discount	270		235		35
Total future value	$	5,170	$	711	$	4,459

____________________

(1) Balances represent discounted amounts.

(2) Consolidation of FG VIEs resulted in reductions of $364 million in future scheduled net earned premium and $195 million in net expected loss to be expensed.

Table of Contents

Selected Information for Policies Paid in Installments



	As of September 30, 2012			As of December 31, 2011
	(dollars in millions)
Premiums receivable, net of ceding commission payable	$	944		$	1,003
Gross deferred premium revenue	1,920			2,193
Weighted-average risk-free rate used to discount premiums	3.6		%	3.4		%
Weighted-average period of premiums receivable (in years)	9.9			9.8

Loss Estimation Process

The Company’s loss reserve committees estimate expected loss to be paid (including any loss adjustment expenses). Surveillance personnel present analyses related to potential losses to the Company’s loss reserve committees for consideration in estimating the expected loss to be paid. Such analyses include the consideration of various scenarios with potential probabilities assigned to them. Depending upon the nature of the risk, the Company’s view of the potential size of any loss and the information available to the Company, that analysis may be based upon individually developed cash flow models, internal credit rating assessments and sector-driven loss severity assumptions or judgmental assessments. In the case of its assumed business, the Company may conduct its own analysis as just described or, depending on the Company’s view of the potential size of any loss and the information available to the Company, the Company may use loss estimates provided by ceding insurers. The Company’s loss reserve committees review and refresh the estimate of expected loss to be paid each quarter. The Company’s estimate of ultimate loss on a policy is subject to significant uncertainty over the life of the insured transaction due to the potential for significant variability in credit performance as a result of economic, fiscal and financial market variability over the long duration of most contracts. The determination of expected loss to be paid is an inherently subjective process involving numerous estimates, assumptions and judgments by management.

Table of Contents

The following table presents a roll forward of the present value of net expected loss to be paid for financial guaranty insurance contracts by sector. Net expected loss to be paid is the estimate of the present value of future claim payments, net of reinsurance and net of salvage and subrogation, which includes the present value benefit of estimated recoveries for breaches of representations and warranties (“R&W”). The Company used weighted average risk-free rates for U.S. dollar denominated obligations, which ranged from 0.0% to 3.19% as of September 30, 2012 and 0.0% to 3.27% as of December 31, 2011.

Present Value of Net Expected Loss to be Paid

Roll Forward by Sector(1)



	Net Expected Loss to be Paid as of June 30, 2012			Economic Loss Development(2)			(Paid) Recovered Losses(3)			Net Expected Loss to be Paid as of September 30, 2012(4)
	(in millions)
U.S. RMBS:
First lien:
Prime first lien	$	3		$	1		$	—		$	4
Alt-A first lien	192			4			(8		)	188
Option ARM	(36		)	7			(88		)	(117		)
Subprime	159			11			(5		)	165
Total first lien	318			23			(101		)	240
Second lien:
Closed-end second lien	(17		)	(1		)	(3		)	(21		)
HELOCs	(63		)	(14		)	(30		)	(107		)
Total second lien	(80		)	(15		)	(33		)	(128		)
Total U.S. RMBS	238			8			(134		)	112
TruPS	7			3			(1		)	9
Other structured finance	221			1			(1		)	221
U.S. public finance	58			8			(56		)	10
Non-U.S. public finance	302			33			(289		)	46
Total financial guaranty	826			53			(481		)	398
Other	(4		)	—			—			(4		)
Total	$	822		$	53		$	(481	)	$	394

Table of Contents



	Net Expected Loss to be Paid as of June 30, 2011			Economic Loss Development(2)			(Paid) Recovered Losses(3)			Net Expected Loss to be Paid as of September 30, 2011
	(in millions)
U.S. RMBS:
First lien:
Prime first lien	$	3		$	(1	)	$	—		$	2
Alt-A first lien	167			(3		)	(16		)	148
Option ARM	267			51			(75		)	243
Subprime	162			36			(1		)	197
Total first lien	599			83			(92		)	590
Second lien:
Closed-end second lien	(95		)	47			(1		)	(49		)
HELOCs	(38		)	(8		)	(24		)	(70		)
Total second lien	(133		)	39			(25		)	(119		)
Total U.S. RMBS	466			122			(117		)	471
TruPS	4			8			1			13
Other structured finance	177			75			(6		)	246
U.S. public finance	60			1			(30		)	31
Non-U.S. public finance	6			6			—			12
Total financial guaranty	713			212			(152		)	773
Other	2			—			—			2
Total	$	715		$	212		$	(152	)	$	775



	Net Expected Loss to be Paid as of December 31, 2011(4)			Economic Loss Development(2)			(Paid) Recovered Losses(3)			Net Expected Loss to be Paid as of September 30, 2012(4)
	(in millions)
U.S. RMBS:
First lien:
Prime first lien	$	2		$	2		$	—		$	4
Alt-A first lien	135			18			35			188
Option ARM	153			6			(276		)	(117		)
Subprime	140			33			(8		)	165
Total first lien	430			59			(249		)	240
Second lien:
Closed-end second lien	(80		)	(5		)	64			(21		)
HELOCs	(31		)	9			(85		)	(107		)
Total second lien	(111		)	4			(21		)	(128		)
Total U.S. RMBS	319			63			(270		)	112
TruPS	13			(3		)	(1		)	9
Other structured finance	240			12			(31		)	221
U.S. public finance	16			66			(72		)	10
Non-U.S public finance	50			216			(220		)	46
Total financial guaranty	638			354			(594		)	398
Other	2			(6		)	—			(4		)
Total	$	640		$	348		$	(594	)	$	394

Table of Contents



	Net Expected Loss to be Paid as of December 31, 2010			Economic Loss Development(2)			(Paid) Recovered Losses(3)			Expected Loss to be Paid as of September 30, 2011
	(in millions)
U.S. RMBS:
First lien:
Prime first lien	$	1		$	1		$	—		$	2
Alt-A first lien	184			19			(55		)	148
Option ARM	524			(38		)	(243		)	243
Subprime	201			13			(17		)	197
Total first lien	910			(5		)	(315		)	590
Second lien:
Closed-end second lien	57			(63		)	(43		)	(49		)
HELOCs	(806		)	97			639			(70		)
Total second lien	(749		)	34			596			(119		)
Total U.S. RMBS	161			29			281			471
TruPS	(1		)	15			(1		)	13
Other structured finance	160			93			(7		)	246
U.S. public finance	82			(12		)	(39		)	31
Non-U.S public finance	7			5			—			12
Total financial guaranty	409			130			234			773
Other	2			—			—			2
Total	$	411		$	130		$	234		$	775

____________________


(1)	Amounts include all expected payments whether or not the insured VIE is consolidated.


(2)	Economic loss development includes the effects of changes in assumptions based on observed market trends, changes in discount rates, accretion of discount and the economic effects of loss mitigation efforts.


(3)	Net of ceded paid losses, whether or not such amounts have been settled with reinsurers. Ceded paid losses are typically settled 45 days after the end of the reporting period. Such amounts are recorded in reinsurance recoverable on paid losses included in other assets.


(4)	Includes expected LAE to be paid for mitigating claim liabilities of $26 million as of September 30, 2012 and $36 million as of December 31, 2011.

The table below provides a reconciliation of expected loss to be paid to expected loss to be expensed. Expected loss to be paid differs from expected loss to be expensed due to: (1) the contra-paid which represent the payments that have been made but have not yet been expensed, (2) for transactions with a net expected recovery, the addition of claim payments that have been made (and therefore are not included in expected loss to be paid) that are expected to be recovered in the future (and therefore have also reduced expected loss to be paid), and (3) loss reserves that have already been established (and therefore expensed but not yet paid).

Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Financial Guaranty Insurance Present Value of Net Expected Loss to be Paid

and Net Present Value of Net Expected Loss to be Expensed



	As of September 30, 2012
	(in millions)
Net expected loss to be paid	$	398
Less: net expected loss to be paid for FG VIEs	(81		)
Total	479
Contra-paid, net	126
Other recoveries (1)	30
Salvage and subrogation recoverable	424
Ceded salvage and subrogation recoverable(2)	(47		)
Loss and LAE reserve	(591		)
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses	55
Net expected loss to be expensed(3)	$	476

____________________


(1)	R&W recoveries recorded in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet.


(2)	Recorded in reinsurance balances payable on the consolidated balance sheet.


(3)	Excludes $195 million related to consolidated FG VIEs.

The Company’s Approach to Projecting Losses in U.S. RMBS

The Company projects losses on its insured U.S. RMBS on a transaction-by-transaction basis by projecting the performance of the underlying pool of mortgages over time and then applying the structural features (i.e., payment priorities and tranching) of the RMBS to the projected performance of the collateral over time. The resulting projected claim payments or reimbursements are then discounted using risk-free rates. For transactions where the Company projects it will receive recoveries from providers of R&W, it projects the amount of recoveries and either establishes a recovery for claims already paid or reduces its projected claim payments accordingly.

The further behind a mortgage borrower falls in making payments, the more likely it is that he or she will default. The rate at which borrowers from a particular delinquency category (number of monthly payments behind) eventually default is referred to as the “liquidation rate.” Liquidation rates may be derived from observed roll rates, which are the rates at which loans progress from one delinquency category to the next and eventually to default and liquidation. The Company applies liquidation rates to the mortgage loan collateral in each delinquency category and makes certain timing assumptions to project near-term mortgage collateral defaults from loans that are currently delinquent.

Mortgage borrowers that are not more than one payment behind (generally considered performing borrowers) have demonstrated an ability and willingness to pay throughout the recession and mortgage crisis, and as a result are viewed as less likely to default than delinquent borrowers. Performing borrowers that eventually default will also need to progress through delinquency categories before any defaults occur. The Company projects how many of the currently performing loans will default and when they will default, by first converting the projected near term defaults of delinquent borrowers derived from liquidation rates into a vector of conditional default rates ("CDR"), then projecting how the conditional default rates will develop over time. Loans that are defaulted pursuant to the conditional default rate after the liquidation of currently delinquent loans represent defaults of currently performing loans. A conditional default rate is the outstanding principal amount of defaulted loans liquidated in the current month divided by the remaining outstanding amount of the whole pool of loans (or “collateral pool balance”). The collateral pool balance decreases over time as a result of scheduled principal payments, partial and whole principal prepayments, and defaults.

In order to derive collateral pool losses from the collateral pool defaults it has projected, the Company applies a loss severity. The loss severity is the amount of loss the transaction experiences on a defaulted loan after the application of net proceeds from the disposal of the underlying property. The Company projects loss severities by sector based on its experience to date. Further detail regarding the assumptions and variables the Company used to project collateral losses in its U.S. RMBS portfolio may be found below in the sections “U.S. Second Lien RMBS Loss Projections: HELOCs and Closed-End Second

Table of Contents

Lien” and “U.S. First Lien RMBS Loss Projections: Alt-A First Lien, Option ARM, Subprime and Prime.”

The Company is in the process of enforcing claims for breaches of R&W regarding the characteristics of the loans included in the collateral pools. The Company calculates a credit from the RMBS issuer for such recoveries where the R&W were provided by an entity the Company believes to be financially viable and where the Company already has access or

believes it will attain access to the underlying mortgage loan files. Where the Company has an agreement with an R&W provider (e.g., the the Bank of America Agreement or the Deutsche Bank Agreement) or where it is in advanced discussions on a potential agreement, that credit is based on the agreement or potential agreement. In second lien RMBS transactions where there is no agreement or advanced discussions, this credit is based on a percentage of actual repurchase rates achieved across those transactions where material repurchases have been made. In first lien RMBS transactions where there is no agreement or advanced discussions, this credit is estimated by reducing collateral losses projected by the Company to reflect a percentage of the recoveries the Company believes it will achieve, based on a percentage of actual repurchase rates achieved or based on the amounts the Company was able to negotiate under the Bank of America Agreement and Deutsche Bank Agreement. The first lien approach is different from the second lien approach because the Company’s first lien transactions have multiple tranches and a more complicated method is required to correctly allocate credit to each tranche. In each case, the credit is a function of the projected lifetime collateral losses in the collateral pool, so an increase in projected collateral losses generally increases the R&W credit calculated by the Company for the RMBS issuer. Further detail regarding how the Company calculates these credits may be found under “Breaches of Representations and Warranties” below.

The Company projects the overall future cash flow from a collateral pool by adjusting the payment stream from the principal and interest contractually due on the underlying mortgages for (a) the collateral losses it projects as described above, (b) assumed voluntary prepayments and (c) recoveries for breaches of R&W as described above. The Company then applies an individual model of the structure of the transaction to the projected future cash flow from that transaction’s collateral pool to project the Company’s future claims and claim reimbursements for that individual transaction. Finally, the projected claims and reimbursements are discounted using risk-free rates. As noted above, the Company runs several sets of assumptions regarding mortgage collateral performance, or scenarios, and probability weights them.

Third Quarter-End 2012 U.S. RMBS Loss Projections

The Company's RMBS loss projection methodology assumes that the housing and mortgage markets will eventually improve. Each quarter the Company makes a judgment as to whether to change its assumptions used to make RMBS loss projections based on its observation during the quarter of the performance of its insured transactions (including early stage delinquencies, late stage delinquencies and, for first liens, loss severity) as well as the residential property market and economy in general, and, to the extent it observes changes, it makes a judgment as whether those changes are normal fluctuations or part of a trend. Based on such observations, the Company chose to use essentially the same methodology and scenarios to project RMBS loss as of September 30, 2012 as it used as of June 30, 2012. The methodology and scenarios used as of September 30, 2012 were also essentially the same as those it used as of December 31, 2011, except that as compared to December 31, 2011 (i) in its most optimistic scenario, it reduced by three months the period it assumed it would take the mortgage market to recover and (ii) in its most pessimistic scenario, it increased by three months the period it assumed it would take the mortgage market to recover. The methodology the Company uses to project RMBS losses and the scenarios it employs are described in more detail below under "-- U.S. Second Lien RMBS Loss Projections: HELOCs and Closed-End Second Lien" and " -- U.S. First Lien RMBS Loss Projections: Alt A First Lien, Option ARM, Subprime and Prime".

U.S. Second Lien RMBS Loss Projections: HELOCs and Closed-End Second Lien

The Company insures two types of second lien RMBS: those secured by HELOCs and those secured by closed end second lien mortgages. HELOCs are revolving lines of credit generally secured by a second lien on a one to four family home. A mortgage for a fixed amount secured by a second lien on a one to four family home is generally referred to as a closed end second lien. Second lien RMBS sometimes include a portion of loan collateral with a different priority than the majority of the collateral. The Company has material exposure to second lien mortgage loans originated and serviced by a number of parties, but the Company’s most significant second lien exposure is to HELOCs originated and serviced by Countrywide, a subsidiary of Bank of America. See “—Breaches of Representations and Warranties.”

The delinquency performance of HELOC and closed end second lien exposures included in transactions insured by the Company began to deteriorate in 2007, and such transactions, continue to perform below the Company’s original underwriting expectations. While insured securities benefit from structural protections within the transactions designed to absorb collateral losses in excess of previous historically high levels, in many second lien RMBS projected losses now exceed those structural protections.

Table of Contents

The Company believes the primary variables affecting its expected losses in second lien RMBS transactions are the amount and timing of future losses in the collateral pool supporting the transactions and the amount of loans repurchased for breaches of R&W (or agreements with R&W providers related to such obligations). Expected losses are also a function of the structure of the transaction; the voluntary prepayment rate (typically also referred to as conditional prepayment rate ("CPR") of the collateral); the interest rate environment; and assumptions about the draw rate and loss severity. These variables are interrelated, difficult to predict and subject to considerable volatility. If actual experience differs from the Company’s assumptions, the losses incurred could be materially different from the estimate. The Company continues to update its evaluation of these exposures as new information becomes available.

The following table shows the range of key assumptions for the calculation of expected loss to be paid for individual transactions for direct vintage 2004 - 2008 second lien U.S. RMBS.

Key Assumptions in Base Case Expected Loss Estimates

Second Lien RMBS(1)



HELOC key assumptions	As of September 30, 2012				As of June 30, 2012				As of December 31, 2011
Plateau CDR	2.2	%	–	12.9%	2.9	%	–	20.9%	4.0	%	–	27.4%
Final CDR trended down to	0.4	%	–	3.2%	0.4	%	–	3.2%	0.4	%	–	3.2%
Expected period until final CDR	36 months				36 months				36 months
Initial CPR	3.7	%	–	17.5%	2.7	%	–	16.4%	1.4	%	–	25.8%
Final CPR	10%				10%				10%
Loss severity	98%				98%				98%
Initial draw rate	0.0	%	–	3.5%	0.0	%	–	4.1%	0.0	%	–	15.3%



Closed-end second lien key assumptions	As of September 30, 2012				As of June 30, 2012				As of December 31, 2011
Plateau CDR	6.2	%	–	19.0%	4.3	%	–	20.7%	6.9	%	–	24.8%
Final CDR trended down to	3.3	%	–	9.1%	3.3	%	–	9.1%	3.5	%	–	9.2%
Expected period until final CDR	36 months				36 months				36 months
Initial CPR	1.8	%	–	10.1%	1.1	%	–	11.0%	0.9	%	–	14.7%
Final CPR	10%				10%				10%
Loss severity	98%				98%				98%

____________________

(1) Represents variables for most heavily weighted scenario (the “base case”).

In second lien transactions the projection of near-term defaults from currently delinquent loans is relatively straightforward because loans in second lien transactions are generally “charged off” (treated as defaulted) by the securitization’s servicer once the loan is 180 days past due. Most second lien transactions report the amount of loans in five monthly delinquency categories (i.e., 30-59 days past due, 60-89 days past due, 90-119 days past due, 120-149 days past due and 150-179 days past due). The Company estimates the amount of loans that will default over the next five months by calculating current representative liquidation rates (the percent of loans in a given delinquency status that are assumed to ultimately default) from selected representative transactions and then applying an average of the preceding twelve months’ liquidation rates to the amount of loans in the delinquency categories. The amount of loans projected to default in the first through fifth months is expressed as a CDR. The first four months’ CDR is calculated by applying the liquidation rates to the current period past due balances (i.e., the 150-179 day balance is liquidated in the first projected month, the 120-149 day balance is liquidated in the second projected month, the 90-119 day balance is liquidated in the third projected month and the 60-89 day balance is liquidated in the fourth projected month). For the fifth month the CDR is calculated using the average 30-59 day past due balances for the prior three months. An average of the third, fourth and fifth month CDR is then used as the basis for the plateau period that follows the embedded five months of losses.

Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2012, for the base case scenario, the CDR (the “plateau CDR”) was held constant for one month. Once the plateau period has ended, the CDR is assumed to gradually trend down in uniform increments to its final long-term steady state CDR. In the base case scenario, the time over which the CDR trends down to its final CDR is 30 months. Therefore, the total stress period for second lien transactions is 36 months, comprising five months of delinquent data, a one month plateau period and 30 months of decrease to the steady state CDR. This is the same as June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The long-term steady state CDR is calculated as the constant CDR that would have yielded the amount of losses originally expected at underwriting. When a second lien loan defaults, there is generally a very low recovery. Based on current expectations of future performance, the Company assumes that it will only recover 2% of the collateral, the same as June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

The rate at which the principal amount of loans is prepaid may impact both the amount of losses projected (which is a function of the CDR and the loan balance over time) as well as the amount of excess spread (which is the excess of the interest paid by the borrowers on the underlying loan over the amount of interest and expenses owed on the insured obligations). In the base case, the current CPR (based on an average of the most recent three months) is assumed to continue until the end of the plateau before gradually increasing to the final CPR over the same period the CDR decreases. For transactions where the initial CPR is higher than the final CPR, the initial CPR is held constant. The final CPR is assumed to be 10% for both HELOC and closed-end second lien transactions. This level is much higher than current rates for most transactions, but lower than the historical average, which reflects the Company’s continued uncertainty about the projected performance of the borrowers in these transactions. This pattern is consistent with how the Company modeled the CPR at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. To the extent that prepayments differ from projected levels it could materially change the Company’s projected excess spread and losses.

The Company uses a number of other variables in its second lien loss projections, including the spread between relevant interest rate indices, and HELOC draw rates (the amount of new advances provided on existing HELOCs expressed as a percentage of current outstanding advances). For HELOC transactions, the draw rate is assumed to decline from the current level to a final draw rate over a period of three months. The final draw rates were assumed to range from 0.0% to 1.8%.

In estimating expected losses, the Company modeled and probability weighted three possible CDR curves applicable to the period preceding the return to the long-term steady state CDR. The Company believes that the level of the elevated CDR and the length of time it will persist is the primary driver behind the likely amount of losses the collateral will suffer (before considering the effects of repurchases of ineligible loans). The Company continues to evaluate the assumptions affecting its modeling results.

As of September 30, 2012, the Company’s base case assumed a one month CDR plateau and a 30 month ramp-down (for a total stress period of 36 months), the same as June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The Company also modeled a scenario with a longer period of elevated defaults and another with a shorter period of elevated defaults and weighted them the same as of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The length of the ramp-downs the Company used as of September 30, 2012 and June 30, 2012 were three months shorter in the optimistic cases and three months longer in the pessimistic cases than the Company used as of December 31, 2011 reflecting both positive and negative developments observed by the Company in the market. Increasing the CDR plateau to four months and increasing the ramp-down by three months to 33-months (rather than 30 months as of December 31, 2011, for a total stress period of 42 months rather than 39 months as of December 31, 2011) would increase the expected loss by approximately $53 million for HELOC transactions and $4 million for closed-end second lien transactions. On the other hand, keeping the CDR plateau at one month but decreasing the length of the CDR ramp-down to a 21 months (rather than 24 months as of December 31, 2011, for a total stress period of 27 months rather than 30 months as of December 31, 2011) would decrease the expected loss by approximately $52 million for HELOC transactions and $3 million for closed-end second lien transactions.

U.S. First Lien RMBS Loss Projections: Alt-A First Lien, Option ARM, Subprime and Prime

First lien RMBS are generally categorized in accordance with the characteristics of the first lien mortgage loans on one-to-four family homes supporting the transactions. The collateral supporting “subprime RMBS” transactions consists of first-lien residential mortgage loans made to subprime borrowers. A “subprime borrower” is one considered to be a higher risk credit based on credit scores or other risk characteristics. Another type of RMBS transaction is generally referred to as “Alt-A first lien.” The collateral supporting such transactions consists of first-lien residential mortgage loans made to “prime” quality borrowers who lack certain ancillary characteristics that would make them prime. When more than 66% of the loans originally included in the pool are mortgage loans with an option to make a minimum payment that has the potential to amortize the loan negatively (i.e., increase the amount of principal owed), the transaction is referred to as an “Option ARM.” Finally, transactions may be composed primarily of loans made to prime borrowers. First lien RMBS sometimes include a portion of

Table of Contents

loan collateral that differs in priority from the majority of the collateral.

The performance of the Company’s first lien RMBS exposures began to deteriorate in 2007 and such transactions, continue to perform below the Company’s original underwriting expectations. The Company currently projects first lien collateral losses many times those expected at the time of underwriting. While insured securities benefited from structural protections within the transactions designed to absorb some of the collateral losses, in many first lien RMBS transactions, projected losses exceed those structural protections.

The majority of projected losses in first lien RMBS transactions are expected to come from non-performing mortgage loans (those that are delinquent or in foreclosure or where the loan has been foreclosed and the RMBS issuer owns the underlying real estate). Changes in the amount of non-performing loans from the amount projected in the previous period are one of the primary drivers of loss development in this portfolio. In order to determine the number of defaults resulting from these delinquent and foreclosed loans, the Company applies a liquidation rate assumption to loans in each of various delinquency categories. The Company arrived at its liquidation rates based on data purchased from a third party, and assumptions about how delays in the foreclosure process may ultimately affect the rate at which loans are liquidated. The liquidation rate is a standard industry measure that is used to estimate the number of loans in a given aging category that will default within a specified time period. The Company projects these liquidations to occur over two years. The Company used the same liquidation rates for September 30, 2012 as it did for June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The following table shows liquidation assumptions for various delinquency categories.

First Lien Liquidation Rates

as of September 30, 2012



30 – 59 Days Delinquent
Alt A and Prime	35%
Option ARM	50
Subprime	30
60 – 89 Days Delinquent
Alt A and Prime	55
Option ARM	65
Subprime	45
90+ Days Delinquent
Alt A and Prime	65
Option ARM	75
Subprime	60
Bankruptcy
Alt A and Prime	55
Option ARM	70
Subprime	50
Foreclosure
Alt A and Prime	85
Option ARM	85
Subprime	80
Real Estate Owned ("REO")
All	100

While the Company uses liquidation rates as described above to project defaults of non-performing loans, it projects defaults on presently current loans by applying a CDR trend. The start of that CDR trend is based on the defaults the Company projects will emerge from currently nonperforming loans. The total amount of expected defaults from the non-performing loans is translated into a constant CDR (i.e., the CDR plateau), which, if applied for each of the next 24 months, would be sufficient to produce approximately the amount of defaults that were calculated to emerge from the various delinquency categories. The CDR thus calculated individually on the delinquent collateral pool for each RMBS is then used as the starting point for the CDR curve used to project defaults of the presently performing loans.

In the base case, after the initial 24-month CDR plateau period, each transaction’s CDR is projected to improve over

Table of Contents

12 months to an intermediate CDR (calculated as 20% of its CDR plateau); that intermediate CDR is held constant for 36 months and then trails off in steps to a final CDR of 5% of the CDR plateau. Under the Company’s methodology, defaults projected to occur in the first 24 months represent defaults that can be attributed to loans that are currently delinquent or in foreclosure, while the defaults projected to occur using the projected CDR trend after the first 24 month period represent defaults attributable to borrowers that are currently performing.

Another important driver of loss projections is loss severity, which is the amount of loss the transaction incurs on a loan after the application of net proceeds from the disposal of the underlying property. Loss severities experienced in first lien transactions have reached historic high levels, and the Company is assuming that these high levels generally will continue for another year (in the case of subprime loans, the Company assumes the unprecedented 90% loss severity rate will continue for six months then drop to 80% for six months before following the ramp described below). The Company determines its initial loss severity based on actual recent experience. The Company’s loss severity assumptions for September 30, 2012 were the same as it used for June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The Company then assumes that loss severities begin returning to levels consistent with underwriting assumptions beginning in June 2013, and in the base case scenario, decline over two years to 40%.

The following table shows the range of key assumptions used in the calculation of expected loss to be paid for individual transactions for direct vintage 2004 - 2008 first lien U.S. RMBS.

Key Assumptions in Base Case Expected Loss Estimates

First Lien RMBS(1)



	As of September 30, 2012				As of June 30, 2012				As of December 31, 2011
Alt-A First Lien
Plateau CDR	3.5	%	–	23.5%	3.3	%	–	23.0%	2.8	%	–	41.3%
Intermediate CDR	0.7	%	–	4.7%	0.7	%	–	4.6%	0.6	%	–	8.3%
Final CDR	0.2	%	–	1.2%	0.2	%	–	1.2%	0.1	%	–	2.1%
Initial loss severity	65%				65%				65%
Initial CPR	0.0	%	–	31.9%	0.0	%	–	27.1%	0.0	%	–	24.4%
Final CPR	15%				15%				15%
Option ARM
Plateau CDR	7.6	%	–	27.7%	9.3	%	–	30.2%	11.7	%	–	31.5%
Intermediate CDR	1.5	%	–	5.5%	1.9	%	–	6.0%	2.3	%	–	6.3%
Final CDR	0.4	%	–	1.4%	0.5	%	–	1.5%	0.6	%	–	1.6%
Initial loss severity	65%				65%				65%
Initial CPR	0.0	%	–	4.0%	0.6	%	–	4.9%	0.3	%	–	10.8%
Final CPR	15%				15%				15%
Subprime
Plateau CDR	7.5	%	–	28.4%	7.2	%	–	29.2%	8.6	%	–	29.9%
Intermediate CDR	1.5	%	–	5.7%	1.4	%	–	5.8%	1.7	%	–	6.0%
Final CDR	0.4	%	–	1.4%	0.4	%	–	1.5%	0.4	%	–	1.5%
Initial loss severity	90%				90%				90%
Initial CPR	0.0	%	–	7.4%	0.0	%	–	8.8%	0.0	%	–	16.3%
Final CPR	15%				15%				15%

____________________

(1) Represents variables for most heavily weighted scenario (the “base case”).

The rate at which the principal amount of loans is prepaid may impact both the amount of losses projected (since that amount is a function of the conditional default rate, the loss severity and the loan balance over time) as well as the amount of excess spread (the amount by which the interest paid by the borrowers on the underlying loan exceeds the amount of interest owed on the insured obligations). The assumption for the CPR follows a similar pattern to that of the conditional default rate.

Table of Contents

The current level of voluntary prepayments is assumed to continue for the plateau period before gradually increasing over 12 months to the final CPR, which is assumed to be either 10% or 15% depending on the scenario run. For transactions where the initial CPR is higher than the final CPR, the initial CPR is held constant.

The ultimate performance of the Company’s first lien RMBS transactions remains highly uncertain and may be subject to considerable volatility due to the influence of many factors, including the level and timing of loan defaults, changes in housing prices and other variables. The Company will continue to monitor the performance of its RMBS exposures and will adjust the loss projections for those transactions based on actual performance and management’s estimates of future performance.

In estimating expected losses, the Company modeled and probability weighted sensitivities for first lien transactions by varying its assumptions of how fast a recovery is expected to occur. One of the variables used to model sensitivities was how quickly the conditional default rate returned to its modeled equilibrium, which was defined as 5% of the current conditional default rate. The Company also stressed CPR and the speed of recovery of loss severity rates. The Company probability weighted a total of five scenarios (including its base case) as of September 30, 2012, the same number of scenarios as June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. For September 30, 2012 the Company used the same scenarios and weightings as it has for June 30, 2012, which were also the same as it used for December 31, 2011 except that for September 30, 2012 and June 30, 2012 it assumed in the most stressful scenario that the recovery would occur three months more slowly and in the most optimistic scenario that it would occur three months more quickly than it had for December 31, 2011. In a somewhat more stressful environment than that of the base case, where the conditional default rate plateau was extended three months (to be 27 months long) before the same more gradual conditional default rate recovery and loss severities were assumed to recover over four rather than two years (and subprime loss severities were assumed to recover only to 60%), expected loss to be paid would increase from current projections by approximately $25 million for Alt-A first liens, $23 million for Option ARM, $108 million for subprime and $1 million for prime transactions. In an even more stressful scenario where loss severities were assumed to rise and then recover over eight years and the initial ramp-down of the conditional default rate was assumed to occur over 15 months (rather than 12 months as of December 31, 2011) and other assumptions were the same as the other stress scenario, expected loss to be paid would increase from current projections by approximately $71 million for Alt-A first liens, $56 million for Option ARM, $167 million for subprime and $4 million for prime transactions. The Company also considered two scenarios where the recovery was faster than in its base case. In a scenario with a somewhat less stressful environment than the base case, where conditional default rate recovery was somewhat less gradual and the initial subprime loss severity rate was assumed to be 80% for 12 months and was assumed to recover to 40% over two years, expected loss to be paid would decrease from current projections by approximately $4 million for Alt-A first lien, $30 million for Option ARM, $29 million for subprime and $0 million for prime transactions. In an even less stressful scenario where the conditional default rate plateau was three months shorter (21 months, effectively assuming that liquidation rates would improve) and the conditional default rate recovery was more pronounced, (including an initial ramp-down of the conditional default rate over nine months rather than 12 months as at December 31, 2011), expected loss to be paid would decrease from current projections by approximately $28 million for Alt-A first lien, $68 million for Option ARM, $56 million for subprime and $1 million for prime transactions.

Breaches of Representations and Warranties

The Company is pursuing reimbursements for breaches of R&W regarding loan characteristics. Performance of the collateral underlying certain first and second lien securitizations has substantially differed from the Company’s original expectations. The Company has employed several loan file diligence firms and law firms as well as devoted internal resources to review the mortgage files surrounding many of the defaulted loans. The Company’s success in these efforts has resulted in three negotiated agreements in respect of the Company’s R&W claims, including one on April 14, 2011 with Bank of America and one on May 8, 2012 with Deutsche Bank AG as described under “Deutsche Bank Agreement” in Note 2, Business Changes, Risks, Uncertainties and Accounting Developments.

The Company has included in its net expected loss estimates as of September 30, 2012 an estimated benefit from loan repurchases related to breaches of R&W of $1.1 billion, which includes $471 million from Bank of America and Deutsche Bank under their respective agreements and $660 million in transactions where the Company does not yet have such an agreement. Proceeds projected to be reimbursed to the Company on transactions where the Company has already paid claims are viewed as a recovery on paid losses. For transactions where the Company has not already paid claims, projected recoveries reduce projected loss estimates. In either case, projected recoveries have no effect on the amount of the Company's exposure. These amounts reflect payments made pursuant to the negotiated transaction agreements and not payments made pursuant to legal settlements. See “Recovery Litigation” below for a description of the related legal proceedings the Company has commenced.

Table of Contents

The Company's success in pursuing breaches of R&W is based upon a detailed review of loan files. The Company reviewed approximately 34,200 second lien and 6,800 first lien loan files (representing approximately $2,593 million and $2,357 million, respectively, of loans) in financial guaranty transactions as to which it eventually reached agreements, including the agreements with Bank of America and Deutsche Bank. For the RMBS transactions as to which the Company had not settled its claims for breaches of R&W as of September 30, 2012, the Company had performed a detailed review of approximately 11,000 second lien and 23,200 first lien loan files, representing approximately $812 million in second lien and $7,187 million in first lien outstanding par of loans underlying insured transactions. In the majority of its loan file reviews, the Company identified breaches of one or more R&W regarding the characteristics of the loans, such as misrepresentation of income or employment of the borrower, occupancy, undisclosed debt and non-compliance with underwriting guidelines at loan origination.

Through September 30, 2012 the Company has caused entities providing R&Ws to pay or agree to pay approximately $2.7 billion (gross of reinsurance) in respect of their R&W liabilities for transactions in which the Company has provided a financial guaranty. Of this, $2.1 billion are payments made or to be made directly to the Company pursuant to agreements with R&W providers (e.g. the Bank of America Agreement and Deutsche Bank Agreement) and approximately $607 million are amounts paid (or committed to be paid) into the relevant RMBS financial guaranty transactions pursuant to the transaction documents.

The $2.1 billion of payments made or to be made directly to the Company by R&W providers under agreements with the Company includes $1,571 million that has already been received by the Company, as well as $489 million the Company projects receiving in the future pursuant to such currently existing agreements. Because most of that $489 million is projected to be received through loss-sharing arrangements, the exact amount the Company will receive will depend on actual losses experienced by the covered transactions. This amount is included in the Company's calculated credit for R&W recoveries, described below.

The $607 million paid, or committed to be paid, by R&W providers are paid into the relevant RMBS transactions in accordance with the priority of payments set out in the relevant transaction documents. Because the Company may insure only a portion of the capital structure of a transaction, such payments will not necessarily directly benefit the Company dollar-for-dollar, especially in first lien transactions. However, such payments do reduce collateral pool losses and so usually reduce the Company's expected losses.

The Company did not incorporate any gain contingencies or damages paid from potential litigation in its estimated repurchases. The amount the Company will ultimately recover related to contractual R&W is uncertain and subject to a number of factors including the counterparty’s ability to pay, the number and loss amount of loans determined to have breached R&W and, potentially, negotiated settlements or litigation recoveries. As such, the Company’s estimate of recoveries is uncertain and actual amounts realized may differ significantly from these estimates. In arriving at the expected recovery from breaches of R&W, the Company considered the creditworthiness of the provider of the R&W, the number of breaches found on defaulted loans, the success rate in resolving these breaches across those transactions where material repurchases have been made and the potential amount of time until the recovery is realized.

The calculation of expected recovery from breaches of R&W involved a variety of scenarios which ranged from the Company recovering substantially all of the losses it incurred due to violations of R&W to the Company realizing limited recoveries. These scenarios were probability weighted in order to determine the recovery incorporated into the Company’s estimate of expected losses. This approach was used for both loans that had already defaulted and those assumed to default in the future.

Table of Contents

Balance Sheet Classification of R&W Benefit, Net of Reinsurance



	As of September 30, 2012							As of December 31, 2011
	For all Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts		Effect of Consolidating FG VIEs			Reported on Balance Sheet(1)		For all Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts		Effect of Consolidating FG VIEs			Reported on Balance Sheet(1)
	(in millions)
Salvage and subrogation recoverable	$	363	$	(130	)	$	233	$	402	$	(197	)	$	205
Loss and LAE reserve	630		(35		)	595		858		(75		)	783

____________________

(1) The remaining benefit for R&W is not recorded on the balance sheet until the expected loss, net of R&W, exceeds unearned premium reserve.

The following table represents the Company’s total estimated R&W recoveries netted in expected loss to be paid, from defective mortgage loans included in certain first and second lien U.S. RMBS loan securitizations that it insures.

Roll Forward of Estimated Benefit from

Recoveries from Representation and Warranty Breaches, Net of Reinsurance



	Future Net R&W Benefit as of December 31, 2011		R&W Development and Accretion of Discount During Nine Months 2012		R&W Recovered During Nine Months 2012(1)			Future Net R&W Benefit as of September 30, 2012
	(in millions)
Prime first lien	$	3	$	1	$	—		$	4
Alt-A first lien	203		23		(67		)	159
Option ARM	714		50		(157		)	607
Subprime	101		3		—			104
Closed end second lien	224		—		(88		)	136
HELOC	190		6		(76		)	120
Total	$	1,435	$	83	$	(388	)	$	1,130



	Future Net R&W Benefit as of December 31, 2010		R&W Development and Accretion of Discount During Nine Months 2011		R&W Recovered During Nine Months 2011(1)			Future Net R&W Benefit as of September 30, 2011
	(in millions)
Prime first lien	$	1	$	2	$	—		$	3
Alt-A first lien	81		112		—			193
Option ARM	309		531		(68		)	772
Subprime	27		81		—			108
Closed end second lien	179		37		(9		)	207
HELOC	1,004		167		(903		)	268
Total	$	1,601	$	930	$	(980	)	$	1,551

____________________

(1) Gross amounts recovered were $411 million and $1,108 million in Nine Months 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Table of Contents

Financial Guaranty Insurance U.S. RMBS Risks with R&W Benefit



	Number of Risks (1) as of		Debt Service as of
	September 30, 2012	December 31, 2011	September 30, 2012		December 31, 2011
	(dollars in millions)
Prime first lien	1	1	$	36	$	42
Alt-A first lien	19	22	1,414		1,733
Option ARM	9	12	912		1,460
Subprime	5	5	813		906
Closed-end second lien	4	4	237		361
HELOC (2)	4	15	174		2,978
Total	42	59	$	3,586	$	7,480

____________________

(1) A risk represents the aggregate of the financial guaranty policies that share the same revenue source for purposes of making debt service payments.

(2) The decline in number of HELOC risks and debt service relates to the final payment from Bank of America for covered HELOC transactions and due to fundings from an R&W provider.

The following table provides a breakdown of the development and accretion amount in the roll forward of estimated recoveries associated with alleged breaches of R&W.



	Third Quarter					Nine Months
	2012		2011			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Inclusion or removal of deals with breaches of R&W during period	$	—	$	1		$	(5	)	$	108
Change in recovery assumptions as the result of additional file review and recovery success	—		43			70			242
Estimated increase (decrease) in defaults that will result in additional (lower) breaches	10		(23		)	10			11
Results of settlements	—		130			—			560
Accretion of discount on balance	2		8			8			9
Total	$	12	$	159		$	83		$	930

The Company assumes that recoveries on transactions backed by HELOC and closed-end second lien loans that were not subject to the Bank of America Agreement or Deutsche Bank Agreement will occur in two to four years from the balance sheet date depending on the scenarios, and that recoveries on transactions backed by Alt-A first lien, Option ARM and Subprime loans will occur as claims are paid over the life of the transactions. Recoveries on second lien transactions subject to the Bank of America Agreement were paid in full by March 31, 2012.

As of September 30, 2012, cumulative collateral losses on the first lien RMBS transactions subject to a comprehensive agreement with Bank of America Corporation and its subsidiaries, including Countrywide Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, “Bank of America”), 20 of which were transactions as to which the Company issued financial guaranty insurance contracts and one of which was a transaction on which the Company sold protection through a CDS (the “Bank of America Agreement”), were approximately $2.8 billion and $0.1 billion, respectively. The Company estimates that cumulative projected collateral losses for the 20 financial guaranty insurance transactions and one CDS transaction will be $4.9 billion and $0.2 billion, respectively. The Bank of America Agreement covers cumulative collateral losses up to $6.6 billion for all these transactions. Bank of America had placed approximately $1.0 billion of eligible assets in trust in order to collateralize the reimbursement obligation relating to these and one covered first lien CDS transaction. The amount of assets required to be posted may increase or decrease from time to time as determined by rating agency requirements.

On May 8, 2012, Assured Guaranty reached a settlement with Deutsche Bank AG and certain of its affiliates (collectively, “Deutsche Bank”), resolving claims related to certain RMBS transactions issued, underwritten or sponsored by Deutsche Bank that were insured by Assured Guaranty under financial guaranty insurance policies and to certain RMBS

Table of Contents

exposures in re-securitization transactions as to which Assured Guaranty provides credit protection through CDS. See Note 2, Business Changes, Risks, Uncertainties and Accounting Developments, for more information.

Student Loan Transactions

The Company has insured or reinsured $2.6 billion net par of student loan securitizations, of which $1.3 billion was issued by private issuers and classified as asset-backed and $1.3 billion was issued by public authorities and classified as public finance. Of these amounts, $150 million and $445 million, respectively, are rated BIG. The Company is projecting approximately $56 million of net expected loss to be paid in these portfolios. In general, the losses are due to: (i) the poor credit performance of private student loan collateral and high loss severities; (ii) high interest rates on auction rate securities with respect to which the auctions have failed or (iii) lower risk-free rates used for discounting, which result in higher present value losses on transactions where losses are payable at final maturity. The largest of these losses was approximately $25 million and related to a transaction backed by a pool of private student loans ceded to AG Re by another monoline insurer. The guaranteed bonds were issued as auction rate securities that now bear a high rate of interest due to the downgrade of the primary insurer’s financial strength rating. Further, the underlying loan collateral has performed below expectations. The overall decrease of approximately $7 million in net expected loss during Third Quarter 2012 is primarily due to developments in loss mitigation efforts and the increase in risk-free rates used to discount losses.

Trust Preferred Securities Collateralized Debt Obligations

The Company has insured or reinsured $1.6 billion of net par of collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) backed by TruPS and similar debt instruments, or “TruPS CDOs.” Of that amount, $725 million is rated BIG. The underlying collateral in the TruPS CDOs consists of subordinated debt instruments such as TruPS issued by bank holding companies and similar instruments issued by insurance companies, real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) and other real estate related issuers.

The Company projects losses for TruPS CDOs by projecting the performance of the asset pools across several scenarios (which it weights) and applying the CDO structures to the resulting cash flows. At September 30, 2012, the Company has projected expected losses to be paid for TruPS CDOs that are accounted for as financial guaranty insurance of $9 million. The increase of approximately $2 million in net expected loss during Third Quarter 2012 was driven primarily by changes in London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR").

“XXX” Life Insurance Transactions

The Company’s $2.3 billion net par of XXX life insurance transactions as of September 30, 2012 include $883 million rated BIG. The BIG “XXX” life insurance reserve securitizations are based on discrete blocks of individual life insurance business. In each such transaction the monies raised by the sale of the bonds insured by the Company were used to capitalize a special purpose vehicle that provides reinsurance to a life insurer or reinsurer. The monies are invested at inception in accounts managed by third-party investment managers.

The BIG “XXX” life insurance transactions consist of two transactions: Ballantyne Re p.l.c and Orkney Re II p.l.c. These transactions had material amounts of their assets invested in U.S. RMBS transactions. Based on its analysis of the information currently available, including estimates of future investment performance, and projected credit impairments on the invested assets and performance of the blocks of life insurance business at September 30, 2012, the Company’s projected net expected loss to be paid is $134 million.

U.S. Public Finance Transactions

U.S. municipalities and related entities have been under increasing pressure over the last few quarters, and a few have filed for protection under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, entered into state processes designed to help municipalities in fiscal distress or otherwise indicated they may consider not meeting their obligations to make timely payments on their debts. The Company expects that bondholder rights will be enforced. However, due to the early stage of these developments, and the circumstances surrounding each instance, the ultimate outcome cannot be certain. The Company will continue to analyze developments in each of these matters closely. The municipalities whose obligations the Company has insured that have filed for protection under Chapter 9 of the U.S Bankruptcy Code are: Jefferson County, Alabama and Stockton, California. The City Council of Harrisburg, Pennsylvania had also filed a purported bankruptcy petition, which was later dismissed by the bankruptcy court; a receiver for the City of Harrisburg was appointed by the Commonwealth Court of Pennsylvania on December 2, 2011.

The Company has net exposure to Jefferson County, Alabama of $708 million as of September 30, 2012. On

Table of Contents

November 9, 2011, Jefferson County filed for bankruptcy under Chapter 9 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Most of the Company's net Jefferson County exposure relates to $479 million in sewer revenue exposure, of which $206 million is direct and $273 million is assumed reinsurance exposure. The sewer revenue warrants are secured by a pledge of the net revenues of the sewer system. The bankruptcy court has affirmed that the net revenues constitute a “special revenue” under Chapter 9. Therefore, the lien on net revenues of the sewer system survives the bankruptcy filing and such net revenues are not subject to the automatic stay during the pendency of Jefferson County's bankruptcy case. BNY Mellon, as trustee, had brought a lawsuit regarding the amount of net revenues to which it is entitled. Since its bankruptcy filing, Jefferson County had been withholding estimated bankruptcy-related legal expenses and an amount representing a monthly reserve for future expenditures and depreciation and amortization from the monthly payments it had been making to the trustee from sewer revenues for debt service. On June 29, 2012, the Bankruptcy Court ruled that “Operating Expenses” as determined under the bond indenture do not include (1) a reserve for depreciation, amortization, or future expenditures, or (2) an estimate for professional fees and expenses, such that, after payment of Operating Expenses (as defined in the indenture), monies remaining in the Revenue Account created under the bond indenture must be distributed in accordance with the waterfall set forth in the indenture without withholding any monies for depreciation, amortization, reserves, or estimated expenditures that are the subject of this litigation. Whether sufficient net revenues will be available for the payment of regularly scheduled debt service ultimately depends on the bankruptcy court's valuation of the sewer revenue stream. The Company also has assumed exposure of $32 million to warrants that are payable from Jefferson County's general fund on a "subject to appropriation" basis. During the past quarter Jefferson County chose not to make payment under its General Obligation bonds, so the Company has established a projected loss for these warrants as well. The Company's remaining net exposure of $197 million to Jefferson County relates to obligations that are secured by, or payable from, certain taxes that may have the benefit of a statutory lien or a lien on “special revenues” or other collateral.

On June 28, 2012, the City of Stockton, California filed for bankruptcy under Chapter 9 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. The Company's net exposure to Stockton's general fund is $160 million, consisting of pension obligation and lease revenue bonds. As of September 30, 2012, the Company had paid $8 million in net claims.

The Company has $156 million of net par exposure to The City of Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, of which $95 million is BIG. The Company has paid $10 million in net claims as of September 30, 2012, and expects a full recovery.

The Company has $336 million of net par exposure to the Louisville Arena Authority. The bond proceeds were used to construct the KFC Yum Center, home to the University of Louisville men's and women's basketball teams. Actual revenues available for debt service are well below original projections, and under the Company's internal rating scale, the transaction is below investment grade.

The Company has $26 million remaining in net par exposure to bonds secured by the excess free cash flow of the Foxwoods Casino, run by the Mashantucket Pequot Tribe. The Company had paid $86 million in net claims as of September 30, 2012, and expects full recovery of such amount.

The Company projects that its total expected net loss from troubled U.S. public finance credits will be $10 million as of September 30, 2012, down from $58 million as of June 30, 2012. This decrease was due primarily to the increase in expected recoveries on Foxwoods Casino.

Other Notable Transactions

At June 30, 2012, the Company had €314 million (€218 million on a net basis) of exposure to the sovereign debt of Greece. The Company accelerated claims under its financial guaranties during the quarter, paying off in full its liabilities with respect to the Greek sovereign bonds it guaranteed. At September 30, 2012, the Company had paid $289 million in net claims and no longer had any direct financial guaranty exposure to Greece.

The Company projects losses on, or is monitoring particularly closely, a number of other transactions, the most significant of which are described in the following paragraphs.

The Company insures and reinsures credits with sub-sovereign exposure to various Spanish regions where a Spanish sovereign default causes the regions also to default. The Company's gross exposure to these credits is €444 million and its exposure net of reinsurance is €319 million. During Third Quarter 2012, the Company downgraded these exposures to the BB category due to concerns that these regions would not pay under their contractual obligations. As a result the Company increased its net expected loss to $34 million, which represents a $31 million increase from last quarter.

The Company insures or reinsures a total of $306 million net par of securities backed by manufactured housing

Table of Contents

loans, a total of $210 million rated BIG. The Company has expected loss to be paid of $31 million as of September 30, 2012 compared to $26 million as of June 30, 2012.

The Company also has outstanding exposures to certain infrastructure transactions in its insured portfolio that may expose it to refinancing risk. These transactions generally involve long-term infrastructure projects that are financed by bonds that mature prior to the expiration of the project concession. While the cash flows from these projects were expected to be sufficient to repay all of the debt over the life of the project concession, in order to pay the principal on the early maturing debt, the Company expected it to be refinanced in the market at or prior to its maturity. Due to market dislocation and increased credit spreads, the Company may have to pay a claim at the maturity of the securities, and then recover its payment from cash flows produced by the project in the future. The Company generally projects that in most scenarios it will be fully reimbursed for such payments. The projected inflows and outflows are included in the Company's “Financial Guaranty Insurance BIG Transaction Loss Summary” table in this Note.

Recovery Litigation

RMBS Transactions

As of the date of this filing, AGM and AGC have lawsuits pending against a number of providers of representations and warranties in U.S. RMBS transactions insured by them, seeking damages, including indemnity or reimbursement for losses. In the lawsuits, AGM and AGC have alleged breaches of R&W both in respect of the underlying loans in the transactions and the accuracy of the information provided to AGM and AGC, and failure to cure or repurchase defective loans identified by AGM and AGC to such persons:


•	Flagstar: AGM has sued Flagstar Bank, FSB, Flagstar Capital Markets Corporation and Flagstar ABS, LLC on the Flagstar Home Equity Loan Trust, Series 2005-1 and Series 2006-2 second lien transactions. The trial in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York began in October 2012.


•	Deutsche Bank: AGM has sued Deutsche Bank AG affiliates DB Structured Products, Inc. and ACE Securities Corp. on the ACE Securities Corp. Home Equity Loan Trust, Series 2006-GP1 second lien transaction.


•	J.P. Morgan: AGC has sued JPMorgan Chase & Co.’s affiliate EMC Mortgage LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. (formerly known as Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. on the SACO I Trust 2005-GP1 second lien transaction and EMC Mortgage LLC on the Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities I Trust 2005-AC5 and Bear Stearns Asset Backed Securities I Trust 2005-AC6 first lien transactions.

•

ResCap: AGM has sued GMAC Mortgage, LLC (formerly GMAC Mortgage Corporation; Residential Asset Mortgage Products, Inc.; Ally Bank (formerly GMAC Bank); Residential Funding Company, LLC (formerly Residential Funding Corporation); Residential Capital, LLC (formerly Residential Capital Corporation, "ResCap"); Ally Financial (formerly GMAC, LLC); and Residential Funding Mortgage Securities II, Inc. on the GMAC RFC Home Equity Loan-Backed Notes, Series 2006-HSA3 and GMAC Home Equity Loan-Backed Notes, Series 2004-HE3 second lien transactions. On May 14, 2012, ResCap and several of its affiliates (the “Debtors”) filed for Chapter 11 protection with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court. The automatic stay of Bankruptcy Code Section 362 (a) stays lawsuits (such as the suit brought by AGM) against the Debtors and AGM, the Debtors and the non-Debtor affiliates have filed a stipulation with the court agreeing to extend the stay to the non-Debtor affiliates until January 31, 2013.

In addition, AGM and AGC have brought actions against providers of R&W in U.S. RMBS transactions insured by them, alleging breaches of R&W in respect of the underlying loans in the transactions, breaches of contract in procuring falsely inflated shadow ratings (a condition to the issuance by AGM and AGC of its policies) by providing false and misleading information to the rating agencies, and failure to cure or repurchase defective loans identified by AGM and AGC:

•

Credit Suisse: AGM and AGC have sued DLJ Mortgage Capital, Inc. (“DLJ”) and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (“Credit Suisse”) on first lien U.S. RMBS transactions insured by them. The ones insured by AGM are: CSAB Mortgage-Backed Pass Through Certificates, Series 2006-2; CSAB Mortgage-Backed Pass Through Certificates, Series 2006-3; CSAB Mortgage-Backed Pass Through Certificates, Series 2006-4; and CMSC Mortgage-Backed Pass Through Certificates, Series 2007-3. The ones insured by AGC are: CSAB Mortgage-Backed Pass Through Certificates, Series 2007-1 and TBW Mortgage-Backed Pass Through Certificates, Series 2007-2. On December 6, 2011, DLJ and Credit Suisse filed a motion to dismiss the cause

Table of Contents

of action asserting breach of the document containing the condition precedent regarding the rating of the securities and claims for recissionary damages and other relief in the complaint, and on October 11, 2012, the Supreme Court of the State of New York granted the motion to dismiss. AGM and AGC intend to appeal the dismissal of certain of its claims. The causes of action against DLJ for breach of R&W and breach of its repurchase obligations remain.

•

UBS: AGM has sued UBS Real Estate Securities Inc. on the MASTR Adjustable Rate Mortgages Trust 2006-OA2, MASTR Adjustable Rate Mortgages Trust 2007-1 and MASTR Adjustable Rate Mortgages Trust 2007-3 first lien transactions. In April 2012, UBS filed a motion to dismiss the complaint and on August 15, 2012, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York rejected the motion to dismiss as to AGM's claims of breach of R&W and for recissory damages. It also upheld AGM's breach of warranty claim related to the shadow ratings issued with respect to the transactions. The motion to dismiss was granted against AGM's claims for breach of the repurchase obligation, which the court held could only be enforced by the trustee of the applicable trusts, and for declaratory judgments that UBS failed to cure breaches and for reimbursement of all insurance payments made to UBS. On September 28, 2012, at the direction of AGM, the trustee of the trusts filed a breach of contract complaint against UBS on behalf of the applicable trusts.

AGM also has a lawsuit pending against UBS Securities LLC, as underwriter, as well as several named and unnamed control persons of IndyMac Bank, FSB and related IndyMac entities, that it filed in September 2010 on the IndyMac IMSC Mortgage Loan Trust, Series 2007-HOA-1a first lien transaction (the "HOA1 Transaction"), seeking damages for alleged violations of state securities laws and breach of contract, among other claims. In addition, on August 9, 2012, AGM filed a complaint against OneWest Bank, FSB, the servicer of the mortgage loans underlying the HOA1 Transaction and the IndyMac Home Equity Mortgage Loan Asset-Backed Trust, Series 2007-H1 HELOC transaction seeking damages, specific performance and declaratory relief in connection with OneWest failing to properly service the mortgage loans.

“XXX” Life Insurance Transactions

In December 2008, Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. (“AGUK”) filed an action against J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (“JPMIM”), the investment manager in the Orkney Re II transaction, in the Supreme Court of the State of New York alleging that JPMIM engaged in breaches of fiduciary duty, gross negligence and breaches of contract based upon its handling of the investments of Orkney Re II. After AGUK’s claims were dismissed with prejudice in January 2010, AGUK was successful in its subsequent motions and appeals and, as of December 2011, all of AGUK’s claims for breaches of fiduciary duty, gross negligence and contract were reinstated in full. Separately, at the trial court level, discovery is ongoing.

Public Finance Transactions

In June 2010, AGM sued JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and JPMorgan Securities, Inc. (together, “JPMorgan”), the underwriter of debt issued by Jefferson County, in the Supreme Court of the State of New York alleging that JPMorgan induced AGM to issue its insurance policies in respect of such debt through material and fraudulent misrepresentations and omissions, including concealing that it had secured its position as underwriter and swap provider through bribes to Jefferson County commissioners and others. In December 2010, the court denied JPMorgan’s motion to dismiss. AGM has filed a motion with the Jefferson County bankruptcy court to confirm that continued prosecution of the lawsuit against JPMorgan will not violate the automatic stay applicable to Jefferson County notwithstanding JPMorgan’s interpleading of Jefferson County into the lawsuit. AGM is continuing its risk remediation efforts for this exposure.

In September 2010, AGM, together with TD Bank, National Association and Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company, as trustees, filed a complaint in the Court of Common Pleas of Dauphin County, Pennsylvania against The Harrisburg Authority, The City of Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, and the Treasurer of the City in connection with certain Resource Recovery Facility bonds and notes issued by The Harrisburg Authority, alleging, among other claims, breach of contract by both The Harrisburg Authority and The City of Harrisburg, and seeking remedies including an order of mandamus compelling the City to satisfy its obligations on the defaulted bonds and notes and the appointment of a receiver for The Harrisburg Authority. Acting on its own, the City Council of Harrisburg filed a purported bankruptcy petition for the City in October 2011, which petition and a subsequent appeal were dismissed by the bankruptcy court in November 2011. The City Council appealed the dismissal of the appeal and such appeal was dismissed as untimely both by the District Court and the Third Circuit Court of Appeals. As a result of the dismissal, the actions brought by AGM and the trustees against The City of Harrisburg and The Harrisburg Authority are no longer stayed. A receiver for The City of Harrisburg (the “City Receiver”) was appointed by the Commonwealth Court of Pennsylvania in December 2011. The City Receiver filed a motion to intervene in the mandamus action and action for the appointment of a receiver for the resource recovery facility. In March 2012, the Court of Common Pleas of Dauphin County, Pennsylvania issued an order granting the motion for the appointment of a

Table of Contents

receiver for the resource recovery facility, which order has been appealed by The Harrisburg Authority.

Net Loss Summary

The following table provides information on loss and LAE reserves net of reinsurance and salvage and subrogation recoverable on the consolidated balance sheets.

Loss and LAE Reserve (Recovery)

Net of Reinsurance and Salvage and Subrogation Recoverable



	As of September 30, 2012									As of December 31, 2011
	Loss and LAE Reserve			Salvage and Subrogation Recoverable			Net			Loss and LAE Reserve			Salvage and Subrogation Recoverable			Net
	(in millions)
U.S. RMBS:
First lien:
Prime first lien	$	3		$	—		$	3		$	1		$	—		$	1
Alt-A first lien	86			—			86			70			55			15
Option ARM	71			212			(141		)	142			141			1
Subprime	79			—			79			51			0			51
Total first lien	239			212			27			264			196			68
Second lien:
Closed-end second lien	11			67			(56		)	11			136			(125		)
HELOC	41			194			(153		)	61			177			(116		)
Total second lien	52			261			(209		)	72			313			(241		)
Total U.S. RMBS	291			473			(182		)	336			509			(173		)
TruPS	7			—			7			11			—			11
Other structured finance	194			5			189			223			6			217
U.S. public finance	80			103			(23		)	62			70			(8		)
Non-U.S. public finance	29			—			29			38			—			38
Total financial guaranty	601			581			20			670			585			85
Other	2			6			(4		)	2			—			2
Subtotal	603			587			16			672			585			87
Effect of consolidating FG VIEs	(65		)	(204		)	139			(62		)	(258		)	196
Total (1)	$	538		$	383		$	155		$	610		$	327		$	283

_______________

(1) See “Components of Net Reserves (Salvage)” table for loss and LAE reserve and salvage and subrogation recoverable components.

Table of Contents

The following table reconciles the loss and LAE reserve and salvage and subrogation components on the consolidated balance sheet to the financial guaranty net reserves (salvage) in the financial guaranty BIG transaction loss summary tables.

Components of Net Reserves (Salvage)



	As of September 30, 2012			As of December 31, 2011
	(in millions)
Loss and LAE reserve	$	594		$	679
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses	(56		)	(69		)
Subtotal	538			610
Salvage and subrogation recoverable	(430		)	(368		)
Salvage and subrogation payable(1)	47			41
Other recoveries(2)	(30		)	—
Subtotal	(413		)	(327		)
Total	125			283
Less: other	(4		)	2
Financial guaranty net reserves (salvage)	$	129		$	281

___________________

(1) Recorded as a component of reinsurance balances payable.

(2) R&W recoveries recorded in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet.

The following table presents the loss and LAE recorded in the consolidated statements of operations by sector for financial guaranty insurance contracts. Amounts presented are net of reinsurance and net of the benefit for recoveries from breaches of R&W.

Table of Contents

Loss and LAE Reported

on the Consolidated Statements of Operations



	Third Quarter						Nine Months
	2012			2011			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Financial Guaranty:
U.S. RMBS:
First lien:
Prime first lien	$	1		$	0		$	2		$	1
Alt-A first lien	9			25			37			52
Option ARM	25			92			94			134
Subprime	9			16			33			11
Total first lien	44			133			166			198
Second lien:
Closed end second lien	(1		)	22			1			7
HELOC	2			19			21			116
Total second lien	1			41			22			123
Total U.S. RMBS	45			174			188			321
TruPS	2			7			(4		)	11
Other structured finance	1			77			2			104
U.S. public finance	2			(5		)	47			(18		)
Non-U.S. public finance	38			—			233			1
Total financial guaranty	88			253			466			419
Other	—			—			(6		)	—
Subtotal	88			253			460			419
Effect of consolidating FG VIEs	2			(38		)	(1		)	(106		)
Total loss and LAE	$	90		$	215		$	459		$	313

Table of Contents

The following table provides information on financial guaranty contracts categorized as BIG.

Financial Guaranty Insurance BIG Transaction Loss Summary

September 30, 2012



	BIG Categories
	BIG 1						BIG 2						BIG 3						Total BIG, Net			Effect of Consolidating FG VIEs			Total
	Gross			Ceded			Gross			Ceded			Gross			Ceded			Total BIG, Net			Effect of Consolidating FG VIEs			Total
	(dollars in millions)
Number of risks(1)	148			56			90			24			136			51			374			—			374
Remaining weighted-average contract period (in years)	11.1			9.3			12.0			15.6			8.9			6.0			10.6			—			10.6
Outstanding exposure:
Principal	$	8,410		$	(1,467	)	$	3,390		$	(157	)	$	7,854		$	(555	)	$	17,475		$	—		$	17,475
Interest	4,281			(560		)	2,308			(157		)	2,531			(144		)	8,259			—			8,259
Total(2)	$	12,691		$	(2,027	)	$	5,698		$	(314	)	$	10,385		$	(699	)	$	25,734		$	—		$	25,734
Expected cash outflows (inflows)	$	1,661		$	(563	)	$	1,041		$	(97	)	$	3,052		$	(136	)	$	4,958		$	(736	)	$	4,222
Potential recoveries(3)	(1,798		)	576			(638		)	19			(2,541		)	133			(4,249		)	741			(3,508		)
Subtotal	(137		)	13			403			(78		)	511			(3		)	709			5			714
Discount	61			(3		)	(75		)	29			(320		)	(3		)	(311		)	76			(235		)
Present value of expected cash flows	$	(76	)	$	10		$	328		$	(49	)	$	191		$	(6	)	$	398		$	81		$	479
Deferred premium revenue	$	88		$	(13	)	$	265		$	(26	)	$	848		$	(97	)	$	1,065		$	(315	)	$	750
Reserves (salvage)(4)	$	(115	)	$	15		$	155		$	(37	)	$	(42	)	$	14		$	(10	)	$	139		$	129

Table of Contents

Financial Guaranty Insurance BIG Transaction Loss Summary

December 31, 2011



	BIG Categories
	BIG 1						BIG 2						BIG 3						Total BIG, Net			Effect of Consolidating FG VIEs			Total
	Gross			Ceded			Gross			Ceded			Gross			Ceded			Total BIG, Net			Effect of Consolidating FG VIEs			Total
	(dollars in millions)
Number of risks(1)	171			(68		)	71			(26		)	126			(48		)	368			—			368
Remaining weighted-average contract period (in years)	10.0			9.2			13.7			20.5			9.2			6.4			10.4			—			10.4
Outstanding exposure:
Principal	$	9,675		$	(1,378	)	$	3,732		$	(274	)	$	7,831		$	(627	)	$	18,959		$	—		$	18,959
Interest	4,309			(486		)	2,889			(405		)	2,486			(170		)	8,623			—			8,623
Total(2)	$	13,984		$	(1,864	)	$	6,621		$	(679	)	$	10,317		$	(797	)	$	27,582		$	—		$	27,582
Expected cash outflows (inflows)	$	1,731		$	(659	)	$	1,833		$	(121	)	$	2,423		$	(133	)	$	5,074		$	(998	)	$	4,076
Potential recoveries(3)	(1,798		)	664			(1,079		)	39			(2,041		)	100			(4,115		)	1,060			(3,055		)
Subtotal	(67		)	5			754			(82		)	382			(33		)	959			62			1,021
Discount	16			(5		)	(241		)	32			(125		)	2			(321		)	45			(276		)
Present value of expected cash flows	$	(51	)	$	0		$	513		$	(50	)	$	257		$	(31	)	$	638		$	107		$	745
Deferred premium revenue	$	261		$	(69	)	$	281		$	(12	)	$	992		$	(127	)	$	1,326		$	(391	)	$	935
Reserves (salvage)(4)	$	(97	)	$	7		$	320		$	(42	)	$	(110	)	$	7		$	85		$	196		$	281

____________________


(1)	A risk represents the aggregate of the financial guaranty policies that share the same revenue source for purposes of making debt service payments. The ceded number of risks represents the number of risks for which the Company ceded a portion of its exposure.


(2)	Includes BIG amounts related to FG VIEs which are not eliminated.


(3)	Includes estimated future recoveries for breaches of R&W as well as excess spread, and draws on HELOCs.


(4)	See table “Components of net reserves (salvage).”

Ratings Impact on Financial Guaranty Business

A downgrade of one of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries may result in increased claims under financial guaranties issued by the Company, if the insured obligors were unable to pay.

For example, AGM has issued financial guaranty insurance policies in respect of the obligations of municipal obligors under interest rate swaps. Under the swaps, AGM insures periodic payments owed by the municipal obligors to the bank counterparties. Under certain of the swaps, AGM also insures termination payments that may be owed by the municipal obligors to the bank counterparties. If (i) AGM has been downgraded below the rating trigger set forth in a swap under which it has insured the termination payment, which rating trigger varies on a transaction by transaction basis; (ii) the municipal obligor has the right to cure by, but has failed in, posting collateral, replacing AGM or otherwise curing the downgrade of AGM; (iii) the transaction documents include as a condition that an event of default or termination event with respect to the municipal obligor has occurred, such as the rating of the municipal obligor being downgraded past a specified level, and such condition has been met; (iv) the bank counterparty has elected to terminate the swap; (v) a termination payment is payable by the municipal obligor; and (vi) the municipal obligor has failed to make the termination payment payable by it, then AGM would be required to pay the termination payment due by the municipal obligor, in an amount not to exceed the policy limit set forth in the financial guaranty insurance policy. The claim payments would be subject to recovery from the municipal obligor. As of September 30, 2012, taking into consideration whether the rating of the municipal obligor was below any applicable specified trigger as of such date, if the financial strength rating of AGM were downgraded below "A" by S&P or below "A2" by Moody's, and the conditions giving rise to the obligation of AGM to make a payment under the swap policies

Table of Contents

were all satisfied, then AGM could pay claims in an amount not exceeding $370 million in respect of such termination payments.

As another example, with respect to variable rate demand obligations ("VRDOs") for which a bank has agreed to provide a liquidity facility, a downgrade of AGM or AGC may provide the bank with the right to give notice to bondholders that the bank will terminate the liquidity facility, causing the bondholders to tender their bonds to the bank. Bonds held by the bank accrue interest at a “bank bond rate” that is higher than the rate otherwise borne by the bond (typically the prime rate plus 2.00% — 3.00%, and capped at the lesser of 25% and the maximum legal limit). In the event the bank holds such bonds for longer than a specified period of time, usually 90-180 days, the bank has the right to demand accelerated repayment of bond principal, usually through payment of equal installments over a period of not less than five years. In the event that a municipal obligor is unable to pay interest accruing at the bank bond rate or to pay principal during the shortened amortization period, a claim could be submitted to AGM or AGC under its financial guaranty policy. As of September 30, 2012, AGM and AGC have insured approximately $0.8 billion of par of VRDOs issued by municipal obligors rated BBB- or lower pursuant to the Company’s internal rating. For a number of such obligations, a downgrade of AGM or AGC below “A+” by S&P or below “A1” by Moody’s triggers the ability of the bank to notify bondholders of the termination of the liquidity facility and to demand accelerated repayment of bond principal over a period of 5 to 10 years. The specific terms relating to the rating levels that trigger the bank’s termination right, and whether it is triggered by a downgrade by one rating agency or a downgrade by all rating agencies then rating the insurer, vary depending on the transaction.


5.	Fair Value Measurement

The Company carries a significant portion of its assets and liabilities at fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (i.e., exit price). The price represents the price available in the principal market for the asset or liability. If there is no principal market, then the price is based on a hypothetical market that maximizes the value received for an asset or minimizes the amount paid for a liability (i.e., the most advantageous market).

Fair value is based on quoted market prices, where available. If listed prices or quotes are not available, fair value is based on either internally developed models that primarily use, as inputs, market-based or independently sourced market parameters, including but not limited to yield curves, interest rates and debt prices or with the assistance of an independent third-party using a discounted cash flow approach and the third party’s proprietary pricing models. In addition to market information, models also incorporate transaction details, such as maturity of the instrument and contractual features designed to reduce the Company’s credit exposure, such as collateral rights as applicable.

Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. These adjustments include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality, the Company’s creditworthiness and constraints on liquidity. As markets and products develop and the pricing for certain products becomes more or less transparent, the Company may refine its methodologies and assumptions. During 2012, no changes were made to the Company’s valuation models that had or are expected to have, a material impact on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets or statements of operations and comprehensive income.

The Company’s methods for calculating fair value produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. The use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.

The fair value hierarchy is determined based on whether the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect Company estimates of market assumptions. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes model inputs into three broad levels as follows, with Level 1 being the highest and Level 3 the lowest. An asset or liability’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of significant input to its valuation.

Level 1—Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets. The Company generally defines an active market as a market in which trading occurs at significant volumes. Active markets generally are more liquid and have a lower bid-ask spread than an inactive market.

Level 2—Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and observable inputs other than quoted prices, such as interest rates or yield curves and other inputs derived from or corroborated by observable market inputs.

Table of Contents

Level 3—Model derived valuations in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable. Financial instruments are considered Level 3 when their values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable. Level 3 financial instruments also include those for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

Transfers between Levels 1, 2 and 3 are recognized at the beginning of the period when the transfer occurs. The Company reviews the classification between Levels 1, 2 and 3 quarterly to determine whether a transfer is necessary. During the periods presented, there were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2. The committed capital securities ("CCS") were transferred to Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy in Third Quarter 2011 because the Company was no longer able to obtain the same level of pricing information as in past quarters. There were no transfers in or out Level 3 during Third Quarter or Nine Months 2012.

Measured and Carried at Fair Value

Fixed Maturity Securities and Short-term Investments

The fair value of bonds in the investment portfolio is generally based on prices received from third party pricing services or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. The pricing services prepare estimates of fair value measurements using their pricing applications, which include available relevant market information, benchmark curves, benchmarking of like securities, sector groupings, and matrix pricing. Additional valuation factors that can be taken into account are nominal spreads and liquidity adjustments. The pricing services evaluate each asset class based on relevant market and credit information, perceived market movements, and sector news. The market inputs used in the pricing evaluation, listed in the approximate order of priority include: benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers, reference data and industry and economic events. Benchmark yields have in many cases taken priority over reported trades for securities that trade less frequently. The extent of the use of each input is dependent on the asset class and the market conditions. Given the asset class, the priority of the use of inputs may change or some market inputs may not be relevant. Additionally, the valuation of fixed maturity investments is more subjective when markets are less liquid due to the lack of market based inputs, which may increase the potential that the estimated fair value of an investment is not reflective of the price at which an actual transaction would occur. The vast majority of fixed maturities are classified as Level 2.

Short-term investments, that are traded in active markets, are classified within Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy and are based on quoted market prices. Securities such as discount notes are classified within Level 2 because these securities are typically not actively traded due to their approaching maturity and, as such, their cost approximates fair value.

Prices determined based upon model processes where at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable, are considered to be Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. At September 30, 2012, the Company used model processes to price 33 fixed maturity securities, which was 5% or $519 million of the Company’s fixed maturity securities and short-term investments at fair value. Level 3 securities were priced with the assistance of an independent third-party. The pricing is based on a discounted cash flow approach using the third-party’s proprietary pricing models. The models use inputs such as projected prepayment speeds; severity assumptions; recovery lag assumptions; estimated default rates (determined on the basis of an analysis of collateral attributes, historical collateral performance, borrower profiles and other features relevant to the evaluation of collateral credit quality); house price depreciation/appreciation rates based on macroeconomic forecasts and recent trading activity. The yield used to discount the projected cash flows is determined by reviewing various attributes of the bond including collateral type, weighted average life, sensitivity to losses, vintage, and convexity, in conjunction with market data on comparable securities. Significant changes to any of these inputs could materially change the expected timing of cash flows within these securities which is a significant factor in determining the fair value of the securities.

Other Invested Assets

Other invested assets includes certain investments that are carried and measured at fair value on a recurring basis and non-recurring basis, as well as assets not carried at fair value. Within other invested assets, $95 million are carried at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2012. These assets primarily comprise certain short-term investments and fixed maturity securities classified as trading and are Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. Also carried at fair value on a recurring basis are $1 million in notes classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value of these notes is determined by calculating the present value of the expected cash flows. The unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the notes are discount rate, prepayment speed and default rate.

Table of Contents

Within other invested assets, $7 million are carried at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of September 30, 2012. These assets are comprised of mortgage loans which are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy as there are significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of such loans. The non-performing portion of these mortgage loans is valued using an average recovery rate. The performing loans are valued using management’s determination of future cash flows arising from these loans, discounted at the rate of return that would be required by a market participant. The unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the mortgage loans are discount rate, recovery on delinquent loans, loss severity, prepayment speed and default rate.

Other Assets

Committed Capital Securities

The fair value of CCS, which is recorded in “other assets” on the consolidated balance sheets, represents the difference between the present value of remaining expected put option premium payments under AGC’s CCS (the “AGC CCS Securities”) and AGM’s Committed Preferred Trust Securities (the “AGM CPS Securities”) agreements, and the estimated present value that the Company would hypothetically have to pay currently for a comparable security (see Note 13, Long Term Debt and Credit Facilities). The estimated current cost of the Company’s CCS depends on several factors, including broker-dealer quotes for the outstanding securities, the U.S. dollar forward swap curve, LIBOR curve projections and the term the securities are estimated to remain outstanding.

In Third Quarter 2011, these securities were transferred to Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy because there is a reliance on significant unobservable inputs to the valuation model, including a broker-dealer quote and the Company’s estimate of the term the securities will be outstanding. Prior to Third Quarter 2011, the significant market inputs used were observable; therefore, the Company classified this fair value measurement as Level 2. The Company is no longer able to obtain the same level of pricing information as in past quarters.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans

The Company classifies the fair value measurement of the assets of the Company's various supplemental executive retirement plans as either Level 1 or Level 2. The fair value of these assets is valued based on the observable published daily values of the underlying mutual fund included in the aforementioned plans (Level 1) or based upon the net asset value of the funds if a published daily value is not available (Level 2).

Financial Guaranty Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives

The Company’s credit derivatives consist primarily of insured CDS contracts, and also include interest rate swaps that fall under derivative accounting standards requiring fair value accounting through the statement of operations. The Company does not enter into CDS with the intent to trade these contracts and the Company may not unilaterally terminate a CDS contract absent an event of default or termination event that entitles the Company to terminate; however, the Company has mutually agreed with various counterparties to terminate certain CDS transactions. Such terminations generally are completed for an amount that approximates the present value of future premiums, not at fair value.

The terms of the Company’s CDS contracts differ from more standardized credit derivative contracts sold by companies outside the financial guaranty industry. Management considers the non-standard terms of its credit derivative contracts in determining the fair value of these contracts. The non-standard terms include the absence of collateral support agreements or immediate settlement provisions. In addition, the Company employs relatively high attachment points and does not exit derivatives it sells or purchases for credit protection purposes, except under specific circumstances such as mutual agreements with counterparties to terminate certain CDS contracts.

Due to the lack of quoted prices for its instruments or for similar instruments, the Company determines the fair value of its credit derivative contracts primarily through modeling that uses various inputs to derive an estimate of the fair value of the Company’s contracts in principal markets. Observable inputs other than quoted market prices exist; however, these inputs reflect contracts that do not contain terms and conditions similar to the credit derivative contracts issued by the Company. Management does not believe there is an established market where financial guaranty insured credit derivatives are actively traded. The terms of the protection under an insured financial guaranty credit derivative do not, except for certain rare circumstances, allow the Company to exit its contracts. Management has determined that the exit market for the Company’s credit derivatives is a hypothetical one based on its entry market. Management has tracked the historical pricing of the Company’s deals to establish historical price points in the hypothetical market that are used in the fair value calculation. These contracts are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy since there is reliance on at least one unobservable input deemed significant to the valuation

Table of Contents

model, most importantly the Company’s estimate of the value of the non-standard terms and conditions of its credit derivative contracts and of the Company’s current credit standing.

The Company’s models and the related assumptions are continuously reevaluated by management and enhanced, as appropriate, based upon improvements in modeling techniques and availability of more timely and relevant market information.

The fair value of the Company’s credit derivative contracts represents the difference between the present value of remaining net premiums the Company expects to receive or pay for the credit protection under the contract and the estimated present value of premiums that a financial guarantor of comparable credit-worthiness would hypothetically charge or pay the Company for the same protection. The fair value of the Company’s credit derivatives depends on a number of factors, including notional amount of the contract, expected term, credit spreads, changes in interest rates, the credit ratings of referenced entities, the Company’s own credit risk and remaining contractual cash flows. The expected remaining contractual cash flows are the most readily observable inputs since they are based on the CDS contractual terms. These cash flows include premiums to be received or paid under the terms of the contract. Credit spreads capture the effect of recovery rates and performance of underlying assets of these contracts, among other factors. If credit spreads of the underlying obligations change, the fair value of the related credit derivative changes. Market liquidity also affects valuations of the underlying obligations. Market conditions at September 30, 2012 were such that market prices of the Company’s CDS contracts were not available. Since market prices were not available, the Company used proprietary valuation models that used both unobservable and observable market data inputs as described under “Assumptions and Inputs” below. These models are primarily developed internally based on market conventions for similar transactions.

Valuation models include management estimates and current market information. Management is also required to make assumptions of how the fair value of credit derivative instruments is affected by current market conditions. Management considers factors such as current prices charged for similar agreements, when available, performance of underlying assets, life of the instrument, and the nature and extent of activity in the financial guaranty credit derivative marketplace. The assumptions that management uses to determine the fair value may change in the future due to market conditions. Due to the inherent uncertainties of the assumptions used in the valuation models to determine the fair value of these credit derivative products, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the differences may be material.

Assumptions and Inputs

Listed below are various inputs and assumptions that are key to the establishment of the Company’s fair value for CDS contracts.

· How gross spread is calculated: Gross spread is the difference between the yield of a security paid by an issuer on an insured versus uninsured basis or, in the case of a CDS transaction, the difference between the yield and an index such as the LIBOR. Such pricing is well established by historical financial guaranty fees relative to the credit spread on risks assumed as observed and executed in competitive markets, including in financial guaranty reinsurance and secondary market transactions.

· How gross spread is allocated: Gross spread on a financial guaranty contract accounted for as CDS is allocated among:

1. the profit the originator, usually an investment bank, realizes for putting the deal together and funding the transaction (“bank profit”);

2. premiums paid to the Company for the Company’s credit protection provided (“net spread”); and

3. the cost of CDS protection purchased by the originator to hedge their counterparty credit risk exposure to the Company (“hedge cost”).

· The weighted average life which is based on expected remaining contractual cash flows and debt service schedules, which are readily observable inputs since they are based on the CDS contractual terms.

· The rates used to discount future expected losses.

The expected future premium cash flows for the Company’s credit derivatives were discounted at rates ranging from 0.15% to 2.61% at September 30, 2012 and 0.30% to 2.70% at December 31, 2011.

Gross spread is used to ultimately determine the net spread a comparable financial guarantor would charge the Company

Table of Contents

to transfer its risk at the reporting date. The Company obtains gross spreads on risks assumed from market data sources published by third parties (e.g. dealer spread tables for the collateral similar to assets within the Company’s transactions) as well as collateral-specific spreads provided by trustees or obtained from market sources. If observable market credit spreads are not available or reliable for the underlying reference obligations, then market indices are used that most closely resemble the underlying reference obligations, considering asset class, credit quality rating and maturity of the underlying reference obligations. These indices are adjusted to reflect the non-standard terms of the Company’s CDS contracts. Market sources determine credit spreads by reviewing new issuance pricing for specific asset classes and receiving price quotes from their trading desks for the specific asset in question. Management validates these quotes by cross-referencing quotes received from one market source against quotes received from another market source to ensure reasonableness. In addition, the Company compares the relative change in price quotes received from one quarter to another, with the relative change experienced by published market indices for a specific asset class. Collateral specific spreads obtained from third-party, independent market sources are un-published spread quotes from market participants or market traders who are not trustees. Management obtains this information as the result of direct communication with these sources as part of the valuation process.

With respect to CDS transactions for which there is an expected claim payment within the next twelve months, the allocation of gross spreads reflects a higher allocation to the cost of credit rather than the bank profit component. In the current market, it is assumed that a bank would be willing to accept a lower profit on distressed transactions in order to remove these transactions from its financial statements.

The following spread hierarchy is utilized in determining which source of gross spread to use, with the rule being to use CDS spreads where available. If not available, the Company either interpolates or extrapolates CDS spreads based on similar transactions or market indices.

· Actual collateral specific credit spreads (if up-to-date and reliable market-based spreads are available).

· Deals priced or closed during a specific quarter within a specific asset class and specific rating.

· Credit spreads interpolated based upon market indices.

· Credit spreads provided by the counterparty of the CDS.

· Credit spreads extrapolated based upon transactions of similar asset classes, similar ratings, and similar time to maturity.

Information by Credit Spread Type



	As of September 30, 2012		As of December 31, 2011
Based on actual collateral specific spreads	5	%	5	%
Based on market indices	89	%	90	%
Provided by the CDS counterparty	6	%	5	%
Total	100	%	100	%

Over time the data inputs can change as new sources become available or existing sources are discontinued or are no longer considered to be the most appropriate. It is the Company’s objective to move to higher levels on the hierarchy whenever possible, but it is sometimes necessary to move to lower priority inputs because of discontinued data sources or management’s assessment that the higher priority inputs are no longer considered to be representative of market spreads for a given type of collateral. This can happen, for example, if transaction volume changes such that a previously used spread index is no longer viewed as being reflective of current market levels.

The Company interpolates a curve based on the historical relationship between the premium the Company receives when a credit derivative is closed to the daily closing price of the market index related to the specific asset class and rating of the deal. This curve indicates expected credit spreads at each indicative level on the related market index. For transactions with unique terms or characteristics where no price quotes are available, management extrapolates credit spreads based on an alternative transaction for which the Company has received a spread quote from one of the first three sources within the Company’s spread hierarchy. This alternative transaction will be within the same asset class, have similar underlying assets, similar credit ratings, and similar time to maturity. The Company then calculates the percentage of relative spread change quarter over quarter for the

Table of Contents

alternative transaction. This percentage change is then applied to the historical credit spread of the transaction for which no price quote was received in order to calculate the transactions’ current spread. Counterparties determine credit spreads by reviewing new issuance pricing for specific asset classes and receiving price quotes from their trading desks for the specific asset in question. These quotes are validated by cross-referencing quotes received from one market source with those quotes received from another market source to ensure reasonableness.

The premium the Company receives is referred to as the “net spread.” The Company’s pricing model takes into account not only how credit spreads on risks that it assumes affect pricing, but also how the Company’s own credit spread affects the pricing of its deals. The Company’s own credit risk is factored into the determination of net spread based on the impact of changes in the quoted market price for credit protection bought on the Company, as reflected by quoted market prices on CDS referencing AGC or AGM. For credit spreads on the Company’s name the Company obtains the quoted price of CDS contracts traded on AGC and AGM from market data sources published by third parties. The cost to acquire CDS protection referencing AGC or AGM affects the amount of spread on CDS deals that the Company retains and, hence, their fair value. As the cost to acquire CDS protection referencing AGC or AGM increases, the amount of premium the Company retains on a deal generally decreases. As the cost to acquire CDS protection referencing AGC or AGM decreases, the amount of premium the Company retains on a deal generally increases. In the Company’s valuation model, the premium the Company captures is not permitted to go below the minimum rate that the Company would currently charge to assume similar risks. This assumption can have the effect of mitigating the amount of unrealized gains that are recognized on certain CDS contracts. Given the current market conditions and the Company’s own credit spreads, approximately 73%, as of September 30, 2012 and approximately 78% as of December 31, 2011 of our CDS contracts are fair valued using this minimum premium. The Company corroborates the assumptions in its fair value model, including the portion of exposure to AGC and AGM hedged by its counterparties, with independent third parties each reporting period. The current level of AGC’s and AGM’s own credit spread has resulted in the bank or deal originator hedging a significant portion of its exposure to AGC and AGM. This reduces the amount of contractual cash flows AGC and AGM can capture as premium for selling its protection.

The amount of premium a financial guaranty insurance market participant can demand is inversely related to the cost of credit protection on the insurance company as measured by market credit spreads assuming all other assumptions remain constant. This is because the buyers of credit protection typically hedge a portion of their risk to the financial guarantor, due to the fact that the Company’s contracts’ contractual terms typically do not require the posting of collateral by the guarantor. The widening of a financial guarantor’s own credit spread increases the cost to buy credit protection on the guarantor, thereby reducing the amount of premium the guarantor can capture out of the gross spread on the deal. The extent of the hedge depends on the types of instruments insured and the current market conditions.

A fair value resulting in a credit derivative asset on protection sold is the result of contractual cash inflows on in-force deals in excess of what a hypothetical financial guarantor could receive if it sold protection on the same risk as of the current reporting date. If the Company were able to freely exchange these contracts (i.e., assuming its contracts did not contain proscriptions on transfer and there was a viable exchange market), it would be able to realize a gain representing the difference between the higher contractual premiums to which it is entitled and the current market premiums for a similar contract. The Company determines the fair value of its CDS contracts by applying the difference between the current net spread and the contractual net spread for the remaining duration of each contract to the notional value of its CDS contracts.

Example

Following is an example of how changes in gross spreads, the Company’s own credit spread and the cost to buy protection on the Company affect the amount of premium the Company can demand for its credit protection. The assumptions used in these examples are hypothetical amounts. Scenario 1 represents the market conditions in effect on the transaction date and Scenario 2 represents market conditions at a subsequent reporting date.



	Scenario 1			Scenario 2
	bps	% of Total		bps	% of Total
Original gross spread/cash bond price (in bps)	185			500
Bank profit (in bps)	115	62	%	50	10	%
Hedge cost (in bps)	30	16	%	440	88	%
The Company premium received per annum (in bps)	40	22	%	10	2	%

In Scenario 1, the gross spread is 185 basis points. The bank or deal originator captures 115 basis points of the original gross spread and hedges 10% of its exposure to AGC, when the CDS spread on AGC was 300 basis points (300 basis points

Table of Contents

× 10% = 30 basis points). Under this scenario the Company received premium of 40 basis points, or 22% of the gross spread.

In Scenario 2, the gross spread is 500 basis points. The bank or deal originator captures 50 basis points of the original gross spread and hedges 25% of its exposure to AGC, when the CDS spread on AGC was 1,760 basis points (1,760 basis points × 25% = 440 basis points). Under this scenario the Company would receive premium of 10 basis points, or 2% of the gross spread. Due to the increased cost to hedge AGC’s name, the amount of profit the bank would expect to receive, and the premium the Company would expect to receive decline significantly.

In this example, the contractual cash flows (the Company premium received per annum above) exceed the amount a market participant would require the Company to pay in today’s market to accept its obligations under the CDS contract, thus resulting in an asset. This credit derivative asset is equal to the difference in premium rates discounted at the corresponding LIBOR over the weighted average remaining life of the contract.

Strengths and Weaknesses of Model

The Company’s credit derivative valuation model, like any financial model, has certain strengths and weaknesses.

The primary strengths of the Company’s CDS modeling techniques are:

· The model takes into account the transaction structure and the key drivers of market value. The transaction structure includes par insured, weighted average life, level of subordination and composition of collateral.

· The model maximizes the use of market-driven inputs whenever they are available. The key inputs to the model are market-based spreads for the collateral, and the credit rating of referenced entities. These are viewed by the Company to be the key parameters that affect fair value of the transaction.

· The model is a consistent approach to valuing positions. The Company has developed a hierarchy for market-based spread inputs that helps mitigate the degree of subjectivity during periods of high illiquidity.

The primary weaknesses of the Company’s CDS modeling techniques are:

· There is no exit market or actual exit transactions. Therefore the Company’s exit market is a hypothetical one based on the Company’s entry market.

· There is a very limited market in which to validate the reasonableness of the fair values developed by the Company’s model.

· At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the markets for the inputs to the model were highly illiquid, which impacts their reliability.

· Due to the non-standard terms under which the Company enters into derivative contracts, the fair value of its credit derivatives may not reflect the same prices observed in an actively traded market of credit derivatives that do not contain terms and conditions similar to those observed in the financial guaranty market.

Fair Value Option on FG VIEs’ Assets and Liabilities

The Company elected the fair value option for all the FG VIEs’ assets and liabilities. See Note 7, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.

The FG VIEs that are consolidated by the Company issued securities collateralized by HELOCs, first lien and second lien RMBS, subprime automobile loans, and other loans and receivables. The lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of these assets and liabilities in its entirety was a Level 3 input (i.e. unobservable), therefore management classified them as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Prices were generally determined with the assistance of an independent third-party. The pricing is based on a discounted cash flow approach and the third-party’s proprietary pricing models. The models to price the FG VIEs’ liabilities used, where appropriate, inputs such as estimated prepayment speeds; market values of the assets that collateralize the securities; estimated default rates (determined on the basis of an analysis of collateral attributes, historical collateral performance, borrower profiles and other features relevant to the evaluation of collateral credit quality); discount rates implied by market prices for similar securities; house price depreciation/appreciation rates based on macroeconomic forecasts and, for those liabilities insured by the Company, the benefit from the Company’s insurance policy guaranteeing the timely

Table of Contents

payment of principal and interest for the FG VIE tranches insured by the Company, taking into account the timing of the potential default and the Company’s own credit rating. These inputs are utilized to project the future cash flows of the security and to evaluate the overall bond profile. The third-party also utilizes an internal model to determine an appropriate yield at which to discount the cash flows of the security, by factoring in collateral types, weighted-average lives, and other structural attributes specific to the security being priced. The expected yield is further calibrated by utilizing algorithm’s designed to aggregate market color, received by the third-party, on comparable bonds.

Changes in fair value of the FG VIEs’ assets and liabilities are included in fair value gains (losses) on FG VIEs within the consolidated statement of operations. Except for net credit impairment that triggers a claim on the financial guaranty contract, the unrealized fair value adjustments related to the consolidated FG VIEs will reverse to zero over the terms of these financial instruments.

The fair value of the Company’s FG VIE assets is sensitive to changes relating to estimated prepayment speeds; estimated default rates (determined on the basis of an analysis of collateral attributes such as: historical collateral performance, borrower profiles and other features relevant to the evaluation of collateral credit quality); discount rates implied by market prices for similar securities; and house price depreciation/appreciation rates based on macroeconomic forecasts. Significant changes to some of these inputs could materially change the market value of the FG VIE’s assets and the implied collateral losses within the transaction. In general, the fair value of the FG VIE asset is most sensitive to changes in the projected collateral losses, where an increase in collateral losses typically leads to a decrease in the fair value of FG VIE assets, while a decrease in collateral losses typically leads to an increase in the fair value of FG VIE assets. These factors also directly impact the fair value of the Company’s uninsured VIE liabilities.

The fair value of the Company’s insured FG VIE liabilities is also sensitive to changes relating to estimated prepayment speeds; market values of the assets that collateralize the securities; estimated default rates (determined on the basis of an analysis of collateral attributes such as: historical collateral performance, borrower profiles and other features relevant to the evaluation of collateral credit quality); discount rates implied by market prices for similar securities; and house price depreciation/appreciation rates based on macroeconomic forecasts. In addition, the Company’s insured FG VIE liabilities are also sensitive to changes in the Company’s implied credit worthiness. Significant changes to any of these inputs could materially change the timing of expected losses within the insured transaction which is a significant factor in determining the implied benefit from the Company’s insurance policy guaranteeing the timely payment of principal and interest for the tranches of debt issued by the FG VIE that is insured by the Company. In general, extending the timing of expected loss payments by the Company into the future typically leads to a decrease in the value of the Company’s insurance and a decrease in the fair value of the Company’s insured FG VIE liabilities, while a shortening of the timing of expected loss payments by the Company typically leads to an increase in the value of the Company’s insurance and an increase in the fair value of the Company’s insured FG VIE liabilities.

Not Carried at Fair Value

Financial Guaranty Contracts in Insurance Form

The fair value of the Company’s financial guaranty contracts accounted for as insurance was based on management’s estimate of what a similarly rated financial guaranty insurance company would demand to acquire the Company’s in-force book of financial guaranty insurance business. This amount was based on the pricing assumptions management has observed for portfolio transfers that have occurred in the financial guaranty market and included adjustments to the carrying value of unearned premium reserve for stressed losses, ceding commissions and return on capital. The significant inputs were not readily observable. The Company accordingly classified this fair value measurement as Level 3.

Long-Term Debt

The Company’s long-term debt, excluding notes payable, is valued by broker-dealers using third party independent pricing sources and standard market conventions. The market conventions utilize market quotations, market transactions for the Company’s comparable instruments, and to a lesser extent, similar instruments in the broader insurance industry. The fair value measurement was classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

The fair value of the notes payable that are recorded within long-term debt was determined by calculating the present value of the expected cash flows. The Company determines discounted future cash flows using market driven discount rates and a variety of assumptions, including LIBOR curve projections, prepayment and default assumptions, and AGM CDS spreads. The fair value measurement was classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy because there is a reliance on significant unobservable inputs to the valuation model, including the discount rates, prepayment and default assumptions, loss severity and recovery on delinquent loans.

Table of Contents

Other Invested Assets

Assets Acquired in Refinancing Transactions

The fair value of the other invested assets was determined by calculating the present value of the expected cash flows. The Company uses a market approach to determine discounted future cash flows using market driven discount rates and a variety of assumptions, including LIBOR curve projections and prepayment and default assumptions. The fair value measurement was classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy because there is a reliance on significant unobservable inputs to the valuation model, including the discount rates, prepayment and default assumptions, loss severity and recovery on delinquent loans.

Other Assets and Other Liabilities

The Company’s other assets and other liabilities consist predominantly of accrued interest, receivables for securities sold and payables for securities purchased, the carrying values of which approximate fair value.

Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value

Amounts recorded at fair value in the Company’s financial statements are included in the tables below.

Fair Value Hierarchy of Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value

As of September 30, 2012



			Fair Value Hierarchy
	Fair Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
	(in millions)
Assets:
Investment portfolio, available-for-sale:
Fixed maturity securities
U.S. government and agencies	$	810	$	—	$	810	$	—
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	5,714		—		5,703		11
Corporate securities	1,030		—		1,030		—
Mortgage-backed securities:
RMBS	1,384		—		1,175		209
Commercial mortgage-backed securities ("CMBS")	513		—		513		—
Asset-backed securities	561		—		262		299
Foreign government securities	306		—		306		—
Total fixed maturity securities	10,318		—		9,799		519
Short-term investments	564		268		296		—
Other invested assets(1)	103		—		95		8
Credit derivative assets	450		—		—		450
FG VIEs’ assets, at fair value	2,693		—		—		2,693
Other assets(2)	71		24		5		42
Total assets carried at fair value	$	14,199	$	292	$	10,195	$	3,712
Liabilities:
Credit derivative liabilities	$	2,151	$	—	$	—	$	2,151
FG VIEs’ liabilities with recourse, at fair value	2,169		—		—		2,169
FG VIEs’ liabilities without recourse, at fair value	1,018		—		—		1,018
Total liabilities carried at fair value	$	5,338	$	—	$	—	$	5,338

Table of Contents

Fair Value Hierarchy of Financial Instruments Carried at Fair Value

As of December 31, 2011



			Fair Value Hierarchy
	Fair Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
	(in millions)
Assets:
Investment portfolio, available-for-sale:
Fixed maturity securities
U.S. government and agencies	$	922	$	—	$	922	$	—
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	5,456		—		5,446		10
Corporate securities	1,038		—		1,038		—
Mortgage-backed securities:
RMBS	1,428		—		1,294		134
CMBS	500		—		500		—
Asset-backed securities	458		—		223		235
Foreign government securities	340		—		340		—
Total fixed maturity securities	10,142		—		9,763		379
Short-term investments	734		210		524		—
Other invested assets(1)	43		—		32		11
Credit derivative assets	469		—		—		469
FG VIEs’ assets, at fair value	2,819		—		—		2,819
Other assets(2)	80		26		—		54
Total assets carried at fair value	$	14,287	$	236	$	10,319	$	3,732
Liabilities:
Credit derivative liabilities	$	1,773	$	—	$	—	$	1,773
FG VIEs’ liabilities with recourse, at fair value	2,397		—		—		2,397
FG VIEs’ liabilities without recourse, at fair value	1,061		—		—		1,061
Total liabilities carried at fair value	$	5,231	$	—	$	—	$	5,231

____________________

(1) Includes mortgage loans that are recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, such investments were carried at their market value of $7 million and $9 million, respectively.

(2) Includes fair value of CCS and supplemental executive retirement plan assets.

Table of Contents

Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

The table below presents a roll forward of the Company’s Level 3 financial instruments carried at fair value on a recurring basis during Third Quarter and Nine Months 2012 and 2011.

Fair Value Level 3 Rollforward

Recurring Basis



	Third Quarter 2012
	Fixed Maturity Securities
	Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions				RMBS					Asset- Backed Securities					Other Invested Assets		FG VIEs’ Assets at Fair Value					Other Assets					Credit Derivative Asset (Liability), net(5)					FG VIE's Liabilities with Recourse, at Fair Value					FG VIE's Liabilities without Recourse, at Fair Value
	(in millions)
Fair value as of June 30, 2012	$	10			$	167				$	274				$	1	$	2,726				$	44				$	(1,666	)			$	(2,239	)			$	(1,042	)
Total pretax realized and unrealized gains/(losses) recorded in:(1)
Net income (loss)	0		(2	)	4			(2	)	6			(2	)	—		91			(3	)	(2		)	(4	)	(36		)	(6	)	(76		)	(3	)	(19		)	(3	)
Other comprehensive income (loss)	0				13					20					—		—					—					—					—					—
Purchases	1				42					1					—		—					—					—					—					—
Settlements	—				(17		)			(2		)			—		(124		)			—					1					146					43
FG VIE consolidations	—				—					—					—		—					—					—					—					—
Fair value as of September 30, 2012	$	11			$	209				$	299				$	1	$	2,693				$	42				$	(1,701	)			$	(2,169	)			$	(1,018	)
Change in unrealized gains/(losses) related to financial instruments held as of September 30, 2012	$	0			$	10				$	20				$	—	$	165				$	(2	)			$	(39	)			$	(55	)			$	(58	)

Table of Contents



	Third Quarter 2011
	Fixed Maturity Securities
	RMBS					Asset- Backed Securities					Other Invested Assets		FG VIEs’ Assets at Fair Value					Other Assets				Credit Derivative Asset (Liability), net(5)					FG VIE's Liabilities with Recourse, at Fair Value					FG VIE's Liabilities without Recourse, at Fair Value
	(in millions)
Fair value as of June 30, 2011	$	88				$	274				$	2	$	3,492				$	—			$	(2,188	)			$	(2,849	)			$	(1,283	)
Total pretax realized and unrealized gains/(losses) recorded in:(1)
Net income (loss)	6			(2	)	(8		)	(2	)	—		(313		)	(3	)	2		(4	)	1,156			(6	)	97			(3	)	89			(3	)
Other comprehensive income (loss)	(37		)			(15		)			0		—					—				—					—					—
Purchases	43					—					—		—					—				—					—					—
Sales	(8		)			(1		)			—		—					—				—					—					—
Settlements	—					—					—		(174		)			—				4					176					61
FG VIE consolidations	—					—					—		—					—				—					—					—
Transfers into Level 3	—					—					—		—					20				—					—					—
Fair value as of September 30, 2011	$	92				$	250				$	2	$	3,005				$	22			$	(1,028	)			$	(2,576	)			$	(1,133	)
Change in unrealized gains/(losses) related to financial instruments held as of September 30, 2011	$	(37	)			$	(15	)			$	0	$	(181	)			$	2			$	1,159				$	98				$	60



	Nine Months 2012
	Fixed Maturity Securities
	Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions					RMBS					Asset- Backed Securities					Other Invested Assets			FG VIEs’ Assets at Fair Value					Other Assets					Credit Derivative Asset (Liability), net(5)					FG VIEs' Liabilities with Recourse, at Fair Value					FG VIEs’ Liabilities without Recourse, at Fair Value
	(in millions)
Fair value as of December 31, 2011	$	10				$	134				$	235				$	2		$	2,819				$	54				$	(1,304	)			$	(2,397	)			$	(1,061	)
Total pretax realized and unrealized gains/(losses) recorded in:(1)
Net income (loss)	—			(2	)	9			(2	)	20			(2	)	—			269			(3	)	(12		)	(4	)	(466		)	(6	)	(212		)	(3	)	(112		)	(3	)
Other comprehensive income (loss)	1					6					8					(1		)	—					—					—					—					—
Purchases	1					97					41					—			—					—					—					—					—
Settlements	(1		)			(37		)			(5		)			—			(410		)			—					69					461					155
FG VIE consolidations	—					—					—					—			15					—					—					(21		)			—
Fair value as of September 30, 2012	$	11				$	209				$	299				$	1		$	2,693				$	42				$	(1,701	)			$	(2,169	)			$	(1,018	)
Change in unrealized gains/(losses) related to financial instruments held as of September 30, 2012	$	1				$	2				$	8				$	(1	)	$	468				$	(12	)			$	(391	)			$	(180	)			$	(213	)

Table of Contents



	Nine Months 2011
	Fixed Maturity Securities
	RMBS					Asset- Backed Securities					Other Invested Assets		FG VIEs’ Assets at Fair Value					Other Assets				Credit Derivative Asset (Liability), net(5)					FG VIEs’ Liabilities with Recourse, at Fair Value					FG VIEs’ Liabilities without Recourse, at Fair Value
	(in millions)
Fair value as of December 31, 2010	$	100				$	210				$	2	$	3,657				$	—			$	(1,870	)			$	(3,031	)			$	(1,337	)
Total pretax realized and unrealized gains/(losses) recorded in:(1)
Net income (loss)	(25		)	(2	)	(4		)	(2	)	—		(290		)	(3	)	2		(4	)	855			(6	)	101			(3	)	40			(3	)
Other comprehensive income (loss)	(85		)			(2		)			—		—					—				—					—					—
Purchases	195					47					—		—					—				—					—					—
Sales	(29		)			(1		)			—		—					—				—					—					—
Settlements	—					—					—		(644		)			—				(13		)			626					227
FG VIE consolidations	(64		)			—					—		282					—				—					(272		)			(63		)
Transfers into Level 3	—					—					—		—					20				—					—					—
Fair value as of September 30, 2011	$	92				$	250				$	2	$	3,005				$	22			$	(1,028	)			$	(2,576	)			$	(1,133	)
Change in unrealized gains/(losses) related to financial instruments held as of September 30, 2011	$	(85	)			$	(2	)			$	—	$	(158	)			$	2			$	848				$	101				$	11

___________________


(1)	Realized and unrealized gains (losses) from changes in values of Level 3 financial instruments represent gains (losses) from changes in values of those financial instruments only for the periods in which the instruments were classified as Level 3.


(2)	Included in net realized investment gains (losses) and net investment income.


(3)	Included in fair value gains (losses) on FG VIEs.


(4)	Recorded in fair value gain (loss) on committed capital securities.


(5)	Represents net position of credit derivatives. The consolidated balance sheet presents gross assets and liabilities based on net counterparty exposure.


(6)	Reported in net change in fair value of credit derivatives.

Table of Contents

Level 3 Fair Value Disclosures

Quantitative Information About Level 3 Fair Value Inputs



Financial Instrument Description	Fair Value at September 30, 2012 (in millions)		Valuation Technique	Significant Unobservable Inputs	Range
Assets:
Fixed maturity securities:
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	$	11	Discounted	Rate of inflation	1.0		%	-	3.0%
			cash flow	Cash flow receipts	4.9		%	-	29.1%
				Collateral recovery period	1 month			-	10 years

RMBS	209		Discounted	CPR	0.8		%	-	7.5%
			cash flow	CDR	4.4		%	-	28.6%
				Severity	48.0		%	-	102.8%
				Yield	4.3		%	-	14.8%
Asset-backed securities:
Whole business securitization	54		Discounted cash flow	Annual gross revenue projections (in millions)		$54		-	$96
				Value of primary financial guaranty policy	43.8%
				Liquidity discount	5.0		%	-	20.0%

Investor owned utility	192		Discounted cash flow	Liquidation value (in millions)		$174		-	$281
				Years to liquidation	0 years			-	2 years
				Discount factor	14.5%

XXX life insurance transactions	53		Discounted	Yield	12.8%
XXX life insurance transactions	53		cash flow

Other invested assets	8		Discounted cash flow	Discount for lack of liquidity	10.0		%	-	20.0%
				Recovery on delinquent loans	20.0		%	-	60.0%
				Default rates	1.0		%	-	10.0%
				Loss severity	40.0		%	-	90.0%
				Prepayment speeds	6.0		%	-	15.0%

FG VIEs’ assets, at fair value	2,693		Discounted	CPR	0.0		%	-	11.8%
			cash flow	CDR	2.6		%	-	37.6%
				Loss severity	37.5		%	-	103.8%
				Yield	4.6		%	-	20.0%

Table of Contents



Financial Instrument Description	Fair Value at September 30, 2012 (in millions)		Valuation Technique	Significant Unobservable Inputs	Range
Other assets	42		Discounted cash flow	Quotes from third party pricing	$39		-	$44
Other assets			Discounted cash flow	Term (years)	3

Liabilities:
Credit derivative liabilities, net	(1,701	)	Discounted	Year 1 loss estimates	0.0	%	-	60.0%
			cash flow	Hedge cost (in bps)	83.2		-	780.0
				Bank profit (in bps)	1.0		-	1,293.0
				Internal floor (in bps)	7.0		-	40.0
				Internal credit rating	AAA		-	BIG

FG VIEs’ liabilities, at fair value	(3,187	)	Discounted	CPR	0.0	%	-	11.8%
			cash flow	CDR	2.6	%	-	37.6%
				Loss severity	37.5	%	-	103.8%
				Yield	4.6	%	-	20.0%

The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments are presented in the following table.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments



	As of September 30, 2012				As of December 31, 2011
	Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value		Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value
	(in millions)
Assets:
Fixed maturity securities	$	10,318	$	10,318	$	10,142	$	10,142
Short-term investments	564		564		734		734
Other invested assets	165		176		170		182
Credit derivative assets	450		450		469		469
FG VIEs’ assets, at fair value	2,693		2,693		2,819		2,819
Other assets	183		183		186		186
Liabilities:
Financial guaranty insurance contracts(1)	4,102		6,929		4,657		4,313
Long-term debt(2)	840		1,058		1,038		1,186
Credit derivative liabilities	2,151		2,151		1,773		1,773
FG VIEs’ liabilities with recourse, at fair value	2,169		2,169		2,397		2,397
FG VIEs’ liabilities without recourse, at fair value	1,018		1,018		1,061		1,061
Other liabilities	64		64		16		16

___________________

(1) Carrying amount includes the balance sheet amounts related to financial guaranty insurance contract premiums and losses, net of reinsurance.

(2) Carrying amount represented principal less accumulated discount or plus accumulated premium.

Table of Contents


6.	Financial Guaranty Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives

The Company has a portfolio of financial guaranty contracts that meet the definition of a derivative in accordance with GAAP (primarily CDS). Until the Company ceased selling credit protection through credit derivative contracts in the beginning of 2009, following the issuance of regulatory guidelines that limited the terms under which the credit protection could be sold, management considered these agreements to be a normal part of its financial guaranty business. The potential capital or margin requirements that may apply under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act contributed to the decision of the Company not to sell new credit protection through CDS in the foreseeable future.

Credit derivative transactions are governed by ISDA documentation and have different characteristics from financial guaranty insurance contracts. For example, the Company’s control rights with respect to a reference obligation under a credit derivative may be more limited than when the Company issues a financial guaranty insurance contract. In addition, while the Company’s exposure under credit derivatives, like the Company’s exposure under financial guaranty insurance contracts, has been generally for as long as the reference obligation remains outstanding, unlike financial guaranty contracts, a credit derivative may be terminated for a breach of the ISDA documentation or other specific events. A loss payment is made only upon the occurrence of one or more defined credit events with respect to the referenced securities or loans. A credit event may be a non-payment event such as a failure to pay, bankruptcy or restructuring, as negotiated by the parties to the credit derivative transactions. If events of default or termination events specified in the credit derivative documentation were to occur, the non-defaulting or the non-affected party, which may be either the Company or the counterparty, depending upon the circumstances, may decide to terminate a credit derivative prior to maturity. The Company may be required to make a termination payment to its swap counterparty upon such termination. The Company may not unilaterally terminate a CDS contract; however, the Company on occasion has mutually agreed with various counterparties to terminate certain CDS transactions.

Credit Derivative Net Par Outstanding by Sector

The estimated remaining weighted average life of credit derivatives was 3.8 years at September 30, 2012 and 4.3 years at December 31, 2011. The components of the Company’s credit derivative net par outstanding are presented below.

Table of Contents

Credit Derivatives Net Par Outstanding



	As of September 30, 2012							As of December 31, 2011
Asset Type	Net Par Outstanding		Original Subordination(1)		Current Subordination(1)		Weighted Average Credit Rating	Net Par Outstanding		Original Subordination(1)		Current Subordination(1)		Weighted Average Credit Rating
	(dollars in millions)
Pooled corporate obligations:
Collateralized loan obligation/collateral bond obligations	$	31,033	32.9	%	33.0	%	AAA	$	34,567	32.6	%	32.0	%	AAA
Synthetic investment grade pooled corporate	9,601		21.6		19.8		AAA	12,393		20.4		18.7		AAA
Synthetic high yield pooled corporate	3,655		35.1		30.1		AA+	5,049		35.7		30.3		AA+
TruPS CDOs	4,214		46.7		33.0		BB	4,518		46.6		31.9		BB
Market value CDOs of corporate obligations	3,941		33.0		28.3		AAA	4,546		30.6		28.9		AAA
Total pooled corporate obligations	52,444		32.1		30.1		AAA	61,073		31.2		28.9		AAA
U.S. RMBS:
Option ARM and Alt-A first lien	3,543		20.1		10.8		B+	4,060		19.6		13.6		BB-
Subprime first lien	3,634		29.7		53.2		A+	4,012		30.1		53.9		A+
Prime first lien	348		10.9		6.1		B	398		10.9		8.4		B
Closed end second lien and HELOCs	51		—		—		B-	62		—		—		B
Total U.S. RMBS	7,576		24.2		30.8		BBB	8,532		24.1		32.2		BBB
CMBS	4,195		33.5		41.5		AAA	4,612		32.6		38.9		AAA
Other	10,469		—		—		A	10,830		—		—		A
Total	$	74,684					AA+	$	85,047					AA+

____________________


(1)	Represents the sum of subordinate tranches and over-collateralization and does not include any benefit from excess interest collections that may be used to absorb losses.

Except for TruPS CDOs, the Company’s exposure to pooled corporate obligations is highly diversified in terms of obligors and industries. Most pooled corporate transactions are structured to limit exposure to any given obligor and industry. The majority of the Company’s pooled corporate exposure consists of collateralized loan obligation (“CLO”) or synthetic pooled corporate obligations. Most of these CLOs have an average obligor size of less than 1% of the total transaction and typically restrict the maximum exposure to any one industry to approximately 10%. The Company’s exposure also benefits from embedded credit enhancement in the transactions which allows a transaction to sustain a certain level of losses in the underlying collateral, further insulating the Company from industry specific concentrations of credit risk on these deals.

The Company’s TruPS CDO asset pools are generally less diversified by obligors and industries than the typical CLO asset pool. Also, the underlying collateral in TruPS CDOs consists primarily of subordinated debt instruments such as TruPS issued by bank holding companies and similar instruments issued by insurance companies, REITs and other real estate related issuers while CLOs typically contain primarily senior secured obligations. However, to mitigate these risks TruPS CDOs were typically structured with higher levels of embedded credit enhancement than typical CLOs.

The Company’s exposure to “Other” CDS contracts is also highly diversified. It includes $3.2 billion of exposure to three pooled infrastructure transactions comprising diversified pools of international infrastructure project transactions and loans to regulated utilities. These pools were all structured with underlying credit enhancement sufficient for the Company to attach at super senior AAA levels at origination. The remaining $7.3 billion of exposure in “Other” CDS contracts comprises numerous deals across various asset classes, such as commercial receivables, international RMBS, infrastructure, regulated utilities and consumer receivables. Of the total net par outstanding in the "Other" sector, $905 million is rated BIG.

The Company has exposure to U.S. RMBS in CDS form which is similar to its U.S. RMBS risks in financial guaranty

Table of Contents

insurance form described in Note 4, Financial Guaranty Insurance.

Distribution of Credit Derivative Net Par Outstanding by Internal Rating



	As of September 30, 2012				As of December 31, 2011
Ratings	Net Par Outstanding		% of Total		Net Par Outstanding		% of Total
	(dollars in millions)
Super Senior	$	18,984	25.4	%	$	21,802	25.6	%
AAA	34,877		46.7		40,240		47.3
AA	3,422		4.6		4,342		5.1
A	5,786		7.8		5,830		6.9
BBB	4,721		6.3		5,030		5.9
BIG	6,894		9.2		7,803		9.2
Total credit derivative net par outstanding	$	74,684	100.0	%	$	85,047	100.0	%

Credit Derivative

U.S. Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities



	As of September 30, 2012							Net Change in Unrealized Gain (Loss)
Vintage	Net Par Outstanding (in millions)		Original Subordination(1)		Current Subordination(1)		Weighted Average Credit Rating	Third Quarter 2012			Nine Months 2012
								(in millions)
2004 and Prior	$	130	6.4	%	19.4	%	BBB+	$	3		$	3
2005	2,175		30.9		66.3		AA	11			10
2006	1,589		29.4		34.7		A-	(24		)	(38		)
2007	3,682		18.5		8.6		B	(68		)	(432		)
Total	$	7,576	24.2	%	30.8	%	BBB	$	(78	)	$	(457	)

____________________


(1)	Represents the sum of subordinate tranches and overcollateralization and does not include any benefit from excess interest collections that may be used to absorb losses.

Table of Contents

Net Change in Fair Value of Credit Derivatives

Net Change in Fair Value of Credit Derivatives Gain (Loss)



	Third Quarter						Nine Months
	2012			2011			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Net credit derivative premiums received and receivable	$	33		$	40		$	96		$	148
Net ceding commissions (paid and payable) received and receivable	0			1			0			3
Realized gains on credit derivatives	33			41			96			151
Terminations	—			—			(1		)	(23		)
Net credit derivative losses (paid and payable) recovered and recoverable	(31		)	(41		)	(173		)	(103		)
Total realized gains (losses) and other settlements on credit derivatives	2			0			(78		)	25
Net unrealized gains (losses) on credit derivatives	(38		)	1,156			(388		)	830
Net change in fair value of credit derivatives	$	(36	)	$	1,156		$	(466	)	$	855

In Third Quarter 2012 and Nine Months 2012, CDS contracts totaling $0.3 billion and $1.1 billion in net par were terminated. In Third Quarter 2011 and Nine Months 2011, CDS contracts totaling $1.8 billion and $9.5 billion in net par were terminated. The increase in paid losses was due primarily to claims paid on an insured film securitization and higher losses on Alt-A transactions in 2012.

Changes in the fair value of credit derivatives occur primarily because of changes in interest rates, credit spreads, notional amounts, credit ratings of the referenced entities, expected terms, realized gains (losses) and other settlements, and the issuing company’s own credit rating, credit spreads and other market factors. Except for net estimated credit impairments (i.e., net expected payments), the unrealized gains and losses on credit derivatives are expected to reduce to zero as the exposure approaches its maturity date. With considerable volatility continuing in the market, unrealized gains (losses) on credit derivatives may fluctuate significantly in future periods.

Table of Contents

Net Change in Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Credit Derivatives By Sector



	Third Quarter						Nine Months
Asset Type	2012			2011			2012			2011
	(in millions)

Pooled corporate obligations:
CLOs/Collateral bond obligations	$	(2	)	$	13		$	5		$	11
Synthetic investment grade pooled corporate	10			1			19			11
Synthetic high yield pooled corporate	9			(2		)	20			(1		)
TruPS CDOs	15			82			18			46
Market value CDOs of corporate obligations	—			6			—			0
Total pooled corporate obligations	32			100			62			67
U.S. RMBS:
Option ARM and Alt-A first lien	(63		)	781			(406		)	541
Subprime first lien	(24		)	109			(11		)	18
Prime first lien	9			102			(42		)	90
Closed end second lien and HELOCs	—			8			2			9
Total U.S. RMBS	(78		)	1,000			(457		)	658
CMBS	—			0			—			10
Other	8			56			7			95
Total	$	(38	)	$	1,156		$	(388	)	$	830

In Third Quarter 2012, U.S. RMBS unrealized fair value losses were generated primarily in the Alt-A, Option ARM and subprime RMBS sectors due to wider implied net spreads. The wider implied net spreads were primarily a result of the decreased cost to buy protection in AGC's name as the market cost of AGC's credit protection decreased. These transactions were pricing above their floor levels (or the minimum rate at which the Company would consider assuming these risks based on historical experience); therefore when the cost of purchasing CDS protection on AGC, which management refers to as the CDS spread on AGC, decreased the implied spreads that the Company would expect to receive on these transactions increased. The cost of AGM's credit protection also decreased during the quarter, but did not lead to significant fair value losses, as the majority of AGM policies continue to price at floor levels.

During Nine Months 2012, the cost to buy protection on AGC's name declined. This led to U.S. RMBS unrealized fair value losses which were generated primarily in the prime first lien, Alt-A and Option ARM RMBS sectors due to wider implied net spreads. The wider implied net spreads were primarily a result of the decreased cost to buy protection in AGC's name as the market cost of AGC's credit protection decreased. These transactions were pricing above their floor levels; therefore when the cost of purchasing CDS protection on AGC, decreased the implied spreads that the Company would expect to receive on these transactions increased. The cost of AGM's credit protection also decreased during Nine Months 2012, but did not lead to significant fair value losses, as the majority of AGM policies continue to price at floor levels.

In Third Quarter 2011, U.S. RMBS change in unrealized fair value were gains generated primarily in the prime first lien, Alt-A, Option ARM and subprime RMBS sectors due to tighter implied net spreads. The tighter implied net spreads were primarily the result of the increased cost to buy protection in AGC's name as the market cost of AGC's credit protection increased significantly. These transactions were pricing above their floor levels; therefore when the cost of purchasing CDS protection on AGC, which management refers to as the CDS spread on AGC, increased the implied spreads that the Company would expect to receive on these transactions decreased. The cost of AGM's credit protection also increased during the quarter, but did not lead to significant fair value gains, as the majority of AGM policies continue to price at floor levels. Given the market conditions and the Company's own credit spreads existing in Third Quarter 2011, the majority of our CDS contracts are fair valued using this minimum premium.

Table of Contents

would expect to receive on these transactions. The unrealized gains for Nine Months 2011 in the Option ARM and Alt-A first lien sectors also include an increase in R&W benefits on several credit derivative transactions within these sectors, as a result of a settlement with a CDS counterparty. The cost of AGM's credit protection also increased during Nine Months 2011, but did not lead to significant fair value gains, as the majority of AGM policies continue to price at floor levels.

The impact of changes in credit spreads will vary based upon the volume, tenor, interest rates, and other market conditions at the time these fair values are determined. In addition, since each transaction has unique collateral and structural terms, the underlying change in fair value of each transaction may vary considerably. The fair value of credit derivative contracts also reflects the change in the Company’s own credit cost based on the price to purchase credit protection on AGC and AGM. The Company determines its own credit risk based on quoted CDS prices traded on the Company at each balance sheet date. Generally, a widening of the CDS prices traded on AGC and AGM has an effect of offsetting unrealized losses that result from widening general market credit spreads, while a narrowing of the CDS prices traded on AGC and AGM has an effect of offsetting unrealized gains that result from narrowing general market credit spreads.

Five-Year CDS Spread on AGC and AGM



	As of September 30, 2012	As of June 30, 2012	As of March 31, 2012	As of December 31, 2011
Quoted price of CDS contract (in basis points):
AGC	780	904	743	1,140
AGM	638	652	555	778

Components of Credit Derivative Assets (Liabilities)



	As of September 30, 2012			As of December 31, 2011
	(in millions)
Credit derivative assets	$	450		$	469
Credit derivative liabilities	(2,151		)	(1,773		)
Net fair value of credit derivatives	$	(1,701	)	$	(1,304	)



	As of September 30, 2012			As of December 31, 2011
	(in millions)
Fair value of credit derivatives before effect of AGC and AGM credit spreads	$	(4,955	)	$	(5,596	)
Plus: Effect of AGC and AGM credit spreads	3,254			4,292
Net fair value of credit derivatives	$	(1,701	)	$	(1,304	)

The fair value of CDS contracts at September 30, 2012, before considering the implications of AGC’s and AGM’s credit spreads, is a direct result of continued wide credit spreads in the fixed income security markets, and ratings downgrades. The asset classes that remain most affected are recent vintages of prime first lien, Alt-A, Option ARM, subprime RMBS deals as well as trust-preferred securities. When looking at September 30, 2012 compared with December 31, 2011, there was a narrowing of spreads primarily relating to the Company’s Alt-A first lien and subprime RMBS transactions. This narrowing of spreads resulted in a gain of approximately $641 million, before taking into account AGC’s or AGM’s credit spreads.

Management believes that the trading level of AGC’s and AGM’s credit spreads are due to the correlation between AGC’s and AGM’s risk profile and the current risk profile of the broader financial markets and to increased demand for credit protection against AGC and AGM as the result of its financial guaranty volume, as well as the overall lack of liquidity in the CDS market. Offsetting the benefit attributable to AGC’s and AGM’s credit spread were higher credit spreads in the fixed income security markets. The higher credit spreads in the fixed income security market are due to the lack of liquidity in the high yield CDO, Trust- Preferred CDO, and CLO markets as well as continuing market concerns over the most recent vintages of subprime RMBS.

The following table presents the fair value and the present value of expected claim payments or recoveries for contracts

Table of Contents

accounted for as derivatives.

Net Fair Value and Expected Losses of Credit Derivatives by Sector



	Fair Value of Credit Derivative Asset (Liability), net						Present Value of Expected Claim (Payments) Recoveries(1)
Asset Type	As of September 30, 2012			As of December 31, 2011			As of September 30, 2012			As of December 31, 2011
	(in millions)
Pooled corporate obligations:
CLOs/ Collateralized bond obligations	$	3		$	(1	)	$	—		$	—
Synthetic investment grade pooled corporate	(6		)	(24		)	—			—
Synthetic high-yield pooled corporate	4			(16		)	—			(5		)
TruPS CDOs	6			(12		)	(30		)	(40		)
Market value CDOs of corporate obligations	2			3			—			—
Total pooled corporate obligations	9			(50		)	(30		)	(45		)
U.S. RMBS:
Option ARM and Alt-A first lien	(1,026		)	(596		)	(118		)	(191		)
Subprime first lien	(17		)	(23		)	(69		)	(95		)
Prime first lien	(87		)	(44		)	—			—
Closed-end second lien and HELOCs	(13		)	(15		)	4			7
Total U.S. RMBS	(1,143		)	(678		)	(183		)	(279		)
CMBS	(4		)	(5		)	—			—
Other	(563		)	(571		)	(93		)	(95		)
Total	$	(1,701	)	$	(1,304	)	$	(306	)	$	(419	)

____________________


(1)	Represents amount in excess of the present value of future installment fees to be received of $53 million as of September 30, 2012 and $47 million as of December 31, 2011. Includes R&W benefit of $241 million as of September 30, 2012 and $215 million as of December 31, 2011.

Ratings Sensitivities of Credit Derivative Contracts

Within the Company’s insured CDS portfolio, the transaction documentation for $2.2 billion in CDS par insured provides that a downgrade of the financial strength rating of AGC past a specified level (which level varies from transaction to transaction), would constitute a termination event that would allow the CDS counterparty to terminate the affected transactions. If the CDS counterparty elected to terminate the affected transactions, under some transaction documents the Company could be required to make a termination payment (or may be entitled to receive a termination payment from the CDS counterparty) and under other transaction documents the credit protection would be cancelled and no termination payment would be owing by either party. Under certain documents, the Company has the right to cure the termination event by posting collateral, assigning its rights and obligations in respect of the transactions to a third party, or seeking a third party guaranty of the obligations of the Company. The Company currently has three ISDA master agreements under which the applicable counterparty could elect to terminate transactions upon a rating downgrade of AGC. If AGC’s financial strength ratings were downgraded to BBB- or Baa3, $89 million in par insured could be terminated by one counterparty; and if AGC’s ratings were downgraded to BB+ or Ba1, an additional approximately $2.1 billion in par insured could be terminated by the other two counterparties. The Company does not believe that it can accurately estimate the termination payments it could be required to make if, as a result of any such downgrade, a CDS counterparty terminated its CDS contracts with the Company. These payments could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity and financial condition.

Under a limited number of other CDS contracts, the Company may be required to post eligible collateral to secure its obligation to make payments under such contracts. Eligible collateral is generally cash or U.S. government or agency securities; eligible collateral other than cash is valued at a discount to the face amount. For certain of such contracts, the CDS counterparty has agreed to have some exposure to the Company on an unsecured basis, but as the financial strength ratings of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries decline, the amount of unsecured exposure to the Company allowed by the CDS counterparty decreases until, at a specified rating level (which level varies from transaction to transaction), the Company must collateralize all of the

Table of Contents

exposure. The amount of collateral required is based on a mark-to-market valuation of the exposure that must be secured. Under other contracts, the Company has negotiated caps such that the posting requirement cannot exceed a certain fixed amount, regardless of the financial strength ratings of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries. As of September 30, 2012 the amount of insured par that is subject to collateral posting is approximately $13.8 billion (which amount is not reduced by unsecured exposure to the Company allowed by CDS counterparties at current financial strength rating levels), for which the Company has agreed to post approximately $687 million of collateral (which amount reflects some of the eligible collateral being valued at a discount to the face amount). The Company may be required to post additional collateral from time to time, depending on its financial strength ratings and on the market values of the transactions subject to the collateral posting. For approximately $13.4 billion of that $13.8 billion, at the Company’s current ratings, the Company need not post on a cash basis more than $625 million, regardless of any change in the market value of the transactions, due to caps negotiated with counterparties. For the avoidance of doubt, the $625 million is already included in the $687 million that the Company has agreed to post. In the event AGC’s ratings are downgraded to A+ or A3, the maximum amount to be posted against the $13.4 billion increases by $50 million to $675 million.

Sensitivity to Changes in Credit Spread

The following table summarizes the estimated change in fair values on the net balance of the Company’s credit derivative positions assuming immediate parallel shifts in credit spreads on AGC and AGM and on the risks that they both assume.

Effect of Changes in Credit Spread



	As of September 30, 2012
Credit Spreads(1)	Estimated Net Fair Value (Pre-Tax)			Estimated Change in Gain/(Loss) (Pre-Tax)
	(in millions)
100% widening in spreads	$	(3,506	)	$	(1,805	)
50% widening in spreads	(2,603		)	(902		)
25% widening in spreads	(2,152		)	(451		)
10% widening in spreads	(1,881		)	(180		)
Base Scenario	(1,701		)	—
10% narrowing in spreads	(1,553		)	148
25% narrowing in spreads	(1,337		)	364
50% narrowing in spreads	(982		)	719

____________________


(1)	Includes the effects of spreads on both the underlying asset classes and the Company’s own credit spread.


7.	Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities

The Company provides financial guaranties with respect to debt obligations of special purpose entities, including VIEs. AGC and AGM do not sponsor any VIEs when underwriting third party financial guaranty insurance or credit derivative transactions, nor has either of them acted as the servicer or collateral manager for any VIE obligations that it insures. The transaction structure generally provides certain financial protections to the Company. This financial protection can take several forms, the most common of which are overcollateralization, first loss protection (or subordination) and excess spread. In the case of overcollateralization (i.e., the principal amount of the securitized assets exceeds the principal amount of the structured finance obligations guaranteed by the Company), the structure allows defaults of the securitized assets before a default is experienced on the structured finance obligation guaranteed by the Company. In the case of first loss, the financial guaranty insurance policy only covers a senior layer of losses experienced by multiple obligations issued by special purpose entities, including VIEs. The first loss exposure with respect to the assets is either retained by the seller or sold off in the form of equity or mezzanine debt to other investors. In the case of excess spread, the financial assets contributed to special purpose entities, including VIEs, generate cash flows that are in excess of the interest payments on the debt issued by the special purpose entity. Such excess spread is typically distributed through the transaction’s cash flow waterfall and may be used to create additional credit enhancement, applied to redeem debt issued by the special purpose entities, including VIEs (thereby, creating additional overcollateralization), or distributed to equity or other investors in the transaction.

As a condition to issuing a financial guaranty contract in respect of certain of a VIE's debt obligations, the Company

Table of Contents

obtains certain protective rights with respect to the VIE that are triggered by the occurrence of certain events, such as failure to be in compliance with a covenant due to poor transaction performance or a deterioration in a servicer or collateral manager’s financial condition. At the inception of a transaction, the Company typically is not deemed to control a VIE; however, once a trigger event occurs, the Company’s control of the VIE typically increases. The Company continuously evaluates its power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of VIEs that have debt obligations insured by the Company, such as its ability to unilaterally terminate and replace the servicer upon the occurrence of certain triggering events and, accordingly, where the Company is obligated to absorb VIE losses that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The protective rights that the Company obtains under its insurance contract for a particular transaction give the Company additional controls over a VIE if there is either deterioration in the performance of the transaction or in the financial health of the servicer or collateral manager. The Company is deemed to be the control party for financial reporting purposes, typically when its protective rights give it the power to both terminate and replace the servicer or collateral manager, which are rights typically given to a financial guaranty insurer. If the Company’s protective rights that could make it the control party have not been triggered, then it does not consolidate the VIE. As of September 30, 2012, the Company had issued financial guaranty contracts for approximately 1,200 VIEs that it did not consolidate.

AGC and AGM are not primarily liable for the debt obligations issued by the VIEs they insure and would only be required to make payments on these debt obligations in the event that the issuer of such debt obligations defaults on any principal or interest due. AGL’s and its Subsidiaries’ creditors do not have any rights with regard to the assets of the VIEs. Proceeds from sales, maturities, prepayments and interest from VIE assets may only be used to pay debt service on VIE liabilities. Net fair value gains and losses on FG VIEs are expected to reverse to zero at maturity of the VIE debt, except for net premiums received and claims paid by AGC or AGM under the financial guaranty insurance contract. The Company’s estimate of expected loss to be paid for FG VIEs is included in Note 4, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts.

Consolidated FG VIEs

During Third Quarter 2012, the Company determined that, based on the assessment of its control rights over servicer or collateral manager replacement, given that servicing/managing collateral were deemed to be the FG VIEs' most significant activities, no additional VIEs required consolidation. There were a total of 34 consolidated FG VIEs at September 30, 2012, compared to 33 FG VIEs at December 31, 2011.

The total unpaid principal balance for the FG VIEs’ assets that were over 90 days or more past due was approximately $955 million. The aggregate unpaid principal of the FG VIEs’ assets was approximately $2,846 million greater than the aggregate fair value at September 30, 2012. The change in the instrument-specific credit risk of the FG VIEs’ assets for Third Quarter 2012 and Nine Months 2012 were gains of $65 million and $235 million, respectively. The change in the instrument-specific credit risk of the FG VIEs’ assets for the Third Quarter 2011 and Nine Months 2011 were losses of $178 million and $657 million, respectively.

The aggregate unpaid principal balance was approximately $2,321 million greater than the aggregate fair value of the FG VIEs’ liabilities as of September 30, 2012.

The Company has limited contractual rights to obtain the financial records of its consolidated FG VIEs. The FG VIEs do not prepare separate GAAP financial statements; therefore, the Company compiles GAAP financial information for them based on trustee reports prepared by and received from third parties. Such trustee reports are not available to the Company until approximately 30 days after the end of any given period. The time required to perform adequate reconciliations and analyses of the information in these trustee reports results in a one quarter lag in reporting the FG VIEs' activities. The Company records the fair value of FG VIE assets and liabilities based on modeled prices. The Company updates the model assumptions each reporting period for the most recent available information, which incorporates the impact of material events that may have occurred since the quarter lag date. Interest income and interest expense are derived from the trustee reports and included in “fair value gains (losses) on FG VIEs” in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company has elected the fair value option for assets and liabilities classified as FG VIEs’ assets and liabilities because the carrying amount transition method was not practical.

The table below shows the carrying value of the consolidated FG VIEs’ assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements, segregated by the types of assets that collateralize their respective debt obligations.

Table of Contents

Consolidated FG VIEs

By Type of Collateral



	As of September 30, 2012					As of December 31, 2011
	Number of FG VIEs	Assets		Liabilities		Number of FG VIEs	Assets		Liabilities
	(dollars in millions)
With recourse:
HELOCs	8	$	541	$	822	8	$	573	$	908
First liens:
Alt-A first lien	3	115		94		3	118		106
Option ARM	2	38		181		2	50		245
Subprime	7	395		495		5	387		473
Closed-end second lien	10	207		198		10	184		219
Automobile loans	3	70		70		4	156		156
Life insurance	1	309		309		1	290		290
Total with recourse	34	1,675		2,169		33	1,758		2,397
Without recourse	—	1,018		1,018		—	1,061		1,061
Total	34	$	2,693	$	3,187	33	$	2,819	$	3,458

Gross Unpaid Principal for FG VIEs’ Liabilities

with Recourse



	As of September 30, 2012		As of December 31, 2011
	(in millions)
Gross unpaid principal for FG VIEs’ liabilities with recourse	$	3,395	$	3,796

Contractual Maturity Schedule of FG VIE Liabilities with Recourse



Contractual Maturity	As of September 30, 2012
	(in millions)
2012	$	—
2013	—
2014	69
2015	—
2016	—
Thereafter	3,326
Total	$	3,395

The consolidation of FG VIEs has a significant effect on net income and shareholder’s equity due to (1) changes in fair value gains (losses) on FG VIE assets and liabilities, (2) the elimination of premiums and losses related to the AGC and AGM insured FG VIE liabilities and (3) the elimination of investment balances related to the Company’s purchase of AGC and AGM insured FG VIE debt. Upon consolidation of a FG VIE, the related insurance and, if applicable, the related investment balances, are considered intercompany transactions and therefore eliminated. Such eliminations are included in the table below to present the full effect of consolidating FG VIEs.

Table of Contents

Effect of Consolidating FG VIEs on Net Income

and Shareholders’ Equity(1)



	Third Quarter						Nine Months
	2012			2011			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Net earned premiums	$	(17	)	$	(20	)	$	(50	)	$	(57	)
Net investment income	(3		)	(4		)	(9		)	(5		)
Net realized investment gains (losses)	0			7			4			7
Fair value gains (losses) on FG VIEs	38			(99		)	174			(154		)
Loss and LAE	(2		)	38			1			106
Total pretax effect on net income	16			(78		)	120			(103		)
Less: tax provision (benefit)	5			(27		)	42			(36		)
Total effect on net income (loss)	$	11		$	(51	)	$	78		$	(67	)



	As of September 30, 2012			As of December 31, 2011
	(in millions)
Total (decrease) increase on shareholders’ equity	$	(335	)	$	(405	)

____________________


(1)	Includes the effect of eliminating insurance balances related to the financial guaranty insurance contracts.

Fair value gains (losses) on FG VIEs represent the net change in fair value on the consolidated FG VIEs’ assets and liabilities. During Third Quarter 2012, the Company recorded a pre-tax net fair value gain of consolidated FG VIEs of $38 million. While prices appreciated slightly during the period on the Company's FG VIE assets and liabilities, the gain for Third Quarter 2012 was primarily driven by large principal paydowns made on the Company's FG VIE assets. For Nine Months 2012, the Company recorded a pre-tax net fair value gain on consolidated FG VIEs of $174 million. The majority of this gain, $163 million, is a result of a R&W settlement with Deutsche Bank that closed during second quarter 2012.

A pre-tax fair value loss of approximately $99 million was recorded on the consolidated FG VIEs during Third Quarter 2011 and was primarily driven by deterioration on several HELOC transactions. During the period, long term conditional default rates increased on these transactions, which caused the prices for these HELOCs to decline. The prices for the corresponding liability for these transactions remained relatively consistent with the prior quarter. This was also the primary driver of the $154 million pre-tax net unrealized loss in the fair value of consolidated FG VIEs during Nine Months 2011. Nine Months 2011 amount was also driven by the unrealized loss on consolidation of eight new VIEs, as well as two existing transactions in which the fair value of the underlying collateral depreciated, while the price of the wrapped senior bonds was largely unchanged from the prior quarter.

Non-Consolidated VIEs

To date, the Company’s analyses have indicated that it does not have a controlling financial interest in any other VIEs and, as a result, they are not consolidated in the consolidated financial statements. The Company’s exposure provided through its financial guaranties with respect to debt obligations of special purpose entities is included within net par outstanding in Note 3, Outstanding Exposure.


8.	Investments

Investment Portfolio

Net investment income is a function of the yield that the Company earns on invested assets and the size of the portfolio. The investment yield is a function of market interest rates at the time of investment as well as the type, credit quality and maturity of the invested assets. Net investment income increased primarily due to higher income earned on loss mitigation bonds. Income earned on the general portfolio excluding loss mitigation bonds declined slightly due to lower reinvestment rates. Accrued investment income on fixed maturity, short-term investments and assets acquired in refinancing transactions was $100 million and $101 million as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

Table of Contents

Net Investment Income



	Third Quarter						Nine Months
	2012			2011			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Income from fixed maturity securities	$	101		$	96		$	303		$	298
Income from short-term investments	1			1			1			1
Income from assets acquired in refinancing transactions	2			1			4			4
Gross investment income	104			98			308			303
Investment expenses	(2		)	(3		)	(7		)	(8		)
Net investment income	$	102		$	95		$	301		$	295

Net Realized Investment Gains (Losses)



	Third Quarter						Nine Months
	2012			2011			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Realized gains on investment portfolio	$	8		$	5		$	34		$	26
Realized losses on investment portfolio	(2		)	0			(23		)	(7		)
Other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”)
Intent to sell	0			(1		)	0			(5		)
Credit component of OTTI securities	(4		)	(15		)	(11		)	(27		)
OTTI	(4		)	(16		)	(11		)	(32		)
Net realized investment gains (losses)	$	2		$	(11	)	$	0		$	(13	)

The following table presents the roll-forward of the credit losses of fixed maturity securities for which the Company has recognized OTTI and where the portion of the fair value adjustment related to other factors was recognized in OCI.

Roll Forward of Credit Losses in the Investment Portfolio



	Third Quarter					Nine Months
	2012			2011		2012			2011
	(in millions)
Balance, beginning of period	$	53		$	22	$	47		$	27
Additions for credit losses on securities for which an OTTI was not previously recognized	1			14		8			25
Eliminations of securities issued by FG VIEs	0			—		0			(13		)
Reductions for securities sold during the period	(3		)	—		(4		)	(5		)
Additions for credit losses on securities for which an OTTI was previously recognized	3			1		3			3
Balance, end of period	$	54		$	37	$	54		$	37

Table of Contents

Fixed Maturity Securities and Short Term Investments

by Security Type



	As of September 30, 2012
Investment Category	Percent of Total(1)		Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Estimated Fair Value		AOCI(2) Gain (Loss) on Securities with OTTI			Weighted Average Credit Quality (3)
	(dollars in millions)
Fixed maturity securities:
U.S. government and agencies	6	%	$	743	$	66	$	—		$	809	$	—		AA+
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	45		5,213		501		0			5,714		9			AA
Corporate securities	13		947		83		0			1,030		0			A+
Mortgage-backed securities(4):	—
RMBS	22		1,393		76		(85		)	1,384		(50		)	AA-
CMBS	4		475		39		0			514		—			AAA
Asset-backed securities	2		532		42		(13		)	561		26			BIG
Foreign government securities	2		286		20		0			306		0			AAA
Total fixed maturity securities	94		9,589		827		(98		)	10,318		(15		)	AA-
Short-term investments	6		564		0		0			564		—			AAA
Total investment portfolio	100	%	$	10,153	$	827	$	(98	)	$	10,882	$	(15	)	AA



	As of December 31, 2011
Investment Category	Percent of Total(1)		Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Estimated Fair Value		AOCI Gain (Loss) on Securities with OTTI			Weighted Average Credit Quality (3)
	(dollars in millions)
Fixed maturity securities:
U.S. government and agencies	8	%	$	850	$	72	$	0		$	922	$	—		AA+
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	49		5,097		359		(1		)	5,455		6			AA
Corporate securities	10		989		52		(2		)	1,039		0			A+
Mortgage-backed securities(4):
RMBS	14		1,454		64		(90		)	1,428		(35		)	AA
CMBS	5		476		24		0			500		2			AAA
Asset-backed securities	4		439		38		(19		)	458		29			BBB-
Foreign government securities	3		333		13		(6		)	340		—			AAA
Total fixed maturity securities	93		9,638		622		(118		)	10,142		2			AA
Short-term investments	7		734		—		—			734		—			AAA
Total investment portfolio	100	%	$	10,372	$	622	$	(118	)	$	10,876	$	2		AA

____________________


(1)	Based on amortized cost.


(2)	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income ("AOCI").


(3)	Ratings in the tables above represent the lower of the Moody’s and S&P classifications except for bonds purchased for loss mitigation or risk management strategies, which use internal ratings classifications. The Company’s portfolio consists primarily of high-quality, liquid instruments.


(4)	Government-agency obligations were approximately 62% of mortgage backed securities as of September 30, 2012 and 66% as of December 31, 2011 based on fair value.

Table of Contents

The Company continues to receive sufficient information to value its investments and has not had to modify its valuation approach due to the current market conditions. As of September 30, 2012, amounts, net of tax, in AOCI included a net unrealized loss of $10 million for securities for which the Company had recognized OTTI and a net unrealized gain of $539 million for securities for which the Company had not recognized OTTI. As of December 31, 2011, amounts, net of tax, in AOCI included a net unrealized gain of $3 million for securities for which the Company had recognized OTTI and a net unrealized gain of $364 million for securities for which the Company had not recognized OTTI.

The Company’s investment portfolio in tax-exempt and taxable municipal securities includes issuances by a wide number of municipal authorities across the U.S. and its territories. This is a high quality portfolio of municipal securities with an average rating of AA as of September 30, 2012 and AA as of December 31, 2011. Securities rated lower than A-/A3 by S&P or Moody’s are not eligible to be purchased for the Company’s portfolio unless acquired for loss mitigation or risk management strategies.

The following tables present the fair value of the Company’s available-for-sale municipal bond portfolio as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 by state, excluding $559 million and $403 million of pre-refunded bonds, respectively. The credit ratings are based on the underlying ratings and do not include any benefit from bond insurance.

Fair Value of Available-for-Sale Municipal Bond Portfolio by State



	As of September 30, 2012
State	State General Obligation		Local General Obligation		Revenue		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Average Credit Rating
	(in millions)
Texas	$	89	$	353	$	357	$	799	$	728	AA
New York	13		67		607		687		631		AA
California	23		71		325		419		374		AA-
Florida	98		—		259		357		320		AA-
Illinois	14		83		193		290		265		A+
Washington	34		40		153		227		207		AA
Massachusetts	42		10		173		225		200		AA
Arizona	—		8		171		179		164		AA+
Georgia	14		20		110		144		133		A+
Michigan	—		29		114		143		131		AA-
All others	312		253		1,120		1,685		1,544		AA-
Total	$	639	$	934	$	3,582	$	5,155	$	4,697	AA

Table of Contents



	As of December 31, 2011
State	State General Obligation		Local General Obligation		Revenue		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Average Credit Rating
	(in millions)
Texas	$	86	$	342	$	346	$	774	$	724	AA
New York	12		60		623		695		654		AA
California	19		51		297		367		336		AA
Florida	34		62		247		343		317		AA
Illinois	16		87		197		300		281		AA
Massachusetts	43		9		164		216		199		AA
Washington	38		53		123		214		200		AA
Arizona	—		8		164		172		163		AA
Ohio	—		53		86		139		129		AA
Michigan	—		37		99		136		129		AA
All others	311		271		1,114		1,696		1,588		AA
Total	$	559	$	1,033	$	3,460	$	5,052	$	4,720	AA

The revenue bond portfolio is comprised primarily of essential service revenue bonds issued by water and sewer authorities and other utilities, transportation authorities, universities and healthcare providers.

Revenue Sources



	As of September 30, 2012				As of December 31, 2011
Type	Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost
	(in millions)
Tax backed	$	746	$	679	$	717	$	670
Transportation	730		660		800		749
Water and sewer	570		522		530		501
Municipal utilities	565		516		529		494
Higher education	422		381		332		307
Healthcare	313		287		273		258
All others	236		221		279		264
Total	$	3,582	$	3,266	$	3,460	$	3,243

The Company’s investment portfolio is managed by four outside managers. As municipal investments are a material portion of the Company’s overall investment portfolio, the Company has established detailed guidelines regarding credit quality, exposure to a particular sector and exposure to a particular obligor within a sector. Each of the portfolio managers perform independent analysis on every municipal security they purchase for the Company’s portfolio. The Company meets with each of its portfolio managers quarterly and reviews all investments with a change in credit rating as well as any investments on the manager’s watch list of securities with the potential for downgrade.

Table of Contents

The following tables summarize, for all securities in an unrealized loss position, the aggregate fair value and gross unrealized loss by length of time the amounts have continuously been in an unrealized loss position.

Fixed Maturity Securities

Gross Unrealized Loss by Length of Time



	As of September 30, 2012
	Less than 12 months					12 months or more					Total
	Fair value		Unrealized loss			Fair value		Unrealized loss			Fair value		Unrealized loss
	(dollars in millions)
U.S. government and agencies	$	—	$	—		$	—	$	—		$	—	$	—
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	22		0			—		—			22		0
Corporate securities	16		0			—		—			16		0
Mortgage-backed securities:
RMBS	156		(47		)	95		(38		)	251		(85		)
CMBS	2		0			—		—			2		0
Asset-backed securities	20		(2		)	33		(11		)	53		(13		)
Foreign government securities	2		0			—		—			2		0
Total	$	218	$	(49	)	$	128	$	(49	)	$	346	$	(98	)
Number of securities			39					16					55
Number of securities with OTTI			6					6					12



	As of December 31, 2011
	Less than 12 months					12 months or more					Total
	Fair value		Unrealized loss			Fair value		Unrealized loss			Fair value		Unrealized loss
	(dollars in millions)
U.S. government and agencies	$	4	$	0		$	—	$	—		$	4	$	0
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	17		0			21		(1		)	38		(1		)
Corporate securities	80		(2		)	3		—			83		(2		)
Mortgage-backed securities:
RMBS	187		(68		)	36		(22		)	223		(90		)
CMBS	3		0			—		—			3		0
Asset-backed securities	—		—			26		(19		)	26		(19		)
Foreign government securities	141		(6		)	—		—			141		(6		)
Total	$	432	$	(76	)	$	86	$	(42	)	$	518	$	(118	)
Number of securities			56					20					76
Number of securities with OTTI			6					4					10

Of the securities in an unrealized loss position for 12 months or more as of September 30, 2012, nine securities had unrealized losses greater than 10% of book value. The total unrealized loss for these securities as of September 30, 2012 was $49 million. The Company has determined that the unrealized losses recorded as of September 30, 2012 are yield related and not the result of other-than-temporary impairments.

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities by contractual maturity as of September 30, 2012 are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

Table of Contents

Distribution of Fixed-Maturity Securities

by Contractual Maturity



	As of September 30, 2012
	Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value
	(in millions)
Due within one year	$	379	$	382
Due after one year through five years	1,442		1,525
Due after five years through 10 years	2,305		2,550
Due after 10 years	3,595		3,963
Mortgage-backed securities:
RMBS	1,393		1,384
CMBS	475		514
Total	$	9,589	$	10,318

Under agreements with its cedants and in accordance with statutory requirements, the Company maintains fixed maturity securities in trust accounts for the benefit of reinsured companies, which amounted to $412 million and $380 million as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. In addition, to fulfill state licensing requirements the Company has placed on deposit eligible securities of $27 million and $24 million as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. To provide collateral for a letter of credit, the Company holds a fixed maturity investment in a segregated account which amounted to $4 million and $4 million as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. In connection with an excess of loss reinsurance facility $22 million in short term securities have been deposited into a trust for the benefit of the reinsurers.

Under certain derivative contracts, the Company is required to post eligible securities as collateral. The need to post collateral under these transactions is generally based on fair value assessments in excess of contractual thresholds. The fair value of the Company’s pledged securities totaled $687 million and $780 million as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

No material investments of the Company were non-income producing for Nine Months 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The Company purchased securities that it has insured, and for which it has expected losses to be paid, in order to mitigate the economic effect of insured losses ("loss mitigation bonds"). These securities were purchased at a discount and are accounted for excluding the effects of the Company’s insurance on the securities. As of September 30, 2012, securities purchased for loss mitigation purposes included in the fixed maturity portfolio on the consolidated balance sheet had a fair value of $314 million representing $863 million of par.

Under the terms of certain credit derivative contracts, the Company has obtained the obligations referenced in the transactions and recorded such assets in fixed maturity securities in the consolidated balance sheets. Such fair value amounts totaled $194 million, representing $220 million in par.


9.	Insurance Company Regulatory Requirements

Dividend Restrictions and Capital Requirements

AGC is a Maryland domiciled insurance company. As of September 30, 2012, the amount available for distribution from AGC during 2012 with notice to, but without prior approval of, the Maryland Commissioner of Insurance under the Maryland insurance law is approximately $92 million. During Nine Months 2012 and 2011, AGC declared and paid $55 million and $20 million, respectively, in dividends to AGUS.

AGM is a New York domiciled insurance company. Based on AGM’s statutory statements to be filed for Third Quarter 2012, the maximum amount available for payment of dividends by AGM without regulatory approval over the 12 months following September 30, 2012, was approximately $178 million. Also in connection with the acquisition of AGMH on July 1, 2009 ("AGMH Acquisition"), the Company committed to the New York Department of Financial Services that AGM would not pay any dividends for a period of two years from the Acquisition Date without written approval of the New York Department of

Table of Contents

Financial Services. AGM did not pay any dividends in 2011. During Nine Months 2012, AGM declared and paid dividends of $30 million to its parent, AGMH.

AG Re is a Bermuda domiciled insurance company and its dividend distribution is governed by Bermuda law. The amount available at AG Re to pay dividends in 2012 in compliance with Bermuda law is approximately $231 million. However, any distribution that results in a reduction of 15% ($192 million as of December 31, 2011) or more of AG Re’s total statutory capital, as set out in its previous year’s financial statements, would require the prior approval of the Bermuda Monetary Authority. Dividends are limited by requirements that the subject company must at all times (i) maintain the minimum solvency margin required under the Insurance Act of 1978 and (ii) have relevant assets in an amount at least equal to 75% of relevant liabilities, both as defined under the Insurance Act of 1978. AG Re, as a Class 3B insurer, is prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year dividends of more than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial year’s statutory balance sheet) unless it files (at least 7 days before payment of such dividends) with the Authority an affidavit stating that it will continue to meet the required margins. During Nine Months 2012, AG Re declared $110 million and paid $111 million, which included $1 million declared in the prior years, and in the same period of 2011 declared and paid $54 million, to its parent, AGL, respectively. As of September 30, 2012, AG Re had unencumbered assets of $197 million, representing assets not held in trust for the benefit of cedants.


10.	Income Taxes

Provision for Income Taxes

AGL and its Bermuda Subsidiaries, which include AG Re, Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. (“AGRO”), Assured Guaranty (Bermuda) Ltd. and Cedar Personnel Ltd., are not subject to any income, withholding or capital gains taxes under current Bermuda law. The Company has received an assurance from the Minister of Finance in Bermuda that, in the event of any taxes being imposed, AGL and its Bermuda Subsidiaries will be exempt from taxation in Bermuda until March 31, 2035. The Company’s U.S. and United Kingdom (“U.K.”) subsidiaries are subject to income taxes imposed by U.S. and U.K. authorities, respectively, and file applicable tax returns. In addition, AGRO, a Bermuda domiciled company and Assured Guaranty (Europe) Ltd., a U.K. domiciled company, have elected under Section 953(d) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code to be taxed as a U.S. domestic corporation.

In conjunction with AGMH Acquisition, AGMH has joined the consolidated federal tax group of AGUS, AGC, and AG Financial Products Inc. (“AGFP”). In conjunction with the acquisition of MIAC on May 31, 2012, ("MIAC Acquisition), MIAC has joined the consolidated federal tax group. For the periods beginning on July 1, 2009 and forward, AGMH files a consolidated federal income tax return with AGUS, AGC, AGFP and AG Analytics Inc. (“AGUS consolidated tax group”). In addition, a new tax sharing agreement was entered into effective July 1, 2009 whereby each company in the AGUS consolidated tax group will pay or receive its proportionate share of taxable expense or benefit as if it filed on a separate return basis with current period credit for net losses to the extent used in consolidation. Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries AGRO, Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company and AG Intermediary Inc., have historically filed their own consolidated federal income tax return. Each company, as a member of its respective consolidated tax return group, pays its proportionate share of the consolidated federal tax burden for its group as if each company filed on a separate return basis with current period credit for net losses to the extent used in consolidation.

The Company's provision for income taxes for interim financial periods is not based on an estimated annual effective rate due to the variability in fair value of its credit derivatives, which prevents the Company from projecting a reliable estimated annual effective tax rate and pretax income for the full year 2012. A discrete calculation of the provision is calculated for each interim period.

The effective tax rates reflect the proportion of income recognized by each of the Company’s operating subsidiaries, with U.S. subsidiaries taxed at the U.S. marginal corporate income tax rate of 35%, U.K. subsidiaries taxed at the U.K. blended marginal corporate tax rate of 24.5% unless subject to U.S. tax by election or as a U.S. controlled foreign corporation, and no taxes for the Company’s Bermuda holding company and Bermuda subsidiaries unless subject to U.S. tax by election or as a U.S. controlled foreign corporation. For periods subsequent to April 1, 2012, the U.K. corporation tax rate has been reduced to 24%, for the period April 1, 2011 to April 1, 2012 the U.K. corporation tax rate was 26% resulting in a blended tax rate of 24.5% in 2012 and prior to April 1, 2011, the U.K. corporation tax rate was 28% resulting in a blended tax rate of 26.5% in 2011. The Company’s overall corporate effective tax rate fluctuates based on the distribution of income across jurisdictions.

Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the difference between the provision for income taxes and the expected tax provision at statutory rates in taxable jurisdictions is presented below.

Effective Tax Rate Reconciliation



	Third Quarter						Nine Months
	2012			2011			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Expected tax provision (benefit) at statutory rates in taxable jurisdictions	$	51		$	309		$	43		$	364
Tax-exempt interest	(15		)	(14		)	(46		)	(46		)
True-up from tax return filings	—			(3		)	—			(3		)
Change in liability for uncertain tax positions	0			0			1			1
Other	1			2			3			4
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes	$	37		$	294		$	1		$	320
Effective tax rate	20.6		%	27.9		%	3.7		%	27.2		%

The expected tax provision at statutory rates in taxable jurisdictions is calculated as the sum of pretax income in each jurisdiction multiplied by the statutory tax rate of the jurisdiction by which it will be taxed. Pretax income of the Company’s subsidiaries which are not U.S. domiciled but are subject to U.S. tax by election or as controlled foreign corporations are included at the U.S. statutory tax rate. Where there is a pretax loss in one jurisdiction and pretax income in another, the total combined expected tax rate may be higher or lower than any of the individual statutory rates.

The following table presents pretax income and revenue by jurisdiction.

Pretax Income (Loss) by Tax Jurisdiction



	Third Quarter				Nine Months
	2012		2011		2012			2011
	(in millions)
United States	$	145	$	884	$	123		$	1,039
Bermuda	34		171		(86		)	138
UK	0		0		0			0
Total	$	179	$	1,055	$	37		$	1,177

Revenue by Tax Jurisdiction



	Third Quarter				Nine Months
	2012		2011		2012		2011
	(in millions)
United States	$	288	$	1,084	$	688	$	1,453
Bermuda	54		261		56		287
UK	0		0		0		0
Total	$	342	$	1,345	$	744	$	1,740

Pretax income by jurisdiction may be disproportionate to revenue by jurisdiction to the extent that insurance losses incurred are disproportionate.

Valuation Allowance

The Company came to the conclusion that it is more likely than not that its net deferred tax asset will be fully realized after weighing all positive and negative evidence available as required under GAAP. The positive evidence that was considered included the cumulative operating income the Company has earned over the last three years, and the significant unearned premium income to be included in taxable income. The positive evidence outweighs any negative evidence that exists. As such, the Company believes that no valuation allowance is necessary in connection with this deferred tax asset. The Company will

Table of Contents

continue to analyze the need for a valuation allowance on a quarterly basis.

Uncertain Tax Positions

It is reasonably possible that a change in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next twelve months due to the closing of IRS audits or the lapse of statute of limitations. Based on the information currently available, the Company does not expect any changes to be material to the consolidated financial condition or results of operations.


11.	Reinsurance and Other Monoline Exposures

The Company assumes exposure on insured obligations (“Assumed Business”) and cedes portions of its exposure on obligations it has insured (“Ceded Business”) in exchange for premiums, net of ceding commissions.

Assumed and Ceded Business

The Company is party to reinsurance agreements as a reinsurer to other monoline financial guaranty insurance companies. Under these relationships, the Company assumes a portion of the ceding company’s insured risk in exchange for a premium. The Company may be exposed to risk in this portfolio in that the Company may be required to pay losses without a corresponding premium in circumstances where the ceding company is experiencing financial distress and is unable to pay premiums. The Company’s facultative and treaty agreements are generally subject to termination:

(a) at the option of the primary insurer if the Company fails to maintain certain financial, regulatory and rating agency criteria that are equivalent to or more stringent than those the Company is otherwise required to maintain for its own compliance with state mandated insurance laws and to maintain a specified financial strength rating for the particular insurance subsidiary, or

(b) upon certain changes of control of the Company.

Upon termination under these conditions, the Company may be required (under some of its reinsurance agreements) to return to the primary insurer all unearned premiums, less ceding commissions, and loss reserves calculated on a statutory basis of accounting, attributable to reinsurance ceded pursuant to such agreements after which the Company would be released from liability with respect to the Assumed Business. Upon the occurrence of the conditions set forth in (a) above, whether or not an agreement is terminated, the Company may be required to obtain a letter of credit or alternative form of security to collateralize its obligation to perform under such agreement or it may be obligated to increase the level of ceding commission paid.

With respect to a significant portion of the Company’s in-force financial guaranty Assumed Business, due to the downgrade of AG Re to A1, subject to the terms of each policy, the ceding company may have the right to recapture Assumed Business ceded to AG Re and assets representing substantially all of the statutory unearned premium (net of ceding commissions) and loss reserves (if any) associated with that business. As of September 30, 2012, if all of AG Re’s Assumed Business was recaptured, it would result in a corresponding one-time reduction to net income of approximately $5 million. In the case of AGC, some of its in force financial guaranty Assumed Business is subject to recapture at AGC’s current ratings. Subject to the terms of each reinsurance agreement, upon recapture the ceding company typically is owed assets representing substantially all of the statutory unearned premium (net of ceding commissions) and loss reserves (if any) associated with that business. As of September 30, 2012, if all of AGC’s Assumed Business was recaptured, it would result in a corresponding one-time reduction to net income of approximately $11 million.

The Company has Ceded Business to non-affiliated companies to limit its exposure to risk. Under these relationships, the Company cedes a portion of its insured risk in exchange for a premium paid to the reinsurer. The Company remains primarily liable for all risks it directly underwrites and is required to pay all gross claims. It then seeks reimbursement from the reinsurer for its proportionate share of claims. The Company may be exposed to risk for this exposure if it were required to pay the gross claims and not be able to collect ceded claims from an assuming company experiencing financial distress. A number of the financial guaranty insurers to which the Company has ceded par have experienced financial distress and been downgraded by the rating agencies as a result. In addition, state insurance regulators have intervened with respect to some of these insurers. The Company’s ceded contracts generally allow the Company to recapture Ceded Business after certain triggering events, such as reinsurer downgrades.

Over the past several years, the Company has entered into several commutations in order to reassume previously ceded books of business from BIG financial guaranty companies and its other reinsurers. The Company has also cancelled assumed reinsurance contracts. The Company reassumed business from one reinsurer in Third Quarter 2012 and there were no

Table of Contents

commutations in Third Quarter 2011. These commutations of ceded and cancellations of assumed business resulted in gains of $1 million, $84 million and $32 million for Third Quarter 2012 and Nine Months 2012 and 2011, respectively, which were recorded in other income. While certain Ceded Business has been reassumed, the Company still has significant Ceded Business with third parties.

Net Effect of Commutations of Ceded

Reinsurance Contracts



	Third Quarter				Nine Months
	2012		2011		2012		2011
	(in millions)
Increase (decrease) in net unearned premium reserve	$	2	$	—	$	108	$	(20	)
Increase (decrease) in net par outstanding	9		—		19,082		(780		)

Effect of Reinsurance on Statement of Operations



	Third Quarter						Nine Months
	2012			2011			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Premiums Written:
Direct	$	24		$	37		$	131		$	94
Assumed(1)	0			(15		)	13			(67		)
Ceded(2)	1			1			88			6
Net	$	25		$	23		$	232		$	33
Premiums Earned:
Direct	$	242		$	227		$	694		$	742
Assumed	13			4			39			35
Ceded	(33		)	(20		)	(98		)	(82		)
Net	$	222		$	211		$	635		$	695
Loss and LAE:
Direct	$	112		$	244		$	558		$	380
Assumed	(4		)	(2		)	13			(7		)
Ceded	(18		)	(27		)	(112		)	(60		)
Net	$	90		$	215		$	459		$	313

____________________

(1) Negative assumed premiums written were due to commutations and changes in expected debt service schedules.

(2) Positive ceded premiums written were due to commutations and changes in expected debt service schedules.

Reinsurer Exposure

In addition to assumed and ceded reinsurance arrangements, the Company may also have exposure to some financial guaranty reinsurers (i.e., monolines) in other areas. Second-to-pay insured par outstanding represents transactions the Company has insured that were previously insured by other monolines. The Company underwrites such transactions based on the underlying insured obligation without regard to the primary insurer. Another area of exposure is in the investment portfolio where the Company holds fixed maturity securities that are wrapped by monolines and whose value may decline based on the rating of the monoline. At September 30, 2012, based on fair value, the Company had $664 million of fixed maturity securities in its investment portfolio wrapped by National Public Finance Guarantee Corporation, $537 million by Ambac Assurance Corporation ("Ambac") and $36 million by other guarantors.

Table of Contents

Exposure by Reinsurer



			Par Outstanding
	Ratings at November 7, 2012		As of September 30, 2012
Reinsurer	Moody’s Reinsurer Rating	S&P Reinsurer Rating	Ceded Par Outstanding(1)		Second-to- Pay Insured Par Outstanding		Assumed Par Outstanding
	(dollars in millions)
American Overseas Reinsurance Company Limited(2)	WR(3)	WR	$	10,309	$	—	$	24
Tokio	Aa3(4)	AA-(4)	8,748		—		937
Radian	Ba1	B+	5,364		44		1,474
Syncora Guarantee Inc.	Ca	WR	4,092		2,043		165
Mitsui Sumitomo Insurance Co. Ltd.	A1	A+	2,256		—		—
ACA Financial Guaranty Corp.	NR	WR	829		6		1
Swiss Reinsurance Co.	A1	AA-	434		—		—
Ambac	WR	WR	85		7,151		21,231
CIFG Assurance North America Inc.	WR	WR	65		255		5,583
MBIA Inc.	(5)	(5)	—		11,497		8,798
Financial Guaranty Insurance Co.	WR	WR	—		3,336		2,020
Other	Various	Various	1,008		2,064		96
Total			$	33,190	$	26,396	$	40,329

____________________


(1)	Includes $4,198 million in ceded par outstanding related to insured credit derivatives.


(2)	Formerly RAM Reinsurance Company Ltd.


(3)	Represents “Withdrawn Rating.”


(4)	The Company has structural collateral agreements satisfying the triple-A credit requirement of S&P and/or Moody’s.


(5)	MBIA Inc. includes various subsidiaries which are rated BBB by S&P and Baa2, B3, WR and NR by Moody’s.

Table of Contents

Amounts Due (To) From Reinsurers



	As of September 30, 2012
	Assumed Premium, net of Commissions		Ceded Premium, net of Commissions			Assumed Expected Loss and LAE			Ceded Expected Loss and LAE
	(in millions)
American Overseas Reinsurance Company Limited	$	—	$	(12	)	$	—		$	12
Tokio	—		(23		)	—			35
Radian	—		(18		)	—			(4		)
Syncora Guarantee Inc.	—		(37		)	1			—
Mitsui Sumitomo Insurance Co. Ltd.	—		(5		)	—			8
Swiss Reinsurance Co.	—		(3		)	—			1
Ambac	81		—			(85		)	—
CIFG Assurance North America Inc.	—		—			—			2
MBIA Inc.	—		—			(22		)	—
Financial Guaranty Insurance Co.	9		—			(30		)	—
Other	—		(40		)	—			—
Total	$	90	$	(138	)	$	(136	)	$	54

Excess of Loss Reinsurance Facility

On January 22, 2012, AGC and AGM entered into an aggregate excess of loss reinsurance facility, effective as of January 1, 2012. At AGC’s and AGM’s option, the facility will cover losses occurring from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2019 or from January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2020. The contract terminates, unless AGC and AGM choose to extend it, on January 1, 2014. The facility covers U.S. public finance credits insured or reinsured by AGC and AGM as of September 30, 2011, excluding credits that were rated non-investment grade as of December 31, 2011 by Moody’s or S&P or internally by AGC or AGM and subject to certain per credit limits. The facility attaches when AGC’s or AGM’s net losses (net of AGC’s and AGM other reinsurance, other than pooling reinsurance provided to AGM by AGM’s subsidiaries and net of recoveries) exceed in the aggregate $2 billion and covers a portion of the next $600 million of losses, with the reinsurers assuming pro rata in the aggregate $435 million of the $600 million of losses and AGC and AGM jointly retaining the remaining $165 million of losses. The reinsurers are required to be rated at least AA-(Stable Outlook) through December 31, 2014 or to post collateral sufficient to provide AGM and AGC with the same reinsurance credit as reinsurers rated AA-. AGM and AGC are obligated to pay the reinsurers their share of recoveries relating to losses during the coverage period in the covered portfolio. This obligation is secured by a pledge of the recoveries, which will be deposited into a trust for the benefit of the reinsurers. The Company has paid approximately $22 million of premiums during Nine Months 2012. The remaining $22 million of premiums, which are due in January 2013, have been deposited into a trust for the benefit of the reinsurers as of September 30, 2012.

Re-Assumption and Reinsurance Agreements with Radian Asset Assurance Inc.

On January 24, 2012, AGM reassumed $12.9 billion of par it had previously ceded to Radian and AGC reinsured approximately $1.8 billion of U.S. public finance par from Radian. The Company received a payment of $86 million from Radian for the re-assumption, which consisted 96% of public finance exposure and 4% of structured finance credits; additionally, the Company projects it will receive an incremental $2 million present value from future installment premiums. In connection with the reinsurance assumption, the Company received a payment of $22 million. Both the reassumed and reinsured portfolios were composed entirely of selected credits that met the Company’s underwriting standards.

Tokio Marine & Nichido Fire Insurance Co., Ltd. Agreement

Effective as of March 1, 2012, AGM and Tokio entered into a Commutation, Reassumption and Release Agreement for a portfolio consisting of approximately $6.2 billion in par of U.S. public finance exposures outstanding as of February 29, 2012. Tokio paid AGM the statutory unearned premium outstanding as of February 29, 2012 plus a commutation premium.

Table of Contents


12.	Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Proceedings

Litigation

Lawsuits arise in the ordinary course of the Company’s business. It is the opinion of the Company’s management, based upon the information available, that the expected outcome of litigation against the Company, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or liquidity, although an adverse resolution of litigation against the Company in a fiscal quarter or year could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations in a particular quarter or year. In addition, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries assert claims in legal proceedings against third parties to recover losses paid in prior periods. For example, as described in Note 4 (Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts—Recovery Litigation), as of the date of this filing, AGC and AGM have filed complaints against certain sponsors and underwriters of RMBS securities that AGC or AGM had insured, alleging, among other claims, that such persons had breached R&W in the transaction documents, failed to cure or repurchase defective loans and/or violated state securities laws. The amounts, if any, the Company will recover in proceedings to recover losses are uncertain, and recoveries, or failure to obtain recoveries, in any one or more of these proceedings during any quarter or year could be material to the Company’s results of operations in that particular quarter or year.

Proceedings Relating to the Company’s Financial Guaranty Business

The Company receives subpoenas duces tecum and interrogatories from regulators from time to time.

In August 2008, a number of financial institutions and other parties, including AGM and other bond insurers, were named as defendants in a civil action brought in the circuit court of Jefferson County, Alabama relating to the County’s problems meeting its sewer debt obligations: Charles E. Wilson vs. JPMorgan Chase & Co et al (filed the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama), Case No. 01-CV-2008-901907.00, a putative class action. The action was brought on behalf of rate payers, tax payers and citizens residing in Jefferson County, and alleges conspiracy and fraud in connection with the issuance of the County’s debt. The complaint in this lawsuit seeks equitable relief, unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys’ fees and other costs. On January, 13, 2011, the circuit court issued an order denying a motion by the bond insurers and other defendants to dismiss the action. Defendants, including the bond insurers, have petitioned the Alabama Supreme Court for a writ of mandamus to the circuit court vacating such order and directing the dismissal with prejudice of plaintiffs’ claims for lack of standing. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss, if any, or range of loss that may arise from this lawsuit.

Beginning in July 2008, AGM and various other financial guarantors were named in complaints filed in the Superior Court for the State of California, City and County of San Francisco. Since that time, plaintiffs’ counsel has filed amended complaints against AGM and AGC and added additional plaintiffs. As of the date of this filing, the plaintiffs with complaints against AGM and AGC, among other financial guaranty insurers, are: (a) City of Los Angeles, acting by and through the Department of Water and Power; (b) City of Sacramento; (c) City of Los Angeles; (d) City of Oakland; (e) City of Riverside; (f) City of Stockton; (g) County of Alameda; (h) County of Contra Costa; (i) County of San Mateo; (j) Los Angeles World Airports; (k) City of Richmond; (l) Redwood City; (m) East Bay Municipal Utility District; (n) Sacramento Suburban Water District; (o) City of San Jose; (p) County of Tulare; (q) The Regents of the University of California; (r) The Redevelopment Agency of the City of Riverside; (s) The Public Financing Authority of the City of Riverside; (t) The Jewish Community Center of San Francisco; (u) The San Jose Redevelopment Agency; (v) The Redevelopment Agency of the City of Stockton; (w) The Public Financing Authority of the City of Stockton; and (x) The Olympic Club. Complaints filed by the City and County of San Francisco and the Sacramento Municipal Utility District were subsequently dismissed against AGM and AGC. These complaints allege that the financial guaranty insurer defendants (i) participated in a conspiracy in violation of California’s antitrust laws to maintain a dual credit rating scale that misstated the credit default risk of municipal bond issuers and created market demand for municipal bond insurance, (ii) participated in risky financial transactions in other lines of business that damaged each insurer’s financial condition (thereby undermining the value of each of their guaranties), and (iii) failed to adequately disclose the impact of those transactions on their financial condition. In addition to their antitrust claims, various plaintiffs in these actions assert claims for breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, fraud, unjust enrichment, negligence, and negligent misrepresentation. At hearings held in July and October 2011 relating to AGM, AGC and the other defendants’ demurrer, the court overruled the demurrer on the following claims: breach of contract, violation of California’s antitrust statute and of its unfair business practices law, and fraud. The remaining claims were dismissed. On December 2, 2011, AGM, AGC and the other bond insurer defendants filed an anti-SLAPP (“Strategic Lawsuit Against Public Participation”) motion to strike the complaints under California’s Code of Civil Procedure. On May 1, 2012, the court ruled in favor of the bond insurer defendants on the first stage of the anti-SLAPP motion as to the causes of action arising from the

Table of Contents

alleged conspiracy, but denied the motion as to those causes of action based on transaction specific representations and omissions about the bond insurer defendants’ credit ratings and financial health. The court has scheduled a hearing on the second stage of the anti-SLAPP motion for March 6, 2013. The complaints in these lawsuits generally seek unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys’ fees, costs and other expenses. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss, if any, or range of loss that may arise from these lawsuits.

In September 2010, AGM, among others, was named as a defendant in an interpleader complaint filed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trust administrator, in the United States District Court, Southern District of New York. The interpleader complaint relates to the MASTR Adjustable Rate Mortgages Trust 2006-OA2, Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-OA2 RMBS transaction, in which AGM had insured certain classes of certificates. Certain holders of uninsured certificates have disputed payments made by the trust administrator to reimburse AGM for claims it had paid under its financial guaranty policy, and the trust administrator sought adjudication of the priority of AGM’s reimbursements. On March 29, 2011, the court granted a motion for judgment on the pleadings and ruled that, pursuant to the waterfall, AGM is only entitled to receive funds that would otherwise have been distributed to the holders of the classes that AGM insures, and that AGM receive such funds at the respective steps in the waterfall that immediately follow the steps at which such certificate holders would otherwise have received such funds. The court further ordered AGM to repay to the MARM 2006-OA2 trust the approximately $7 million that had been credited to it by Wells Fargo. On December 13, 2011, the court entered judgment substantially in conformance with its March 29, 2011 decision. AGM appealed the judgment and in July 2012, the judge granted AGM’s motion that the judgment be stayed pending the appeal. AGM has paid approximately $146 million in claims on this transaction and estimates that, as a result of this adverse decision, if and to the extent it is not modified, such amount will not be reimbursed. Such amount does not include the repayment of the $7 million credit.

On April 8, 2011, AG Re and AGC filed a Petition to Compel Arbitration with the Supreme Court of the State of New York, requesting an order compelling Ambac to arbitrate Ambac’s disputes with AG Re and AGC concerning their obligations under reinsurance agreements with Ambac. In March 2010, Ambac placed a number of insurance policies that it had issued, including policies reinsured by AG Re and AGC pursuant to the reinsurance agreements, into a segregated account. The Wisconsin state court has approved a rehabilitation plan whereby permitted claims under the policies in the segregated account will be paid 25% in cash and 75% in surplus notes issued by the segregated account. Ambac has advised AG Re and AGC that it has and intends to continue to enter into commutation agreements with holders of policies issued by Ambac, and reinsured by AG Re and AGC, pursuant to which Ambac will pay a combination of cash and surplus notes to the policyholder. AG Re and AGC have informed Ambac that they believe their only current payment obligation with respect to the commutations arises from the cash payment, and that there is no obligation to pay any amounts in respect of the surplus notes until payments of principal or interest are made on such notes. Ambac has disputed this position on one commutation and may take a similar position on subsequent commutations. On April 15, 2011, attorneys for the Wisconsin Insurance Commissioner, as Rehabilitator of Ambac’s segregated account, and for Ambac filed a motion with Lafayette County, Wis., Circuit Court Judge William Johnston, asking him to find AG Re and AGC to be in violation of an injunction protecting the interests of the segregated account by their seeking to compel arbitration on this matter and failing to pay in full all amounts with respect to Ambac’s payments in the form of surplus notes. On June 14, 2011, Judge Johnston issued an order granting the Rehabilitator’s and Ambac’s motion to enforce the injunction against AGC and AG Re and the parties filed a stipulation dismissing the Petition to Compel Arbitration without prejudice. AGC and AG Re have appealed Judge Johnston’s order to the Wisconsin Court of Appeals.

On November 28, 2011, Lehman Brothers International (Europe) (in administration) (“LBIE”) sued AG Financial Products Inc. (“AG Financial Products”), an affiliate of AGC which in the past had provided credit protection to counterparties under credit default swaps. AGC acts as the credit support provider of AG Financial Products under these credit default swaps. LBIE’s complaint, which was filed in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, alleged that AG Financial Products improperly terminated nine credit derivative transactions between LBIE and AG Financial Products and improperly calculated the termination payment in connection with the termination of 28 other credit derivative transactions between LBIE and AG Financial Products. With respect to the 28 credit derivative transactions, AG Financial Products calculated that LBIE owes AG Financial Products approximately $25 million, whereas LBIE asserted in the complaint that AG Financial Products owes LBIE a termination payment of approximately $1.4 billion. LBIE is seeking unspecified damages. On February 3, 2012, AG Financial Products filed a motion to dismiss certain of the counts in the complaint. Oral arguments on such motion to dismiss took place in September 2012. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss, if any, that may arise from this lawsuit.

Proceedings Related to AGMH’s Former Financial Products Business

Table of Contents

medium term notes business and portions of the leveraged lease businesses, certain legal proceedings relating to those businesses are against entities that the Company did acquire. While Dexia SA and Dexia Crédit Local S.A. (“DCL”), jointly and severally, have agreed to indemnify the Company against liability arising out of the proceedings described below in the “—Proceedings Related to AGMH’s Former Financial Products Business” section, such indemnification might not be sufficient to fully hold the Company harmless against any injunctive relief or civil or criminal sanction that is imposed against AGMH or its subsidiaries.

Governmental Investigations into Former Financial Products Business

AGMH and/or AGM have received subpoenas duces tecum and interrogatories or civil investigative demands from the Attorney General of the States of Connecticut, Florida, Illinois, Massachusetts, Missouri, New York, Texas and West Virginia relating to their investigations of alleged bid rigging of municipal GICs. AGMH is responding to such requests. AGMH may receive additional inquiries from these or other regulators and expects to provide additional information to such regulators regarding their inquiries in the future. In addition,


•	AGMH received a subpoena from the Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice in November 2006 issued in connection with an ongoing criminal investigation of bid rigging of awards of municipal GICs and other municipal derivatives;


•	AGM received a subpoena from the SEC in November 2006 related to an ongoing industry-wide investigation concerning the bidding of municipal GICs and other municipal derivatives; and

•

AGMH received a “Wells Notice” from the staff of the Philadelphia Regional Office of the SEC in February 2008 relating to the investigation concerning the bidding of municipal GICs and other municipal derivatives. The Wells Notice indicates that the SEC staff is considering recommending that the SEC authorize the staff to bring a civil injunctive action and/or institute administrative proceedings against AGMH, alleging violations of Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 thereunder and Section 17(a) of the Securities Act.

Pursuant to the subpoenas, AGMH has furnished to the Department of Justice and SEC records and other information with respect to AGMH’s municipal GIC business. The ultimate loss that may arise from these investigations remains uncertain.

In July 2010, a former employee of AGM who had been involved in AGMH’s former Financial Products Business was indicted along with two other persons with whom he had worked at Financial Guaranty Insurance Company. Such former employee and the other two persons were convicted of wire fraud and conspiracy to commit fraud.

Lawsuits Relating to Former Financial Products Business

During 2008, nine putative class action lawsuits were filed in federal court alleging federal antitrust violations in the municipal derivatives industry, seeking damages and alleging, among other things, a conspiracy to fix the pricing of, and manipulate bids for, municipal derivatives, including GICs. These cases have been coordinated and consolidated for pretrial proceedings in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York as MDL 1950, In re Municipal Derivatives Antitrust Litigation, Case No. 1:08-cv-2516 (“MDL 1950”).

Five of these cases named both AGMH and AGM: (a) Hinds County, Mississippi v. Wachovia Bank, N.A.; (b) Fairfax County, Virginia v. Wachovia Bank, N.A.; (c) Central Bucks School District, Pennsylvania v. Wachovia Bank, N.A.; (d) Mayor and City Council of Baltimore, Maryland v. Wachovia Bank, N.A.; and (e) Washington County, Tennessee v. Wachovia Bank, N.A. In April 2009, the MDL 1950 court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss on the federal claims, but granted leave for the plaintiffs to file a second amended complaint. In June 2009, interim lead plaintiffs’ counsel filed a Second Consolidated Amended Class Action Complaint; although the Second Consolidated Amended Class Action Complaint currently describes some of AGMH’s and AGM’s activities, it does not name those entities as defendants. In March 2010, the MDL 1950 court denied the named defendants’ motions to dismiss the Second Consolidated Amended Class Action Complaint. The complaints in these lawsuits generally seek unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys’ fees and other costs. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss, if any, or range of loss that may arise from these lawsuits.

Table of Contents

Products Corp. When the four plaintiffs filed a consolidated complaint in September 2009, the plaintiffs did not name AGMH as a defendant. However, the complaint does describe some of AGMH’s and AGM’s activities. The consolidated complaint generally seeks unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys’ fees and other costs. In April 2010, the MDL 1950 court granted in part and denied in part the named defendants’ motions to dismiss this consolidated complaint.

In 2008, AGMH and AGM also were named in five non-class action lawsuits originally filed in the California Superior Courts alleging violations of California law related to the municipal derivatives industry: (a) City of Los Angeles, California v. Bank of America, N.A.; (b) City of Stockton, California v. Bank of America, N.A.; (c) County of San Diego, California v. Bank of America, N.A.; (d) County of San Mateo, California v. Bank of America, N.A.; and (e) County of Contra Costa, California v. Bank of America, N.A. Amended complaints in these actions were filed in September 2009, adding a federal antitrust claim and naming AGM (but not AGMH) and AGUS, among other defendants. These cases have been transferred to the Southern District of New York and consolidated with MDL 1950 for pretrial proceedings.

In late 2009, AGM and AGUS, among other defendants, were named in six additional non-class action cases filed in federal court, which also have been coordinated and consolidated for pretrial proceedings with MDL 1950: (f) City of Riverside, California v. Bank of America, N.A.; (g) Sacramento Municipal Utility District v. Bank of America, N.A.; (h) Los Angeles World Airports v. Bank of America, N.A.; (i) Redevelopment Agency of the City of Stockton v. Bank of America, N.A.; (j) Sacramento Suburban Water District v. Bank of America, N.A.; and (k) County of Tulare, California v. Bank of America, N.A.

The MDL 1950 court denied AGM and AGUS’s motions to dismiss these eleven complaints in April 2010. Amended complaints were filed in May 2010. On October 29, 2010, AGM and AGUS were voluntarily dismissed with prejudice from the Sacramento Municipal Utility District case only. The complaints in these lawsuits generally seek or sought unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys’ fees, costs and other expenses. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss, if any, or range of loss that may arise from the remaining lawsuits.

In May 2010, AGM and AGUS, among other defendants, were named in five additional non-class action cases filed in federal court in California: (a) City of Richmond, California v. Bank of America, N.A. (filed on May 18, 2010, N.D. California); (b) City of Redwood City, California v. Bank of America, N.A. (filed on May 18, 2010, N.D. California); (c) Redevelopment Agency of the City and County of San Francisco, California v. Bank of America, N.A. (filed on May 21, 2010, N.D. California); (d) East Bay Municipal Utility District, California v. Bank of America, N.A. (filed on May 18, 2010, N.D. California); and (e) City of San Jose and the San Jose Redevelopment Agency, California v. Bank of America, N.A (filed on May 18, 2010, N.D. California). These cases have also been transferred to the Southern District of New York and consolidated with MDL 1950 for pretrial proceedings. In September 2010, AGM and AGUS, among other defendants, were named in a sixth additional non-class action filed in federal court in New York, but which alleges violation of New York’s Donnelly Act in addition to federal antitrust law: Active Retirement Community, Inc. d/b/a Jefferson’s Ferry v. Bank of America, N.A. (filed on September 21, 2010, E.D. New York), which has also been transferred to the Southern District of New York and consolidated with MDL 1950 for pretrial proceedings. In December 2010, AGM and AGUS, among other defendants, were named in a seventh additional non-class action filed in federal court in the Central District of California, Los Angeles Unified School District v. Bank of America, N.A., and in an eighth additional non-class action filed in federal court in the Southern District of New York, Kendal on Hudson, Inc. v. Bank of America, N.A. These cases also have been consolidated with MDL 1950 for pretrial proceedings. The complaints in these lawsuits generally seek unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys’ fees, costs and other expenses. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss, if any, or range of loss that may arise from these lawsuits.

In January 2011, AGM and AGUS, among other defendants, were named in an additional non-class action case filed in federal court in New York, which alleges violation of New York’s Donnelly Act in addition to federal antitrust law: Peconic Landing at Southold, Inc. v. Bank of America, N.A. This case has been consolidated with MDL 1950 for pretrial proceedings. The complaint in this lawsuit generally seeks unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys’ fees, costs and other expenses. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss, if any, or range of loss that may arise from this lawsuit.

In September 2009, the Attorney General of the State of West Virginia filed a lawsuit (Circuit Ct. Mason County, W. Va.) against Bank of America, N.A. alleging West Virginia state antitrust violations in the municipal derivatives industry, seeking damages and alleging, among other things, a conspiracy to fix the pricing of, and manipulate bids for, municipal derivatives, including GICs. An amended complaint in this action was filed in June 2010, adding a federal antitrust claim and naming AGM (but not AGMH) and AGUS, among other defendants. This case has been removed to federal court as well as transferred to the S.D.N.Y. and consolidated with MDL 1950 for pretrial proceedings. The complaint in this lawsuit generally seeks civil penalties, unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys’ fees, costs and other expenses. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss, if any, or range of loss that may arise from this lawsuit.

Table of Contents


13.	Long-Term Debt and Credit Facilities

Long-Term Debt Obligations

The principal and carrying values of the Company’s long-term debt are presented in the table below.

Principal and Carrying Amounts of Debt



	As of September 30, 2012				As of December 31, 2011
	Principal		Carrying Value		Principal		Carrying Value
	(in millions)
AGUS:
7.0% Senior Notes	$	200	$	197	$	200	$	197
8.50% Senior Notes(1)	—		—		173		172
Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures	150		150		150		150
Total AGUS	350		347		523		519
AGMH:
67/8% QUIBS	100		68		100		67
6.25% Notes	230		137		230		136
5.60% Notes	100		54		100		54
Junior Subordinated Debentures	300		162		300		158
Total AGMH	730		421		730		415
AGM:
Notes Payable	66		72		97		104
Total AGM	66		72		97		104
Total	$	1,146	$	840	$	1,350	$	1,038

____________________

(1) On June 1, 2012, AGUS retired all of the Senior Notes that it purchased in the remarketing. See Note 2, Business Changes, Risks, Uncertainties and Accounting Developments.

Recourse Credit Facilities

2009 Strip Coverage Facility

In connection with the AGMH Acquisition, AGM agreed to retain the risks relating to the debt and strip policy portions of the leveraged lease business. The liquidity risk to AGM related to the strip policy portion of the leveraged lease business is mitigated by the strip coverage facility described below.

In a leveraged lease transaction, a tax-exempt entity (such as a transit agency) transfers tax benefits to a tax-paying entity by transferring ownership of a depreciable asset, such as subway cars. The tax-exempt entity then leases the asset back from its new owner.

If the lease is terminated early, the tax-exempt entity must make an early termination payment to the lessor. A portion of this early termination payment is funded from monies that were pre-funded and invested at the closing of the leveraged lease transaction (along with earnings on those invested funds). The tax-exempt entity is obligated to pay the remaining, unfunded portion of this early termination payment (known as the “strip coverage”) from its own sources. AGM issued financial guaranty insurance policies (known as “strip policies”) that guaranteed the payment of these unfunded strip coverage amounts to the lessor, in the event that a tax-exempt entity defaulted on its obligation to pay this portion of its early termination payment. AGM can then seek reimbursement of its strip policy payments from the tax-exempt entity, and can also sell the transferred depreciable asset and reimburse itself from the sale proceeds.

One event that may lead to an early termination of a lease is the downgrade of AGM, as the strip coverage provider, or the downgrade of the equity payment undertaker within the transaction, in each case, generally to a financial strength rating below double-A. Upon such downgrade, the tax exempt entity is generally obligated to find a replacement credit enhancer within a specified period of time; failure to find a replacement could result in a lease default, and failure to cure the default within a specified period of time could lead to an early termination of the lease and a demand by the lessor for a termination

Table of Contents

payment from the tax exempt entity. However, even in the event of an early termination of the lease, there would not necessarily be an automatic draw on AGM’s policy, as this would only occur to the extent the tax-exempt entity does not make the required termination payment.

AIG International Group, Inc. is one entity that has acted as equity payment undertaker in a number of transactions in which AGM acted as strip coverage provider. AIG was downgraded in the third quarter of 2008 and AGM was downgraded by Moody’s in the fourth quarter of 2008. As a result of those downgrades, as of September 30, 2012, 45 leveraged lease transactions in which AGM acts as strip coverage provider were breaching either a ratings trigger related to AIG or a ratings trigger related to AGM. For such 45 leveraged lease transactions, if early termination of the leases were to occur and the tax-exempt entities do not make the required early termination payments, then AGM would be exposed to possible liquidity claims on gross exposure of approximately $981 million as of September 30, 2012. S&P’s downgrade of AGM to AA- in November 2011 did not have an additional impact on the transactions. However, if AGM were downgraded to A+ by S&P or A1 by Moody’s, as of September 30, 2012, another 26 leveraged lease transactions in which AGM acts as strip coverage provider would be affected. For such 26 leveraged lease transactions, if early termination of the leases were to occur and the tax-exempt entities do not make the required early termination payments, then AGM would be exposed to possible liquidity claims on gross exposure of an additional approximately $992 million as of September 30, 2012. To date, none of the leveraged lease transactions that involve AGM has experienced an early termination due to a lease default and a claim on the AGM guaranty. It is difficult to determine the probability that the Company will have to pay strip provider claims or the likely aggregate amount of such claims. At September 30, 2012, approximately $607 million of cumulative strip par exposure had been terminated on a consensual basis. The consensual terminations have resulted in no claims on AGM.

On July 1, 2009, AGM and DCL, acting through its New York Branch (“Dexia Crédit Local (NY)”), entered into a credit facility (the “Strip Coverage Facility”). Under the Strip Coverage Facility, Dexia Crédit Local (NY) agreed to make loans to AGM to finance all draws made by lessors on AGM strip policies that were outstanding as of November 13, 2008, up to the commitment amount. The commitment amount of the Strip Coverage Facility was $1 billion at closing of the AGMH Acquisition but is scheduled to amortize over time. As of September 30, 2012, the maximum commitment amount of the Strip Coverage Facility has amortized to $969 million. It may also be reduced in 2014 to $750 million, if AGM does not have a specified consolidated net worth at that time.

Fundings under this facility are subject to certain conditions precedent, and their repayment is collateralized by a security interest that AGM granted to Dexia Crédit Local (NY) in amounts that AGM recovers—from the tax-exempt entity, or from asset sale proceeds—following its payment of strip policy claims. The Strip Coverage Facility will terminate upon the earliest to occur of an AGM change of control, the reduction of the commitment amount to $0, and January 31, 2042.

The Strip Coverage Facility’s financial covenants require that AGM and its subsidiaries maintain a maximum debt-to-capital ratio of 30% and maintain a minimum net worth of 75% of consolidated net worth as of July 1, 2009, plus, starting July 1, 2014, 25% of the aggregate consolidated net income (or loss) for the period beginning July 1, 2009 and ending on June 30, 2014 or, if the commitment amount has been reduced to $750 million as described above, zero. The Company is in compliance with all financial covenants as of the date of this filing.

The Strip Coverage Facility contains restrictions on AGM, including, among other things, in respect of its ability to incur debt, permit liens, pay dividends or make distributions, dissolve or become party to a merger or consolidation. Most of these restrictions are subject to exceptions. The Strip Coverage Facility has customary events of default, including (subject to certain materiality thresholds and grace periods) payment default, bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings and cross-default to other debt agreements.

As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, no amounts were outstanding under this facility, nor have there been any borrowings during the life of this facility.

Limited Recourse Credit Facilities

AG Re Credit Facility

On July 31, 2007, AG Re entered into a limited recourse credit facility (“AG Re Credit Facility”) with a syndicate of banks which provides up to $200 million for the payment of losses in respect of the covered portfolio. The AG Re Credit Facility expires in June 2014. The facility can be utilized after AG Re has incurred, during the term of the facility, cumulative municipal losses (net of any recoveries) in excess of the greater of $260 million or the average annual debt service of the covered portfolio multiplied by 4.5%. The obligation to repay loans under this agreement is a limited recourse obligation payable solely from, and collateralized by, a pledge of recoveries realized on defaulted insured obligations in the covered

Table of Contents

portfolio, including certain installment premiums and other collateral.

As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 no amounts were outstanding under this facility nor have there been any borrowings during the life of this facility.

Letters of Credit

AGC entered into a letter of credit agreement in December 2011 with Bank of New York Mellon totaling approximately $3 million in connection with a 2008 lease for office space, which space was subsequently sublet. As of September 30, 2012, $3 million was outstanding under this letter of credit.

Committed Capital Securities

On April 8, 2005, AGC entered into separate agreements (the “Put Agreements”) with four custodial trusts (each, a “Custodial Trust”) pursuant to which AGC may, at its option, cause each of the Custodial Trusts to purchase up to $50 million of perpetual preferred stock of AGC (the “AGC Preferred Stock”). The custodial trusts were created as a vehicle for providing capital support to AGC by allowing AGC to obtain immediate access to new capital at its sole discretion at any time through the exercise of the put option. If the put options were exercised, AGC would receive $200 million in return for the issuance of its own perpetual preferred stock, the proceeds of which may be used for any purpose, including the payment of claims. The put options have not been exercised through the date of this filing. Initially, all of AGC CCS were issued to a special purpose pass-through trust (the “Pass-Through Trust”). The Pass-Through Trust was dissolved in April 2008 and the AGC CCS were distributed to the holders of the Pass-Through Trust’s securities. Neither the Pass-Through Trust nor the custodial trusts are consolidated in the Company’s financial statements.

Income distributions on the Pass-Through Trust Securities and AGC CCS were equal to an annualized rate of one-month LIBOR plus 110 basis points for all periods ending on or prior to April 8, 2008. Following dissolution of the Pass-Through Trust, distributions on the AGC CCS Securities are determined pursuant to an auction process. On April 7, 2008 this auction process failed, thereby increasing the annualized rate on the AGC CCS to one-month LIBOR plus 250 basis points. Distributions on the AGC preferred stock will be determined pursuant to the same process.

In June 2003, $200 million of “AGM CPS Securities”, money market preferred trust securities, were issued by trusts created for the primary purpose of issuing the AGM CPS Securities, investing the proceeds in high-quality commercial paper and selling put options to AGM, allowing AGM to issue the trusts non-cumulative redeemable perpetual preferred stock (the “AGM Preferred Stock”) of AGM in exchange for cash. There are four trusts, each with an initial aggregate face amount of $50 million. These trusts hold auctions every 28 days, at which time investors submit bid orders to purchase AGM CPS Securities. If AGM were to exercise a put option, the applicable trust would transfer the portion of the proceeds attributable to principal received upon maturity of its assets, net of expenses, to AGM in exchange for AGM Preferred Stock. AGM pays a floating put premium to the trusts, which represents the difference between the commercial paper yield and the winning auction rate (plus all fees and expenses of the trust). If an auction does not attract sufficient clearing bids, however, the auction rate is subject to a maximum rate of one-month LIBOR plus 200 basis points for the next succeeding distribution period. Beginning in August 2007, the AGM CPS Securities required the maximum rate for each of the relevant trusts. AGM continues to have the ability to exercise its put option and cause the related trusts to purchase AGM Preferred Stock. The trusts provide AGM access to new capital at its sole discretion through the exercise of the put options. The Company does not consider itself to be the primary beneficiary of the trusts. See Note 5 "Fair Value Measurement—Other Assets—Committed Capital Securities" for a fair value measurement discussion.

Table of Contents


14.	Earnings Per Share

Computation of Earnings Per Share



	Third Quarter				Nine Months
	2012		2011		2012		2011
	(in millions, except per share amounts)
Basic earnings per share (“EPS”):
Net income (loss) attributable to AGL	$	142	$	761	$	36	$	857
Less: Distributed and undistributed income (loss) available to nonvested shareholders	—		1		1		1
Distributed and undistributed income (loss) available to common shareholders of AGL and subsidiaries	$	142	$	760	$	35	$	856
Basic shares	194.0		183.2		187.6		183.7
Basic EPS	$	0.73	$	4.15	$	0.19	$	4.66
Diluted EPS:
Distributed and undistributed income (loss) available to common shareholders of AGL and subsidiaries	$	142	$	760	$	35	$	856
Plus: Re-allocation of undistributed income (loss) available to nonvested shareholders of AGL and subsidiaries	—		—		—		—
Distributed and undistributed income (loss) available to common shareholders of AGL and subsidiaries	$	142	$	760	$	35	$	856
Basic shares	194.0		183.2		187.6		183.7
Effect of dilutive securities:
Options and restricted stock awards	0.7		0.8		0.7		0.9
Equity units	—		—		1.0		1.7
Diluted shares	194.7		184.0		189.3		186.3
Diluted EPS	$	0.73	$	4.13	$	0.19	$	4.60
Potentially dilutive securities excluded from computation of EPS because of antidilutive effect	3.9		13.3		11.9		6.7


15.	Shareholders' Equity

On November 14, 2011, the Company's Board of Directors approved a new share repurchase program, for up to 5.0 million common shares, to replace the prior program. Share repurchases will take place at management's discretion depending on market conditions. In Nine Months 2012, the Company paid $24 million to repurchase 2,066,759 common shares.

On August 4, 2010, the Company's Board of Directors approved a new share repurchase program for up to 2.0 million common shares. In August 2011, the Company paid $23 million to repurchase 2,000,000 common shares.

In August 2011, the Chief Executive Officer and the General Counsel of the Company elected to invest a portion of their accounts under the Company's supplemental employee retirement plan (“SERP”) in 138,375 units in the employer stock fund in the SERP. Each unit in the employer stock fund represents the right to receive one AGL common share upon a distribution from the SERP. The 138,375 units equals the number of AGL common shares which could have been purchased with the value of the account deemed invested in the employer stock fund as of the date of such election. The election to invest in the employer stock fund is irrevocable (i.e., any portion of a SERP account allocated to the employer stock fund and invested in units shall remain allocated to the employer stock fund until the participant receives a distribution from SERP). At the same time such investment elections were made, in August 2011, the Company purchased 138,375 AGL common shares and placed such shares in trust to be distributed to the Chief Executive Officer and the General Counsel upon a distribution from the SERP in settlement of their units invested in the employer stock fund. The Company recorded the purchase of such shares in “deferred equity compensation” in the consolidated balance sheet.

Table of Contents


16.	Other Comprehensive Income

The following tables present the changes in the balances of each component of accumulated other comprehensive income.

Three Months Ended September 30, 2012



	Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Investments		Cumulative Translation Adjustment			Cash Flow Hedge		Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
	(in millions)
Balance, June 30, 2012	$	428	$	(7	)	$	9	$	430
Other comprehensive income (loss)	100		1			0		101
Balance, September 30, 2012	$	528	$	(6	)	$	9	$	531

Three Months Ended September 30, 2011



	Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Investments		Cumulative Translation Adjustment			Cash Flow Hedge		Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
	(in millions)
Balance, June 30, 2011	$	202	$	(6	)	$	10	$	206
Other comprehensive income (loss)	124		(3		)	0		121
Balance, September 30, 2011	$	326	$	(9	)	$	10	$	327

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012



	Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Investments		Cumulative Translation Adjustment			Cash Flow Hedge		Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
	(in millions)
Balance, December 31, 2011	$	367	$	(8	)	$	9	$	368
Other comprehensive income (loss)	161		2			0		163
Balance, September 30, 2012	$	528	$	(6	)	$	9	$	531

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011



	Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Investments		Cumulative Translation Adjustment			Cash Flow Hedge		Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
	(in millions)
Balance, December 31, 2010	$	110	$	(8	)	$	10	$	112
Other comprehensive income (loss)	216		(1		)	0		215
Balance, September 30, 2011	$	326	$	(9	)	$	10	$	327

Table of Contents


17.	Subsidiary Information

The following tables present the condensed consolidating financial information for AGMH and AGUS (which are wholly-owned subsidiaries of AGL), which have issued publicly traded debt securities that are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by AGL as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. The information for AGMH and AGUS presents its subsidiaries on the equity method of accounting.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2012

(in millions)



	Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent)		AGUS (Issuer)		AGMH (Issuer)			Other Subsidiaries		Consolidating Adjustments			Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Consolidated)
ASSETS
Total investment portfolio and cash	$	225	$	32	$	47		$	10,916	$	—		$	11,220
Investment in subsidiaries	4,711		3,917		3,113			3,470		(15,211		)	—
Premiums receivable, net of ceding commissions payable	—		—		—			1,073		(129		)	944
Ceded unearned premium reserve	—		—		—			1,534		(984		)	550
Deferred acquisition costs	—		—		—			207		(80		)	127
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses	—		—		—			214		(158		)	56
Credit derivative assets	—		—		—			520		(70		)	450
Deferred tax asset, net	—		22		(77		)	799		(15		)	729
Intercompany receivable	—		—		—			473		(473		)	—
Financial guaranty variable interest entities’ assets, at fair value	—		—		—			2,693		—			2,693
Other	24		29		24			858		(141		)	794
TOTAL ASSETS	$	4,960	$	4,000	$	3,107		$	22,757	$	(17,261	)	$	17,563
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Unearned premium reserves	$	—	$	—	$	—		$	6,285	$	(953	)	$	5,332
Loss and LAE reserve	—		—		—			761		(167		)	594
Long-term debt	—		347		421			72		—			840
Intercompany payable	—		173		—			300		(473		)	—
Credit derivative liabilities	—		—		—			2,221		(70		)	2,151
Financial guaranty variable interest entities’ liabilities, at fair value	—		—		—			3,187		—			3,187
Other	8		10		21			726		(258		)	507
TOTAL LIABILITIES	8		530		442			13,552		(1,921		)	12,611
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY	4,952		3,470		2,665			9,205		(15,340		)	4,952
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY	$	4,960	$	4,000	$	3,107		$	22,757	$	(17,261	)	$	17,563

Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011

(in millions)



	Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent)		AGUS (Issuer)			AGMH (Issuer)			Other Subsidiaries		Consolidating Adjustments			Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Consolidated)
ASSETS
Total investment portfolio and cash	$	33	$	99		$	61		$	11,121	$	—		$	11,314
Investment in subsidiaries	4,607		3,730			2,802			3,258		(14,397		)	—
Premiums receivable, net of ceding commissions payable	—		—			—			1,150		(147		)	1,003
Ceded unearned premium reserve	—		—			—			1,739		(1,030		)	709
Deferred acquisition costs	—		—			—			223		(91		)	132
Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses	—		—			—			212		(143		)	69
Credit derivative assets	—		—			—			503		(34		)	469
Deferred tax asset, net	—		22			(77		)	867		(8		)	804
Intercompany receivable	—		—			—			300		(300		)	—
Financial guaranty variable interest entities’ assets, at fair value	—		—			—			2,819		—			2,819
Other	23		(71		)	27			836		(109		)	706
TOTAL ASSETS	$	4,663	$	3,780		$	2,813		$	23,028	$	(16,259	)	$	18,025
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Unearned premium reserves	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	6,950	$	(987	)	$	5,963
Loss and LAE reserve	—		—			—			834		(155		)	679
Long-term debt	—		519			415			104		—			1,038
Intercompany payable	—		—			—			300		(300		)	—
Credit derivative liabilities	—		0			—			1,807		(34		)	1,773
Financial guaranty variable interest entities’ liabilities, at fair value	—		—			—			3,458		—			3,458
Other	11		3			16			675		(243		)	462
TOTAL LIABILITIES	11		522			431			14,128		(1,719		)	13,373
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY	4,652		3,258			2,382			8,900		(14,540		)	4,652
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY	$	4,663	$	3,780		$	2,813		$	23,028	$	(16,259	)	$	18,025

Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2012

(in millions)



	Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent)		AGUS (Issuer)			AGMH (Issuer)			Other Subsidiaries			Consolidating Adjustments			Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Consolidated)
REVENUES
Net earned premiums	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	219		$	3		$	222
Net investment income	—		—			0			107			(5		)	102
Net realized investment gains (losses)	—		—			—			2			—			2
Net change in fair value of credit derivatives:
Realized gains (losses) and other settlements	—		—			—			2			—			2
Net unrealized gains (losses)	—		—			—			(38		)	—			(38		)
Net change in fair value of credit derivatives	—		—			—			(36		)	—			(36		)
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries	146		105			157			100			(508		)	—
Other	—		—			—			53			(1		)	52
TOTAL REVENUES	146		105			157			445			(511		)	342
EXPENSES
Loss and LAE	—		—			—			90			—			90
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs	—		—			—			6			(2		)	4
Interest expense	—		7			13			6			(5		)	21
Other operating expenses	4		0			1			44			(1		)	48
TOTAL EXPENSES	4		7			14			146			(8		)	163
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES	142		98			143			299			(503		)	179
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes	—		(3		)	(5		)	42			3			37
NET INCOME (LOSS)	$	142	$	101		$	148		$	257		$	(506	)	$	142

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)	$	243	$	175		$	190		$	432		$	(797	)	$	243

Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2011

(in millions)



	Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent)		AGUS (Issuer)			AGMH (Issuer)			Other Subsidiaries			Consolidating Adjustments			Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Consolidated)
REVENUES
Net earned premiums	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	208		$	3		$	211
Net investment income	—		—			0			99			(4		)	95
Net realized investment gains (losses)	—		—			—			(11		)	—			(11		)
Net change in fair value of credit derivatives:
Realized gains (losses) and other settlements	—		—			—			0			—			0
Net unrealized gains (losses)	—		—			—			1,156			—			1,156
Net change in fair value of credit derivatives	—		—			—			1,156			—			1,156
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries	766		586			15			579			(1,946		)	—
Other	—		—			—			(106		)	—			(106		)
TOTAL REVENUES	766		586			15			1,925			(1,947		)	1,345
EXPENSES
Loss and LAE	—		—			—			219			(4		)	215
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs	—		—			—			7			(3		)	4
Interest expense	—		10			13			6			(4		)	25
Other operating expenses	5		1			0			43			(3		)	46
TOTAL EXPENSES	5		11			13			275			(14		)	290
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES	761		575			2			1,650			(1,933		)	1,055
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes	—		(4		)	(5		)	296			7			294
NET INCOME (LOSS)	$	761	$	579		$	7		$	1,354		$	(1,940	)	$	761

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)	$	882	$	664		$	55		$	1,560		$	(2,279	)	$	882

Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2012

(in millions)



	Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent)		AGUS (Issuer)			AGMH (Issuer)			Other Subsidiaries			Consolidating Adjustments			Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Consolidated)
REVENUES
Net earned premiums	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	625		$	10		$	635
Net investment income	0		—			1			313			(13		)	301
Net realized investment gains (losses)	0		—			0			0			—			0
Net change in fair value of credit derivatives:
Realized gains (losses) and other settlements	—		—			—			(78		)	—			(78		)
Net unrealized gains (losses)	—		—			—			(388		)	—			(388		)
Net change in fair value of credit derivatives	—		—			—			(466		)	—			(466		)
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries	52		112			319			94			(577		)	—
Other	—		—			—			276			(2		)	274
TOTAL REVENUES	52		112			320			842			(582		)	744
EXPENSES
Loss and LAE	—		—			—			461			(2		)	459
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs	—		—			—			24			(10		)	14
Interest expense	—		27			40			17			(13		)	71
Other operating expenses	16		1			1			149			(4		)	163
TOTAL EXPENSES	16		28			41			651			(29		)	707
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES	36		84			279			191			(553		)	37
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes	—		(10		)	(14		)	17			8			1
NET INCOME (LOSS)	$	36	$	94		$	293		$	174		$	(561	)	$	36

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)	$	199	$	212		$	364		$	455		$	(1,031	)	$	199

Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2011

(in millions)



	Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent)		AGUS (Issuer)			AGMH (Issuer)			Other Subsidiaries			Consolidating Adjustments			Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Consolidated)
REVENUES
Net earned premiums	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	687		$	8		$	695
Net investment income	—		—			0			306			(11		)	295
Net realized investment gains (losses)	—		—			—			(13		)	—			(13		)
Net change in fair value of credit derivatives:
Realized gains (losses) and other settlements	—		—			—			25			—			25
Net unrealized gains (losses)	—		—			—			830			—			830
Net change in fair value of credit derivatives	—		—			—			855			—			855
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries	876		715			352			695			(2,638		)	—
Other	—		—			—			(90		)	(2		)	(92		)
TOTAL REVENUES	876		715			352			2,440			(2,643		)	1,740
EXPENSES
Loss and LAE	—		—			—			314			(1		)	313
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs	—		—			—			28			(15		)	13
Interest expense	—		30			40			15			(11		)	74
Other operating expenses	19		1			1			147			(5		)	163
TOTAL EXPENSES	19		31			41			504			(32		)	563
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES	857		684			311			1,936			(2,611		)	1,177
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes	—		(11		)	(14		)	335			10			320
NET INCOME (LOSS)	$	857	$	695		$	325		$	1,601		$	(2,621	)	$	857

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)	$	1,072	$	867		$	426		$	1,988		$	(3,281	)	$	1,072

Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2012

(in millions)



	Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent)			AGUS (Issuer)			AGMH (Issuer)			Other Subsidiaries			Consolidating Adjustments			Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Consolidated)
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities	$	98		$	23		$	14		$	(82	)	$	(276	)	$	(223	)
Cash flows from investing activities
Fixed maturity securities:
Purchases	(160		)	(1		)	(11		)	(1,150		)	—			(1,322		)
Sales	—			—			1			682			—			683
Maturities	1			—			3			754			—			758
Sales (purchases) of short-term investments, net	(34		)	27			23			266			—			282
Net proceeds from financial guaranty variable entities’ assets	—			—			—			407			—			407
Acquisition of MIAC	—			(91		)	—			—			—			(91		)
Intercompany debt	—			—			—			(173		)	173			—
Investment in subsidiary	—			—			50			—			(50		)	—
Other	—			—			—			85			—			85
Net cash flows used in investing activities	(193		)	(65		)	66			871			123			802
Cash flows from financing activities
Issuance of common stock	173			—			—			—			—			173
Return of capital	—			—			—			(50		)	50			—
Dividends paid	(51		)	—			(80		)	(196		)	276			(51		)
Repurchases of common stock	(24		)	—			—			—			—			(24		)
Share activity under option and incentive plans	(3		)	—			—			—			—			(3		)
Net paydowns of financial guaranty variable entities’ liabilities	—			—			—			(553		)	—			(553		)
Payment of long-term debt	—			(173		)	—			(31		)	—			(204		)
Intercompany debt	—			173			—			—			(173		)	—
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities	95			—			(80		)	(830		)	153			(662		)
Effect of exchange rate changes	—			—			—			1			—			1
Increase (decrease) in cash	—			(42		)	—			(40		)	—			(82		)
Cash at beginning of period	—			72			0			143			—			215
Cash at end of period	$	—		$	30		$	0		$	103		$	—		$	133

Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2011

(in millions)



	Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Parent)			AGUS (Issuer)			AGMH (Issuer)			Other Subsidiaries			Consolidating Adjustments			Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Consolidated)
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities	$	41		$	13		$	(20	)	$	641		$	(74	)	$	601
Cash flows from investing activities
Fixed maturity securities:
Purchases	—			—			(3		)	(1,785		)	—			(1,788		)
Sales	—			—			—			849			—			849
Maturities	—			—			1			502			—			503
Sales (purchases) of short-term investments, net	10			(24		)	(3		)	199			—			182
Net proceeds from financial guaranty variable entities’ assets	—			—			—			598			—			598
Investment in subsidiary	—			—			25			—			(25		)	—
Other	—			—			—			14			—			14
Net cash flows used in investing activities	10			(24		)	20			377			(25		)	358
Cash flows from financing activities
Return of capital	—			—			—			(25		)	25			—
Dividends paid	(25		)	—			—			(74		)	74			(25		)
Repurchases of common stock	(23		)	—			—			—			—			(23		)
Share activity under option and incentive plans	(3		)	—			—			—			—			(3		)
Net paydowns of financial guaranty variable entities’ liabilities	—			—			—			(830		)	—			(830		)
Payment of long-term debt	—			—			—			(17		)	—			(17		)
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities	(51		)	—			—			(946		)	99			(898		)
Effect of exchange rate changes	—			—			—			4			—			4
Increase (decrease) in cash	—			(11		)	—			76			—			65
Cash at beginning of period	—			13			—			95			—			108
Cash at end of period	$	0		$	2		$	—		$	171		$	—		$	173


ITEM 2.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Forward Looking Statements

This Form 10-Q contains information that includes or is based upon forward looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward looking statements give the expectations or forecasts of future events of Assured Guaranty Ltd. (“AGL” and, together with its subsidiaries, “Assured Guaranty” or the “Company”). These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and relate to future operating or financial performance.

Any or all of Assured Guaranty’s forward looking statements herein are based on current expectations and the current economic environment and may turn out to be incorrect. Assured Guaranty’s actual results may vary materially. Among factors that could cause actual results to differ materially are:

Table of Contents

· rating agency action, including a ratings downgrade, a change in outlook, the placement of ratings on watch for downgrade, or a change in rating criteria, at any time, of Assured Guaranty or any of its subsidiaries and/or of transactions that Assured Guaranty’s subsidiaries have insured, all of which have occurred in the past;

· developments in the world’s financial and capital markets that adversely affect issuers’ payment rates, Assured Guaranty’s loss experience, its access to capital, its unrealized (losses) gains on derivative financial instruments or its investment returns;

· changes in the world’s credit markets, segments thereof or general economic conditions;

· the impact of rating agency action with respect to sovereign debt and the resulting effect on the value of securities in the Company’s investment portfolio and collateral posted by and to the Company;

· more severe or frequent losses impacting the adequacy of Assured Guaranty’s expected loss estimates;

· the impact of market volatility on the mark-to-market of Assured Guaranty’s contracts written in credit default swap form;

· reduction in the amount of insurance opportunities available to Assured Guaranty;

· deterioration in the financial condition of Assured Guaranty’s reinsurers, the amount and timing of reinsurance recoverables actually received and the risk that reinsurers may dispute amounts owed to Assured Guaranty under its reinsurance agreements;

· the possibility that Assured Guaranty will not realize insurance loss recoveries or damages expected from originators, sellers, sponsors, underwriters or servicers of residential mortgage-backed securities transactions;

· the possibility that budget shortfalls or other factors will result in credit losses or impairments on obligations of state and local governments that the Company insures or reinsures;

· increased competition, including from new entrants into the financial guaranty industry;

· changes in applicable accounting policies or practices;

· changes in applicable laws or regulations, including insurance and tax laws;

· other governmental actions;

· difficulties with the execution of Assured Guaranty’s business strategy;

· contract cancellations;

· Assured Guaranty’s dependence on customers;

· loss of key personnel;

· adverse technological developments;

· the effects of mergers, acquisitions and divestitures;

· natural or man-made catastrophes;

· other risks and uncertainties that have not been identified at this time;

· management’s response to these factors; and

· other risk factors identified in Assured Guaranty’s filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

Table of Contents

The foregoing review of important factors should not be construed as exhaustive, and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this Quarterly Report. The Company undertakes no obligation to update publicly or review any forward looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as required by law. Investors are advised, however, to consult any further disclosures the Company makes on related subjects in the Company’s reports filed with the SEC.

If one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if the Company’s underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may vary materially from what the Company projected. Any forward looking statements in this Form 10-Q reflect the Company’s current views with respect to future events and are subject to these and other risks, uncertainties and assumptions relating to its operations, results of operations, growth strategy and liquidity.

For these statements, the Company claims the protection of the safe harbor for forward looking statements contained in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

Convention

Unless otherwise noted, ratings disclosed herein on Assured Guaranty’s insured portfolio reflect its internal rating. Although Assured Guaranty’s rating scale is similar to that used by the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations, the ratings may not be the same as ratings assigned by any such rating agency. For example the super senior category, which is not generally used by rating agencies, is used by Assured Guaranty in instances where its AAA-rated exposure has additional credit enhancement due to either (1) the existence of another security rated AAA that is subordinated to Assured Guaranty’s exposure or (2) Assured Guaranty’s exposure benefiting from a different form of credit enhancement that would pay any claims first in the event that any of the exposures incurs a loss, and such credit enhancement, in management’s opinion, causes Assured Guaranty’s attachment point to be materially above the AAA attachment point.

Introduction

AGL provides, through its operating subsidiaries, credit protection products in the United States (“U.S.”) and international public finance (including infrastructure) and structured finance markets. The Company has applied its credit underwriting judgment, risk management skills and capital markets experience to offer insurance that protects holders of debt instruments and other monetary obligations from defaults in scheduled payments, including scheduled interest and principal payments. The Company markets its credit protection products directly to issuers and underwriters of public finance and structured finance securities as well as to investors in such obligations. The Company guarantees obligations issued in many countries, although its principal focus is on the U.S., Europe and Australia.

Financial guaranty contracts provide an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that protects the holder of a financial obligation against non-payment of principal and interest when due. The Company has issued financial guaranty insurance policies on both public finance obligations and structured finance obligations. Public finance obligations insured by the Company consist primarily of general obligation bonds supported by the taxing powers of U.S. state or municipal governmental authorities, as well as tax-supported bonds, revenue bonds and other obligations supported by covenants from state or municipal governmental authorities or other municipal obligors to impose and collect fees and charges for public services or specific infrastructure projects. Public finance obligations include obligations backed by the cash flow from leases or other revenues from projects serving substantial public purposes, including government office buildings, toll roads, health care facilities and utilities. Structured finance obligations insured or assumed through reinsurance by the Company are backed by pools of assets such as residential mortgage loans, consumer or trade receivables, securities or other assets having an ascertainable cash flow or market value and generally issued by special purpose entities.

Debt obligations guaranteed by the Company’s insurance subsidiaries are generally awarded ratings that are the same rating as the financial strength rating of the insurance subsidiary that has guaranteed that obligation. Investors in products insured by Assured Guaranty Municipal Corp. (“AGM”) or Assured Guaranty Corp. (“AGC”) frequently rely on rating agency ratings. Therefore, low financial strength ratings or uncertainty over AGM’s or AGC’s abilities to maintain their financial strength ratings would have a negative impact on the demand for their insurance product.

A downgrade by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) of the financial strength ratings of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries may have a negative impact on the Company’s liquidity. A downgrade may trigger (1) increased claims on some of the Company’s insurance policies, in certain cases, on a more accelerated basis than when the original transaction closed; or (2) termination payments or collateral posting under credit default swap (“CDS”) contracts. A downgrade in the financial strength ratings may also enable beneficiaries of the Company’s

Table of Contents

policies to cancel the credit protection offered by the Company and cease paying premium. A downgrade may also enable primary insurance companies that had ceded business to the Company to recapture a significant portion of its in-force financial guaranty reinsurance business. On March 20, 2012, Moody’s placed the ratings of AGL and of those subsidiaries that it rates, including the financial strength ratings of the insurance subsidiaries, on review for possible downgrade. On October 30, 2012, Moody's indicated that it anticipates resolving its review during the first half of November 2012. There can be no assurance as to the actions that Moody's may take on the Company's ratings.

Available Information

The Company maintains an Internet web site at www.assuredguaranty.com. The Company makes available, free of charge, on its web site (at www.assuredguaranty.com/investor-information/by-company/assured-guaranty-ltd/sec-filings) the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13 (a) or 15 (d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company files such material with, or furnishes it to, the SEC. The Company also makes available, free of charge, through its web site (at www.assuredguaranty.com/governance) links to the Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines, its Code of Conduct and the charters for its Board Committees.

The Company routinely posts important information for investors on its web site (at www.assuredguaranty.com/about-us/company-statements). The Company uses this web site as a means of disclosing material, non-public information and for complying with its disclosure obligations under SEC Regulation FD. Accordingly, investors should monitor the Investor Information portion of the Company’s web site, in addition to following the Company’s press releases, SEC filings, public conference calls, presentations and webcasts.

The information contained on, or that may be accessed through, the Company’s web site is not incorporated by reference into, and is not a part of, this report.

Executive Summary

The following discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes which appear elsewhere in this Form 10-Q. It contains forward looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see “Forward Looking Statements” for more information.

This executive summary of management’s discussion and analysis highlights selected information and may not contain all of the information that is important to readers of this Quarterly Report. For a complete description of events, trends and uncertainties, as well as the capital, liquidity, credit, operational and market risks and the critical accounting policies and estimates affecting the Company, this Quarterly Report should be read in its entirety and in addition to Assured Guaranty’s Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Economic Environment

The Company continued to be the most active provider of financial guaranty insurance for the three months ended September 30, 2012 (“Third Quarter 2012”) and nine months ended September 30, 2012 ("Nine Months 2012") as a result of its financial strength and its ability to maintain financial strength ratings in the double-A ratings category throughout the financial crisis. All of the Company’s former financial guaranty competitors, except AGM, which the Company acquired in 2009, have had their financial strength ratings downgraded by rating agencies to below investment grade levels or are no longer rated, severely impacting their ability to underwrite new business. Only two other industry participants have investment grade financial strength ratings today, but they are not underwriting material new business. National Public Finance Guarantee Corporation has been involved in litigation challenging its separation from MBIA Insurance Corp. and appears not to have financial strength ratings adequate to issue new financial guaranty policies on public finance obligations. Build America Mutual Assurance Company is a new entrant to the industry that commenced operations during Third Quarter 2012. Business conditions have been difficult for the entire financial guaranty insurance industry since mid-2007, and the Company continues to face challenges in maintaining its market penetration today. The Company expects Build American Mutual will compete against the Company for smaller transactions. However, the presence of a new financial guaranty insurer may lead to higher overall insurance penetration of the U.S. municipal bond market.

The overall economic environment in the U.S. in Third Quarter 2012 was stronger than in the three months ended September 30, 2011 (“Third Quarter 2011”), and indicators such as lower delinquency rates and more stable housing prices point toward recovery in the housing market. However, unemployment rates remain too high for a robust general economic

Table of Contents

recovery to have taken hold.

Municipal credits have experienced budgetary stress since the recent credit crisis and the ensuing recession, compounded in many cases by significant unfunded pension and retiree health care liabilities. While revenues at the state level have been rebounding in general, many local governments have continued to face structural deficits as a result of the decline in property taxes. Although the vast majority of municipalities have been taking steps to address their fiscal challenges, a small number have sought bankruptcy protection. The Company is closely monitoring legal proceedings in municipal bankruptcy cases in various states as this is an area of law that has not been tested due to the relatively low frequency of such cases. The publicity surrounding high-profile defaults, especially those few where bond insurers are paying claims, provides evidence of the value of bond insurance and may therefore stimulate demand, especially at the retail level.

In 2012, new issuance volume in the U.S. public finance market increased as interest rates fell to historic lows. Such low rates tend to suppress demand for bond insurance as the potential savings for issuers are diminished and some investors prefer to forgo insurance in favor of greater yield.

In the international arena, troubled Eurozone countries are a source of stress in global equity and debt markets following the execution of the debt restructuring in Greece. Debt costs in Portugal, Spain and Italy remain elevated, and successful execution of structural reforms is necessary to avert further fiscal stress in those and other European Union ("EU") countries. Fiscal austerity programs initiated to address the problems have constrained economic growth and may cause recession. The rating agencies have downgraded many European sovereign credits within the past year. The Company’s exposure to troubled Eurozone countries is described in “—Results of Operations—Consolidated Results of Operations—Losses in the Insured Portfolio” and “—Insured Portfolio—Selected European Exposures.”

The current economic environment has had a significant negative impact on the demand by investors for financial guaranty policies, and it is uncertain when or if demand for financial guaranties will return to their pre-economic crisis level. In particular, there has been limited new issue activity and also limited demand for financial guaranties in 2012 and 2011 in both the global structured finance and international infrastructure finance markets compared with pre-economic crisis levels. The Company expects that global structured finance and international infrastructure opportunities will increase in the future as the global economy recovers, issuers return to the capital markets for financings and institutional investors again utilize financial guaranties, although the Company cannot assure that this will occur.

In 2012, the Company continues to be affected by a negative perception of financial guaranty insurers arising from the financial distress suffered by other companies in the industry during the financial crisis. S&P revised its criteria for rating financial guarantors in August 2011 and, in November 2011, assigned AGM and AGC financial strength ratings of AA- (Stable Outlook) under those criteria. AGM's and AGC’s financial strength ratings have been rated Aa3 (Negative Outlook) by Moody’s since December 2009. Furthermore, on March 20, 2012, Moody’s placed the ratings of AGL and of those subsidiaries that it rates, including the financial strength ratings of insurers AGM, AGC, Assured Guaranty Re Ltd. (“AG Re”) and Assured Guaranty (Europe) Ltd. (“AGE”), on review for possible downgrade. On October 30, 2012, Moody's indicated that it anticipates resolving its review during the first half of November 2012. There can be no assurance as to the actions that Moody's may take on the Company's ratings. Because the financial strength ratings of Assured Guaranty were under review for possible downgrade by Moody's throughout Second and Third Quarters 2012, the Company believes the demand for the Company's insurance product was negatively impacted.

The demand for the Company’s insurance has also been negatively affected by its credit spread, which is a reflection of the risk that investors perceive with the Company. The higher the Company's credit spread, the lower the benefit of the Company’s guaranty. If investors view the Company as being only marginally less risky, or perhaps even as risky, as the uninsured security, the coupon on a security insured by the Company may not be much lower, or may be the same as, an uninsured security offered by the same issuer. Accordingly, issuers may be unwilling to pay a premium for the Company to insure their securities if the insurance does not lower the costs of issuance. While AGC's and AGM's credit spreads were lower at September 30, 2012 compared with December 31, 2011, they remained high compared with their pre-2007 credit spreads.

100

Table of Contents

Financial Performance of Assured Guaranty

Financial Results



	Third Quarter						Nine Months
	2012			2011			2012			2011
	(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
Selected income statement data
Net earned premiums	$	222		$	211		$	635		$	695
Net investment income	102			95			301			295
Realized gains (losses) and other settlements on credit derivatives	2			0			(78		)	25
Net unrealized gains (losses) on credit derivatives	(38		)	1,156			(388		)	830
Fair value gains (losses) on financial guaranty variable interest entities	38			(99		)	174			(154		)
Loss and loss adjustment expenses	90			215			459			313
Other operating expenses	48			46			163			163
Net income (loss)	142			761			36			857
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.73		$	4.13		$	0.19		$	4.60
Selected non-GAAP measures(1)
Operating income	$	166		$	38		$	351		$	429
Operating income per share	0.85			0.21			1.85			2.30
Present value of new business production (“PVP”)	35			51			141			155

____________________


(1)	Please refer to “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Net income (loss)

There are several primary drivers of volatility in reported net income or loss that are not necessarily indicative of credit impairment or improvement or ultimate economic gains or losses: changes in credit spreads of underlying insured obligations and FG VIE assets and liabilities, changes in the Company's own credit spreads, and changes in risk-free rates used to discount expected losses. Changes in credit spreads have the most significant effect on changes in fair value of credit derivatives and financial guaranty variable interest entities' ("FG VIEs") assets and liabilities. In addition to these factors, changes in expected losses, the timing of refundings, accelerations and terminations of financial guaranty insurance contracts, realized gains and losses on the investment portfolio, including other-than-temporary impairments, the effects of large settlements or transactions, and the effects of the Company's various loss mitigation strategies, among other factors, may also have a significant effect on reported net income or loss in a given reporting period. Third quarter 2012 net income declined to $142 million from $761 million in third quarter 2011 due primarily to the effects of changes in credit spreads on the fair value of credit derivatives, offset in part by a decline in loss expense, which was significantly higher in the prior year due mainly to the effects of declining discount rates in the third quarter of 2011.

Net earned premiums have increased in Third Quarter 2012 compared with Third Quarter 2011 despite the scheduled decline in net par of the structured finance insured portfolio, due to higher than expected refundings, accelerations and terminations of insured transactions. Refundings are sensitive to movements in interest rates, and the current low interest rate environment has encouraged refinancings of debt obligations. The total acceleration of premiums related to these refundings and terminations was $73 million in Third Quarter 2012 compared to $27 million in Third Quarter 2011.

Realized gains and other settlements on credit derivatives include both premiums and losses that have been received or paid, or are receivable or payable. Realized gains from credit derivative revenues have declined due to the lower inforce book of business as the Company no longer enters into new CDS in order to sell credit protection. Third quarter 2012 credit derivative premiums were $33 million, offset by $31 million in losses paid or payable. In third quarter 2011, credit derivative premiums were $40 million, offset by $41 million in losses paid or payable.

Loss and LAE includes a component related to changes in risk-free rates used to discount expected losses. Any increase or decrease in loss expense due to changes in risk free rates does not reflect additional credit impairment or improvement. Loss and LAE in third quarter 2012 was lower than third quarter 2011 primarily due to the effect of declining

101

Table of Contents

interest rates in third quarter 2011, which comprised a significant portion of loss and LAE in Third Quarter 2011. In Third Quarter 2012 risk-free rates were relatively flat.

Operating income (non-GAAP)

Non-GAAP operating income in Third Quarter 2012 was $166 million, an increase from operating income in Third Quarter 2011, due primarily to higher net earned premiums due to refundings, accelerations and terminations, lower loss expense, and a lower effective tax rate on operating income.

PVP

Due primarily to the low interest rate environment and ratings uncertainty, the Company's new business originations in the U.S. public finance sector decreased in Third Quarter 2012, compared with Third Quarter 2011.

Key Business Strategies

The Company has been focused on various strategies to create value: loss mitigation, including the pursuit of recoveries for breaches of representations and warranties (" R&W"), servicing improvements and the purchase of insured obligations; new business development and commutations, and other rating agency capital improvement strategies.

Loss Mitigation

The Company continued its risk remediation strategies which lowered losses and also created additional rating agency capital. The following are examples of the strategies employed by the Company.

Pursuit of R&W Breaches

The settlement includes eight RMBS transactions (“Covered Transactions”) that Assured Guaranty has insured through financial guaranty insurance policies and certain uninsured tranches (“Uninsured Tranches”) of three of the Covered Transactions that are included as collateral in RMBS re- securitization transactions as to which Assured Guaranty provides credit protection through CDS. Assured Guaranty had filed complaints against Deutsche Bank on two of the Covered Transactions. As part of the settlement, Assured Guaranty settled its litigation against Deutsche Bank on those two Covered Transactions and on one other RMBS transaction. Except for the Uninsured Tranches, the settlement does not include Assured Guaranty’s CDS with Deutsche Bank. The parties have agreed to continue efforts to resolve CDS-related claims.

On April 14, 2011, Assured Guaranty reached a comprehensive agreement with Bank of America Corporation and its subsidiaries, including Countrywide Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, “Bank of America”), regarding their liabilities with respect to 29 RMBS transactions insured by Assured Guaranty, including claims relating to reimbursement for breaches of R&W and historical loan servicing issues (“Bank of America Agreement”). Of the 29 RMBS transactions, eight are second lien transactions and 21 are first lien transactions. The Bank of America Agreement covers Bank of America-sponsored securitizations that AGM or AGC has insured, as well as certain other securitizations containing concentrations of Countrywide-originated loans that AGM or AGC has insured. The transactions covered by the Bank of America Agreement had a gross par outstanding of $3.7 billion ($3.4 billion net par outstanding) as of September 30, 2012.

102

Table of Contents

During the three-months ended March 31, 2012 ("First Quarter 2012") Bank of America paid the final $57 million in respect of covered second lien transactions, bringing the total paid to $1.1 billion. In return for the $1.1 billion payment, the Company agreed to release its claims for the repurchase of mortgage loans underlying the eight second lien transactions (i.e. Assured Guaranty will retain the risk of future insured losses without further offset for R&W claims against Bank of America). In addition, Bank of America agreed to reimburse Assured Guaranty 80% of claims Assured Guaranty pays on the 21 first lien transactions, until aggregate collateral losses on such RMBS transactions reach $6.6 billion. As of September 30, 2012, cumulative collateral losses associated with these transactions were $2.9 billion. As of September 30, 2012, Bank of America had placed approximately $1.0 billion of eligible assets in trust in order to collateralize the reimbursement obligation relating to the first lien transactions. The amount of assets required to be posted may increase or decrease from time to time, as determined by rating agency requirements.

The Company believes the Bank of America Agreement and Deutsche Bank Agreement were significant steps in the effort to recover U.S. RMBS losses the Company experienced resulting from breaches of R&W. The Company is continuing to pursue other R&W providers for U.S. RMBS transactions it has insured and is in discussions with other R&W providers regarding potential agreements. It has also initiated litigation against R&W providers. See “Recovery Litigation” in Note 4 of the Financial Statements, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts, for a discussion of the litigation proceedings the Company has initiated against other R&W providers.

Through September 30, 2012 the Company has caused entities providing R&W to pay or agree to pay an aggregate of approximately $2.8 billion in respect of their R&W liabilities. Of this, $2.2 billion are payments made or to be made directly to the Company pursuant to agreements with R&W providers (e.g. the Bank of America Agreement and Deutsche Bank Agreement) and approximately $613 million are amounts paid (or committed to be paid) into the relevant RMBS transactions pursuant to the transaction documents.

The $2.2 billion of payments made or to be made directly to the Company by R&W providers under agreements with the Company includes $1.6 billion that has already been received by the Company as well as $616 million the Company projects receiving in the future pursuant to such currently existing agreements. Because most of that $616 million is projected to be received through loss-sharing arrangements, the exact amount the Company will receive will depend on actual losses experienced by the covered transactions. That $616 million (gross of reinsurance) is included in the Company's calculated credit for R&W recoveries, described below.

The $613 million paid, or committed to be paid, by R&W providers into the relevant RMBS transactions pursuant to the transaction documents flow through the transactions' priority of payments or “waterfalls.” Because the Company may insure only a portion of the capital structure of a transaction, such payments will not necessarily directly benefit the Company dollar-for-dollar, especially in first lien transactions. However, such payments do reduce collateral pool losses and usually reduce the Company's expected losses.

Purchase of Below Investment Grade Insured Obligations

In order to mitigate losses, the Company is continuing to purchase attractively priced below-investment-grade (“BIG”) obligations that it insured. These purchases resulted in a reduction to net expected loss to be paid of $590 million as of September 30, 2012. As of September 30, 2012, the fair value of assets purchased or obtained for loss mitigation purposes was $612 million, with a par of $1,850 million (including bonds related to FG VIEs).

RMBS Servicing Intervention

The Company has established a group to mitigate RMBS losses by influencing mortgage servicing, including, if possible, causing the transfer of servicing or establishing special servicing arrangements. “Special servicing” is an industry term referencing more intense servicing applied to delinquent loans aimed at mitigating losses. Special servicing arrangements provide incentives to a servicer to achieve better performance on the mortgage loans it services, provide Assured Guaranty with oversight and enhanced information rights and obligates the servicer to cooperate with Assured Guaranty, including to create and implement loss mitigation strategies. As a result of the Company’s efforts, at September 30, 2012, the servicing of approximately $1.1 billion of mortgage loans had been transferred to a new servicer and another $2.0 billion of mortgage loans were subject to special servicing arrangements. The Company also agreed to terminate its exposure to certain structured finance risks, and it reassumed risks that it had ceded to certain lower rated reinsurers.

103

Table of Contents

New Business Development and Commutations

Management believes that the Company is able to provide value not only by insuring the timely payment of scheduled interest and principal amounts when due, but also through its underwriting, surveillance and loss mitigation capabilities. Few individual or even institutional investors have the analytic resources to cover the tens of thousands of municipal credits in the market. For those exposures that the Company guarantees, it undertakes the tasks of credit selection, analysis, negotiation of terms, surveillance and, if necessary, loss mitigation. Management believes this allows retail investors to participate more widely, institutional investors to operate more efficiently, and smaller, less well-known issuers to gain market access on a more cost-effective basis.

U.S. Municipal Market Data(1)



	Nine Months 2012			Year Ended December 31, 2011
	Par		Number of issues	Par		Number of issues
	(dollars in billions, except number of issues)
New municipal bonds issued	$	275.1	9,448	$	285.2	10,176
Insured by AGC and AGM(2)	9.9		898	15.2		1,228

____________________


(1)	Based on the date the transactions are sold.


(2)	Represents 99.9% market share of bonds issued with insurance.

Amounts in the table below represent Assured Guaranty's percentage of the market categories listed.

Assured Guaranty's Penetration Rates for the

U.S. Municipal Market



	Nine Months 2012	Nine Months 2011	Year Ended December 31, 2011
Market penetration par	3.6%	5.6%	5.3%
Market penetration based on number of issues	9.5	12.3	12.1
% of single A par sold	11.9	17.6	15.8
% of single A transactions sold	30.7	40.3	37.8
% of under $25 million par sold	12.2	15.1	14.7
% of under $25 million transactions sold	10.6	13.4	13.2

PVP represents the present value of estimated future earnings primarily on new financial guaranty contracts written in the period, before consideration of cessions to reinsurers. See “—Non-GAAP Measures—PVP or Present Value of New Business Production.”

104

Table of Contents

New Business Production



	Third Quarter				Nine Months
	2012		2011		2012		2011
	(in millions)
PVP:
Public Finance—U.S.
Assumed from Radian	$	—	$	—	$	22	$	—
Primary Markets	23		34		94		97
Secondary Markets	7		6		13		22
Public Finance—non-U.S.
Primary Markets	—		—		1		—
Secondary Markets	—		—		—		—
Structured Finance—U.S.	5		11		11		29
Structured Finance—non-U.S.	—		—		—		7
Total PVP	$	35	$	51	$	141	$	155
Gross Par Written:
Public Finance—U.S.
Assumed from Radian	$	—	$	—	$	1,797	$	—
Primary Markets	2,507		4,078		9,906		9,256
Secondary Markets	500		264		817		953
Public Finance—non-U.S.
Primary Markets	—		—		35		—
Secondary Markets	—		—		—		—
Structured Finance—U.S.	182		266		220		1,091
Structured Finance—non-U.S.	—		—		—		—
Total gross par written	$	3,189	$	4,608	$	12,775	$	11,300

Despite continued record-low bond yields on new issuances and continued uncertainty over financial strength ratings of Assured Guaranty, which caused the decline in PVP and par written, the Company's penetration of its single-A target market was 26% of transactions sold and 10% of par for Third Quarter 2012. Pricing varies due to the mix of business; however, premium rates in Third Quarter 2012 were consistent by sector with rates in Third Quarter 2011. The volume of structured finance business varies significantly from period to period. The Company insured a U.S. commercial receivables securitization in Third Quarter 2012.

PVP for Nine Months 2012 includes $22 million in assumed public finance business from Radian Asset Assurance Inc. (“Radian”), representing the Company's first third party assumed reinsurance treaty written since 2009. On January 24, 2012, the Company announced a three-part agreement with Radian under which it reassumed $12.9 billion of par it had previously ceded to Radian, reinsured approximately $1.8 billion of U.S. public finance par and agreed to acquire Municipal and Infrastructure Assurance Corporation Ambac Assurance Corporation ("MIAC"), which is licensed to provide financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance in 38 U.S. jurisdictions including the District of Columbia. The purchase of MIAC was approved by the New York Department of Financial Services and closed in May 2012. In addition to the Radian reassumption, the Company also reassumed $6.2 billion in par from Tokio Marine & Nichido Fire Insurance Co., Ltd. (“Tokio”). The Company recognized $84 million in pre-tax commutation gains as a result of commutation transactions in Nine Months 2012 and $32 million in the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011 ("Nine Months 2011").

Other Rating Agency Capital Improvement Strategies

The Company has been pursuing strategies to improve its rating agency capital position. As part of that effort, in January 2012, AGC and AGM entered into an aggregate excess of loss reinsurance facility that covers certain U.S. public finance credits insured or reinsured by AGC or AGM as of September 30, 2011. At AGC’s and AGM’s option, the facility will cover losses occurring from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2019 or from January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2020. The contract terminates, unless AGC and AGM choose to extend it, on January 1, 2014. The facility attaches when AGC’s or AGM’s net losses exceed in the aggregate $2 billion and covers a portion of the next $600 million of losses, with the reinsurers

105

Table of Contents

assuming pro rata in the aggregate $435 million of the $600 million of losses and AGC and AGM jointly retaining the remaining $165 million of losses. The reinsurers are required to be rated at least AA- (Stable outlook) through December 31, 2014 or to post collateral sufficient to provide AGM and AGC with the same reinsurance credit as reinsurers rated AA-. This facility provides additional rating agency capital credit.

In order to reduce leverage and possibly, rating agency capital charges, the Company has also mutually agreed with beneficiaries to terminate selected financial guaranty contracts. In particular, the Company has targeted investment grade securities for which claims are not expected but which carry a disproportionate rating agency capital charge.

Results of Operations

Estimates and Assumptions

The Company’s consolidated financial statements include amounts that are determined using estimates and assumptions. The actual amounts realized could ultimately be materially different from the amounts currently provided for in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Management believes the most significant items requiring inherently subjective and complex estimates are expected losses, including assumptions for breaches of R&W, fair value estimates, other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”), deferred income taxes, and premium revenue recognition.

An understanding of the Company’s accounting policies for these items is of critical importance to understanding its consolidated financial statements. See Part II, Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of significant accounting policies and fair value methodologies. The Company adopted a new pronouncement on January 1, 2012, in accordance with GAAP, which specifies that costs related directly to the successful acquisition of new and renewal insurance contracts should be capitalized. See Note 4 of the Financial Statements, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts. There was a de minimis effect on net income and earnings per share for Third Quarter 2011 as a result of retrospective application of this guidance. The effect of retrospective application was a decrease to net income of $2 million and $0.01 per share for Nine Months 2011. The changes affected amortization of deferred acquisition costs, other operating expenses and taxes. The following discussion of the results of operations includes information regarding the estimates and assumptions used for these items and should be read in conjunction with the notes to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

106

Table of Contents

Consolidated Results of Operations



	Third Quarter						Nine Months
	2012			2011			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Revenues:
Net earned premiums	$	222		$	211		$	635		$	695
Net investment income	102			95			301			295
Net realized investment gains (losses)	2			(11		)	0			(13		)
Change in fair value of credit derivatives:
Realized gains (losses) and other settlements	2			0			(78		)	25
Net unrealized gains	(38		)	1,156			(388		)	830
Net change in fair value of credit derivatives	(36		)	1,156			(466		)	855
Fair value gain (loss) on committed capital securities ("CCS")	(2		)	2			(12		)	3
Fair value gains (losses) on FG VIEs	38			(99		)	174			(154		)
Other income	16			(9		)	112			59
Total revenues	342			1,345			744			1,740
Expenses:	—
Loss and LAE	90			215			459			313
Amortization of deferred acquisition costs	4			4			14			13
Interest expense	21			25			71			74
Other operating expenses	48			46			163			163
Total expenses	163			290			707			563
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes	179			1,055			37			1,177
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	37			294			1			320
Net income (loss)	$	142		$	761		$	36		$	857

Net Earned Premiums

Net earned premiums are recognized over the remaining contractual lives, or in the case of homogeneous pools of insured obligations, the expected remaining lives, of financial guaranty insurance contracts.

107

Table of Contents

Net Earned Premiums



	Third Quarter				Nine Months
	2012		2011		2012		2011
	(in millions)
Financial guaranty:
Public finance
Scheduled net earned premiums and accretion	$	83	$	89	$	252	$	272
Refundings and accelerations(1)	73		27		178		77
Total public finance	156		116		430		349
Structured finance(2)	65		95		204		345
Total structured finance	65		95		204		345
Other	1		0		1		1
Total net earned premiums	$	222	$	211	$	635	$	695

____________________


(1)	Reflects the unscheduled refunding or early termination of underlying insured obligations.


(2)	Excludes $17 million and $20 million in Third Quarter 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $50 million and $57 million for Nine Months 2012 and 2011, respectively, related to consolidated FG VIEs.

Net earned premiums on public finance obligations increased in Third Quarter 2012 compared with Third Quarter 2011, due to an increase in refundings, accelerations and terminations, which was partially offset by a decline in scheduled net earned premiums. Nine Months 2012 net earned premiums decreased compared with Nine Months 2011 due primarily to the scheduled amortization of the structured finance insured portfolio, offset in part by an increase in refundings, accelerations and terminations. Refundings and accelerations are higher in 2012 compared with 2011 due to the low interest rate environment which encourages refinancings of debt obligations, and several large accelerations and terminations. At September 30, 2012, $4.9 billion of net deferred premium revenue remained to be earned over the life of the insurance contracts. Due to the scheduled amortization of deferred premium revenue, which includes acquisition accounting adjustments, scheduled net earned premiums are expected to decrease each year unless replaced by new business or the Company reassumes previously ceded business.

Net Investment Income

Net investment income is a function of the yield that the Company earns on invested assets and the size of the portfolio. The investment yield is a function of market interest rates at the time of investment as well as the type, credit quality and maturity of the invested assets. Net investment income increased primarily due to higher income earned on loss mitigation bonds. Income earned on the general portfolio excluding loss mitigation bonds declined slightly due to lower reinvestment rates. The overall pre-tax book yield was 4.03% at September 30, 2012 and 3.85% at September 30, 2011, respectively. Excluding bonds purchased or obtained for loss mitigation purposes, pre-tax yield was 3.60% as of September 30, 2012 compared to 3.70% as of September 30, 2011. Net investment income reported in accordance with GAAP excludes $3 million for Third Quarter 2012, $4 million for Third Quarter 2011, $9 million for Nine Months 2012 and $5 million for Nine Months 2011 related to consolidated FG VIEs.

Net Realized Investment Gains (Losses)

The table below presents the components of net realized investment gains (losses). OTTI included below was primarily attributable to mortgage-backed securities that were acquired for loss mitigation purposes and municipal and asset-backed securities where the Company has the intent to sell.

108

Table of Contents

Net Realized Investment Gains (Losses)(1)



	Third Quarter						Nine Months
	2012			2011			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Realized investment gains (losses) on sales of investments	$	6		$	5		$	11		$	19
OTTI:
Intent to sell	—			(1		)	—			(5		)
Credit losses on securities	(4		)	(15		)	(11		)	(27		)
OTTl	(4		)	(16		)	(11		)	(32		)
Net realized investment gains (losses)	$	2		$	(11	)	$	0		$	(13	)

____________________


(1)	Net realized investment gains (losses) reported in accordance with GAAP exclude $7 million for Third Quarter 2011, $4 million for Nine Months 2012 and $7 million for Nine Months 2011 related to consolidated FG VIEs. The effect on Third Quarter 2012 was de minimis.

Other Income

Other income is comprised of recurring items such as foreign exchange remeasurement gains and losses, ancillary fees on financial guaranty policies such as commitment, consent and processing fees, and other revenue items on financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance contracts such as commutation gains on re-assumptions of previously ceded business.

Other Income



	Third Quarter					Nine Months
	2012		2011			2012		2011
	(in millions)
Foreign exchange gain (loss) on remeasurement of premium receivable and loss reserves	$	6	$	(22	)	$	21	$	(3	)
Commutation gains (losses)	1		—			84		32
R&W settlement benefit	—		12			—		22
Other	9		1			7		8
Total other income	$	16	$	(9	)	$	112	$	59

Over the past several years, the Company has entered into several commutations in order to reassume previously ceded books of business from BIG financial guaranty companies and its other reinsurers. In Nine Months 2012, the Company reassumed certain previously ceded reinsurance contracts from Radian and Tokio in exchange for a cash payment to the Company of $190 million. These three transactions represented $19.1 billion in par and $108 million in related unearned premium reserve. The commutation gains related to these reassumptions were $84 million. In January and March of 2011, the Company commuted two previously ceded reinsurance contracts for a commutation gain of $24 million that resulted in an increase to par of $265 million and related unearned premium reserve of $2 million. In April 2011, the Company canceled an assumed reinsurance contract for $1.0 billion in par and $22 million in related unearned premium reserve. The commutation gain related to this cancellation was $8 million.

The R&W settlement benefit recorded in other income in Nine Months 2011 represented transactions where the Company had recovered more than its expected lifetime losses due to a negotiated agreement with the R&W provider. Such excess may not be recorded as an offset to loss and LAE under GAAP.

Other Operating Expenses and Amortization of Deferred Acquisition Costs

Other operating expenses and amortization of deferred acquisition costs were affected by the retrospective application of new accounting guidance which changed the type and amount of expenses that may be deferred and amortized. The effect of this new guidance in Third Quarter 2011 and Nine Months 2011 was an increase in operating expenses of $4 million and $16 million, respectively, and a decrease in amortization of deferred acquisition costs of $3 million and $11 million, respectively. The guidance was retrospectively applied and therefore prior period amounts presented herein have been revised from previously reported amounts. Other operating expenses were relatively consistent with Third Quarter 2011 and deferral rates

109

Table of Contents

were 6.5% in Third Quarter 2012 compared with 7.8% in Third Quarter 2011. Deferral rates were 6.3% in Nine Months 2012 and 7.4% in Nine Months 2011.

Losses in the Insured Portfolio

The insured portfolio includes policies accounted for under three separate accounting models depending on the characteristics of the contract and the Company’s control rights. The following provides a summarized description of the three accounting models; however, please refer to Notes 5, 7 and 8 in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for a full description of the three accounting models: financial guaranty insurance, credit derivatives and consolidated FG VIEs. The three models are as follows:

· For contracts accounted for as financial guaranty insurance, loss and LAE reserve is generally recorded only to the extent and for the amount that expected losses to be paid (calculated on a present value probability weighted basis) exceed deferred premium revenue. As a result, the Company has expected losses to be expensed in future periods, which represents past or future claim payments that have not yet been expensed, but will be expensed in future periods as deferred premium revenue amortizes into income on financial guaranty insurance policies. Expected loss to be paid is important from a liquidity perspective in that it provides the present value of amounts that the Company expects to pay or recover in future periods. Expected loss to be expensed is important because it presents the Company’s projection of incurred losses that will be recognized in future periods as deferred premium revenue amortizes into income on financial guaranty insurance policies.

· For contracts that do not meet the financial guaranty scope exception in the derivative accounting guidance primarily due to the fact that the insured is not required to be exposed to the insured risk throughout the life of the contract, the Company records such credit derivative contracts at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet with changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company’s credit derivatives included non-standard terms and are not actively traded as are credit derivatives in other financial services industries. As a result, management expects the fair value gains and losses to reverse to zero as the contract approaches maturity, except for economic claim payments. See “—Net Change in Fair Value of Credit Derivatives.” Expected claim payments are considered in the fair value of each contract and are an important measure for management to analyze the net economic loss on credit derivatives. The fair value recorded on the balance sheet represents a hypothetical exit price determined using significant Level 3 inputs in an internally developed model while the expected loss to be paid uses methodologies and assumptions consistent with financial guaranty insurance expected losses to be paid. See Note 5 of the Financial Statements, Fair Value Measurement.

· For financial guaranties issued on the liabilities of variable interest entities over which the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary due to its control rights, as defined in accounting literature, the Company consolidates the FG VIE. The Company's expected loss to be paid is reflected in the fair value of the FG VIEs liabilities. The Company carries the assets and liabilities of the FG VIEs at fair value under the fair value option election. Management assesses credit impairment on consolidated FG VIEs in the same manner as other financial guaranty insurance or credit derivative contracts. The fair value of FG VIEs recorded on the balance sheet reflects additional factors other than expected loss such as changes in market spreads and the Company’s own credit spreads. These contracts are not actively traded and therefore management expects the fair value gains and losses to reverse to zero as the contract approaches maturity, except for net economic claim payments made by AGC and AGM under the financial guaranty contracts. Expected loss to be paid for FG VIEs pursuant to AGC’s and AGM’s financial guaranty policies is calculated in a manner consistent with financial guaranty insurance contracts.

In order to effectively evaluate and manage the economics of the entire insured portfolio, management compiles and analyzes loss information for all policies on a consistent basis. That is, management monitors and assigns ratings and calculates expected losses in the same manner for all its exposures regardless of form or differing accounting models. Management also considers contract specific characteristics that affect the estimates of expected loss. The discussion of expected losses that follow below encompass expected losses on all policies in the insured portfolio, whatever the accounting treatment, while Note 4 of the Financial Statements, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts encompasses non-credit derivative policies.

Net expected loss to be paid in the tables below consists primarily of the present value of future: expected claim payments, expected recoveries of excess spread in the transaction structures, cessions to reinsurers, and expected recoveries for breaches of R&W and other loss mitigation strategies. Assumptions used in the determination of the net expected loss to be paid presented below, such as delinquency, severity, and discount rates and expected timeframes to recovery in the mortgage market were consistent by sector regardless of the accounting model used.

110

Table of Contents

Net Expected Loss to be Paid



	As of September 30, 2012
	Financial Guaranty Insurance(1)			FG VIEs			Total Financial Guaranty Insurance and FG VIEs(1)			Credit Derivatives(2)			Total
	(in millions)
US RMBS:
First lien:
Prime first lien	$	4		$	—		$	4		$	1		$	5
Alt-A first lien	164			24			188			123			311
Option ARM	(92		)	(25		)	(117		)	27			(90		)
Subprime	118			47			165			74			239
Total first lien	194			46			240			225			465
Second Lien:
Closed-end second lien	(56		)	35			(21		)	(4		)	(25		)
Home equity lines of credit (“HELOCs”)	55			(162		)	(107		)	—			(107		)
Total second lien	(1		)	(127		)	(128		)	(4		)	(132		)
Total U.S. RMBS	193			(81		)	112			221			333
Trust preferred securities ("TruPS")	9			—			9			44			53
Other structured finance	221			—			221			94			315
U.S. public finance	10			—			10			—			10
Non-U.S. public finance	46			—			46			—			46
Subtotal	$	479		$	(81	)	$	398		$	359		757
Other													(4		)
Total													$	753

111

Table of Contents



	As of December 31, 2011
	Financial Guaranty Insurance(1)			FG VIEs			Total Financial Guaranty Insurance and FG VIEs(1)			Credit Derivatives(2)			Total
	(in millions)
US RMBS:				—
First lien:				—
Prime first lien	$	2		$	—		$	2		$	—		$	2
Alt-A first lien	130			5			135			160			295
Option ARM	128			25			153			57			210
Subprime	96			44			140			101			241
Total first lien	356			74			430			318			748
Second Lien:
Closed-end second lien	(58		)	(22		)	(80		)	(6		)	(86		)
HELOCs	128			(159		)	(31		)	—			(31		)
Total second lien	70			(181		)	(111		)	(6		)	(117		)
Total U.S. RMBS	426			(107		)	319			312			631
TruPS	13			—			13			51			64
Other structured finance	240			—			240			102			342
U.S. public finance	16			—			16			—			16
Non-U.S. public finance	50			—			50			1			51
Subtotal	$	745		$	(107	)	$	638		$	466		1,104
Other													2
Total													$	1,106

___________________


(1)	Refer to Note 4 of the Financial Statements, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts, for additional information related to the accounting for financial guaranty insurance contracts.


(2)	Refer to Note 6 of the Financial Statements, Financial Guaranty Contracts Accounted for as Credit Derivatives, for additional information related to the accounting for credit derivative contracts.

The following table presents a roll forward of the net expected loss to be paid for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 before and after consideration of R&W benefits. The amounts presented below do not represent amounts recorded as loss reserves in the consolidated financial statements because of the various accounting models required under GAAP, but instead represent the economic changes in loss estimates for the insured portfolio as a whole, which is how management analyzes the information. Expected losses to be paid are first calculated without consideration of the expected R&W benefit. Then, based on updated loss estimates, loan reviews, executed contractual agreements such as the Bank of America Agreement and the Deutsche Bank Agreement, and progress made on receiving commitments to put-back defective loans, the expected R&W benefit is updated, which reduces the net amount of expected loss to be paid. Amounts presented are net of cessions to third-party reinsurers.

112

Table of Contents

Net Expected Loss to be Paid, Before Benefit for Recoveries of R&W

Roll Forward by Sector



	Net Expected Loss to be Paid as of June 30, 2012			Economic Loss Development(1)			(Paid) Recovered Losses			Net Expected Loss to be Paid as of September 30, 2012
	(in millions)
U.S. RMBS:
First lien:
Prime first lien	$	8		$	1		$	—		$	9
Alt-A first lien	708			14			(27		)	695
Option ARM	714			(4		)	(177		)	533
Subprime	329			24			(10		)	343
Total first lien	1,759			35			(214		)	1,580
Second lien:
Closed-end second lien	108			6			(3		)	111
HELOCs	58			(7		)	(38		)	13
Total second lien	166			(1		)	(41		)	124
Total U.S. RMBS	1,925			34			(255		)	1,704
TruPS	50			5			(2		)	53
Other structured finance	320			(3		)	(2		)	315
U.S. public finance	59			7			(56		)	10
Non-U.S. public finance	302			33			(289		)	46
Subtotal	2,656			76			(604		)	2,128
Other	(4		)	—			—			(4		)
Total	$	2,652		$	76		$	(604	)	$	2,124

Net Expected Loss to be Paid, Before Benefit for Recoveries of R&W

Roll Forward by Sector



	Net Expected Loss to be Paid as of December 31, 2011		Economic Loss Development(1)			(Paid) Recovered Losses			Net Expected Loss to be Paid as of September 30, 2012
	(in millions)
U.S. RMBS:
First lien:
Prime first lien	$	5	$	4		$	—		$	9
Alt-A first lien	702		71			(78		)	695
Option ARM	935		67			(469		)	533
Subprime	342		42			(41		)	343
Total first lien	1,984		184			(588		)	1,580
Second lien:
Closed-end second lien	138		—			(27		)	111
HELOCs	159		15			(161		)	13
Total second lien	297		15			(188		)	124
Total U.S. RMBS	2,281		199			(776		)	1,704
TruPS	64		(6		)	(5		)	53
Other structured finance	342		7			(34		)	315
U.S. public finance	16		65			(71		)	10
Non-U.S. public finance	51		215			(220		)	46
Subtotal	2,754		480			(1,106		)	2,128
Other	2		(6		)	—			(4		)
Total	$	2,756	$	474		$	(1,106	)	$	2,124

113

Table of Contents

Net Expected Loss to be Paid, Net of Benefit for Recoveries of R&W

Roll Forward by Sector



	Net Expected Loss to be Paid as of June 30, 2012			Economic Loss Development(1)			(Paid) Recovered Losses			Net Expected Loss to be Paid as of September 30, 2012
	(in millions)
U.S. RMBS:
First lien:
Prime first lien	$	4		$	1		$	—		$	5
Alt-A first lien	321			14			(24		)	311
Option ARM	3			3			(96		)	(90		)
Subprime	236			13			(10		)	239
Total first lien	564			31			(130		)	465
Second lien:
Closed-end second lien	(29		)	4			—			(25		)
HELOCs	(64		)	(13		)	(30		)	(107		)
Total second lien	(93		)	(9		)	(30		)	(132		)
Total U.S. RMBS	471			22			(160		)	333
TruPS	50			5			(2		)	53
Other structured finance	320			(3		)	(2		)	315
U.S. public finance	59			7			(56		)	10
Non-U.S. public finance	302			33			(289		)	46
Subtotal	1,202			64			(509		)	757
Other	(4		)	—			—			(4		)
Total	$	1,198		$	64		$	(509	)	$	753

114

Table of Contents

Net Expected Loss to be Paid, Net of Benefit for Recoveries of R&W

Roll Forward by Sector



	Net Expected Loss to be Paid as of December 31, 2011			Economic Loss Development(1)			(Paid) Recovered Losses			Net Expected Loss to be Paid as of September 30, 2012
	(in millions)
U.S. RMBS:
First lien:
Prime first lien	$	2		$	3		$	—		$	5
Alt-A first lien	295			27			(11		)	311
Option ARM	210			12			(312		)	(90		)
Subprime	241			39			(41		)	239
Total first lien	748			81			(364		)	465
Second lien:
Closed-end second lien	(86		)	—			61			(25		)
HELOCs	(31		)	9			(85		)	(107		)
Total second lien	(117		)	9			(24		)	(132		)
Total U.S. RMBS	631			90			(388		)	333
TruPS	64			(6		)	(5		)	53
Other structured finance	342			7			(34		)	315
U.S. public finance	16			65			(71		)	10
Non-U.S. public finance	51			215			(220		)	46
Subtotal	1,104			371			(718		)	757
Other	2			(6		)	—			(4		)
Total	$	1,106		$	365		$	(718	)	$	753

________________


(1)	Economic loss development includes the effects of changes in assumptions based on observed market trends, changes in discount rates, accretion of discount and the economic effects of loss mitigation efforts.

Total economic loss development was $64 million ($41 million after tax) in Third Quarter 2012, which was primarily driven by the establishment of losses on Spanish exposures, higher expected LAE as the Company continues to pursue loss mitigation strategies, and modest development in RMBS exposures. The Company reflected a slightly higher probability of loss on certain Spanish sub-sovereign exposures as a result of including scenarios reflecting recent downgrades in Spain's sovereign and sub-sovereign ratings. As of September 30, 2012, no claims have been paid on any Spanish exposures.

Surveillance personnel are responsible for monitoring and reporting on all transactions in the insured portfolio. The primary objective of the surveillance process is to monitor trends and changes in transaction credit quality, detect any deterioration in credit quality, and recommend to management such remedial actions as may be necessary or appropriate. All transactions in the insured portfolio are assigned internal credit ratings, and Surveillance personnel are responsible for recommending adjustments to those ratings to reflect changes in transaction credit quality.

Surveillance personnel present analyses related to potential losses to the Company’s loss reserve committees for consideration in estimating the expected loss to be paid. Such analyses include the consideration of various scenarios with potential probabilities assigned to them. Depending upon the nature of the risk, the Company’s view of the potential size of any loss and the information available to the Company, that analysis may be based upon individually developed cash flow models, internal credit rating assessments and sector-driven loss severity assumptions or judgmental assessments. In the case of its assumed business, the Company may conduct its own analysis as just described or, depending on the Company’s view of the potential size of any loss and the information available to the Company, the Company may use loss estimates provided by ceding insurers. The Company’s loss reserve committees review and refresh the estimate of expected loss to be paid each quarter. The Company’s estimate of ultimate loss on a policy is subject to significant uncertainty over the life of the insured transaction due to the potential for significant variability in credit performance as a result of economic, fiscal and financial market variability over the long duration of most contracts. The determination of expected loss to be paid is an inherently subjective process involving numerous estimates, assumptions and judgments by management.

115

Table of Contents

U.S. RMBS Loss Projections

The Company projects losses on its insured U.S. RMBS on a transaction-by-transaction basis by projecting the performance of the underlying pool of mortgages over time and then applying the structural features (i.e., payment priorities or tranching) of the RMBS to the projected performance of the collateral over time. The resulting projected claim payments or reimbursements are then discounted using risk-free rates. For transactions where the Company projects it will receive recoveries from providers of R&W, it projects the amount of recoveries and either establishes a recovery for claims already paid or reduces its projected claim payments accordingly.

Mortgage borrowers that are not more than one payment behind (generally considered performing borrowers) have demonstrated an ability and willingness to pay throughout the recession and mortgage crisis, and as a result are viewed as less likely to default than delinquent borrowers. Performing borrowers that eventually default will also need to progress through delinquency categories before any defaults occur. The Company projects how many of the currently performing loans will default, and when, by first converting the projected near-term defaults of delinquent borrowers derived from liquidation rates into a vector of conditional default rates, then projecting how the conditional default rates will develop over time. Loans that are defaulted pursuant to the conditional default rate after the liquidation of currently delinquent loans represent defaults of currently performing loans. A conditional default rate is the outstanding principal amount of defaulted loans liquidated in the current month divided by the remaining outstanding amount of the whole pool of loans (or “collateral pool balance”). The collateral pool balance decreases over time as a result of scheduled principal payments, partial and whole principal repayments, and defaults.

Economic loss development in the U.S. RMBS sector was $22 million for Third Quarter 2012 and $90 million for Nine Months 2012. While the risk-free rates used to discount losses fluctuated throughout the year, on both a quarter to date and year to date basis, there was only a modest impact.

The Company's RMBS loss projection methodology assumes that the housing and mortgage markets will eventually improve. Each quarter the Company makes a judgment as to whether to change its assumptions used to make RMBS loss projections based on its observation during the quarter of the performance of its insured transactions (including early stage delinquencies, late stage delinquencies and, for first liens, loss severity) as well as the residential property market and economy in general, and, to the extent it observes changes, it makes a judgment as whether those changes are normal fluctuations or part of a trend. Based on such observations, the Company chose to use essentially the same methodology and scenarios to project RMBS loss as of September 30, 2012 as it used as of June 30, 2012. The methodology and scenarios used as of September 30, 2012 were also essentially the same as those it used as of December 31, 2011, except that as compared to December 31, 2011 (i) in its most optimistic scenario, it reduced by three months the period it assumed it would take the mortgage market to recover and (ii) in its most pessimistic scenario, it increased by three months the period it assumed it would take the mortgage market to recover. The methodology the Company uses to project RMBS losses and the scenarios it employs are described in more detail in Note 4 to the Financial Statements, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts.

The Company calculates a credit for future R&W recoveries where the R&W were provided by an entity the Company believes to be financially viable and where the Company already has access or believes it will attain access to the underlying mortgage loan files. Where the Company has an agreement or potential agreement (e.g., the Bank of America Agreement or the Deutsche Bank Agreement) with an R&W provider, that credit is based on the agreement or potential agreement. In second lien RMBS transactions where there is no agreement or advanced discussions, this credit is based on a percentage of actual repurchase rates achieved across those transactions where material repurchases have been made, while in first lien RMBS transactions, where there is no agreement or advanced discussions, this credit is estimated by reducing collateral losses projected by the Company to reflect a percentage of the recoveries the Company believes it will achieve, which factor is derived based on the number of breaches identified to date and incorporated scenarios based on the amounts the Company was

116

Table of Contents

able to negotiate under the Bank of America and Deutsche Bank Agreements. The first lien approach is different from the second lien approach because the Company’s first lien transactions have multiple tranches and a more complicated method is required to correctly allocate credit to each tranche. In each case, the credit is a function of the projected lifetime collateral losses in the collateral pool, so an increase in projected collateral losses increases the R&W credit calculated by the Company. Further detail regarding how the Company calculates these credits may be found under “Breaches of Representations and Warranties” in Note 4 of the Financial Statements, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts. The net expected losses to be paid include an R&W credit of $1,371 million net of reinsurance. As of September 30, 2012, $598 million of this amount is the projected benefit of existing agreements with Bank of America and Deutsche Bank. Economic loss development related to changes in the R&W benefit was an increase in the R&W benefit of $12 million for Third Quarter 2012. The increase in R&W benefit is primarily due to an increase in projected recoveries on the additional collateral losses estimated in Third Quarter 2012.

The Company projects the overall future cash flow from a collateral pool by adjusting the payment stream from the principal and interest contractually due on the underlying mortgages for (a) the collateral losses it projects as described above, (b) assumed voluntary prepayments and (c) recoveries for breaches of R&W as described above. The Company then applies an individual model of the structure of the transaction to the projected future cash flow from that transaction’s collateral pool to project the Company’s future claims and claim reimbursements for that individual transaction. Finally, the projected future claims and reimbursements are discounted using a current risk-free rate to arrive at expected loss to be paid. As noted above, the Company runs several sets of assumptions regarding mortgage collateral performance, or scenarios, and probability-weights them.

Non-RMBS Losses

Economic loss development in non-U.S. RMBS sectors was $42 million in Third Quarter 2012 and $275 million in Nine Months 2012, primarily attributable to public finance transactions as discussed below.

At June 30, 2012, the Company had €314 million (€218 million on a net basis) of exposure to the sovereign debt of Greece. The Company accelerated claims under its financial guaranties during the quarter, paying off in full its liabilities with respect to the Greek sovereign bonds it guaranteed. Economic loss development related to these exposures was $177 million for Nine Months 2012. As of September 30, 2012, the Company had paid $289 million in net claims and no longer had any direct financial guaranty exposure to Greece.

The Company insures and reinsures credits with sub-sovereign exposure to various Spanish regions where a Spanish sovereign default causes the regions also to default. The Company's gross exposure to these credits is €456 million and its exposure net of reinsurance is €332 million. During Third Quarter 2012, the Company downgraded these exposures to the BB category due to concerns that these regions would not pay under their contractual obligations. As a result the Company increased its net expected loss to $34 million, which represents a $31 million increase from last quarter.

The Company has net exposure to Jefferson County, Alabama of $708 million as of September 30, 2012. On November 9, 2011, Jefferson County filed for bankruptcy under Chapter 9 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Most of the Company's net Jefferson County exposure relates to $479 million in sewer revenue exposure, of which $206 million is direct and $273 million is assumed reinsurance exposure. The sewer revenue warrants are secured by a pledge of the net revenues of the sewer system. The bankruptcy court has affirmed that the net revenues constitute a “special revenue” under Chapter 9. Therefore, the lien on net revenues of the sewer system survives the bankruptcy filing and such net revenues are not subject to the automatic stay during the pendency of Jefferson County's bankruptcy case. BNY Mellon, as trustee, had brought a lawsuit regarding the amount of net revenues to which it is entitled. Since its bankruptcy filing, Jefferson County had been withholding estimated bankruptcy-related legal expenses and an amount representing a monthly reserve for future expenditures and depreciation and amortization from the monthly payments it had been making to the trustee from sewer revenues for debt

117

Table of Contents

service. On June 29, 2012 the Bankruptcy Court ruled that “Operating Expenses” as determined under the bond indenture do not include (1) a reserve for depreciation, amortization, or future expenditures, or (2) an estimate for professional fees and expenses, such that, after payment of Operating Expenses (as defined in the indenture), monies remaining in the Revenue Account created under the bond indenture must be distributed in accordance with the waterfall set forth in the indenture without withholding any monies for depreciation, amortization, reserves, or estimated expenditures that are the subject of this litigation. Whether sufficient net revenues will be available for the payment of regularly scheduled debt service ultimately depends on the bankruptcy court's valuation of the sewer revenue stream. The Company also has assumed exposure of $32 million to warrants that are payable from Jefferson County's general fund on a "subject to appropriation" basis. During the past quarter Jefferson County chose not to make payment under its General Obligation bonds, so the Company has established a projected loss for these warrants as well. The Company's remaining net exposure of $197 million to Jefferson County relates to obligations that are secured by, or payable from, certain taxes that may have the benefit of a statutory lien or a lien on “special revenues” or other collateral.

The Company projects that its total expected net loss from troubled U.S. public finance credits will be $10 million as of September 30, 2012, down from $59 million as of June 30, 2012. This decrease was due primarily to the increase in expected recoveries to reflect losses paid in Third Quarter 2012 on Foxwoods Casino.

Other Notable Transactions

The Company has insured $2.4 billion of net par in XXX life insurance reserve securitizations based on discrete blocks of individual life insurance business of which $923 million is rated BIG. Based on its analysis of the information currently available, including estimates of future investment performance, and projected credit impairments on the invested assets and performance of the blocks of life insurance business at September 30, 2012, the Company's projected net expected loss to be paid is $138 million.

The Company has insured or reinsured $3.2 billion net par of student loan securitizations, of which $1.9 billion was issued by private issuers and classified as asset-backed and $1.3 billion was issued by public authorities and classified as public finance. Of these amounts, $150 million and $447 million, respectively, are rated BIG. The Company is projecting approximately $56 million of net expected loss to be paid in these portfolios. In general, the losses are due to: (i) the poor credit performance of private student loan collateral and high loss severities; (ii) high interest rates on auction rate securities with respect to which the auctions have failed or (iii) lower risk-free rates used for discounting, which result in higher present value losses on transactions where losses are payable at final maturity. The largest of these losses was approximately $25 million and related to a transaction backed by a pool of private student loans ceded to AG Re by another monoline insurer. The guaranteed bonds were issued as auction rate securities that now bear a high rate of interest due to the downgrade of the primary insurer’s financial strength rating. Further, the underlying loan collateral has performed below expectations. The overall decrease of approximately $7 million in net expected loss during Third Quarter 2012 is primarily due to developments in loss mitigation efforts and the increase in risk-free rates used to discount losses.

The Company projects losses for TruPS CDOs by projecting the performance of the asset pools across several scenarios (which it weights) and applying the CDO structures to the resulting cash flows. At September 30, 2012, the Company has projected expected losses to be paid for TruPS CDOs of $53 million. The increase of approximately $5 million in net expected loss development during Third Quarter 2012 was driven primarily by changes in London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR").

The Company insures or reinsures a total of $306 million net par of securities backed by manufactured housing loans,

118

Table of Contents

with $210 million rated as BIG. The Company has expected loss to be paid of $31 million as of September 30, 2012 compared to $26 million as of June 30, 2012.

Loss and LAE for Transactions Accounted for as Financial Guaranty Insurance

For transactions accounted for as financial guaranty insurance under GAAP, each transaction’s expected loss to be expensed, net of estimated R&W recoveries, is compared with the deferred premium revenue of that transaction. Generally, when the expected loss to be expensed exceeds the deferred premium revenue, a loss is recognized in the income statement for the amount of such excess. When the Company measures operating income, a non-GAAP financial measure, it calculates the credit derivative and FG VIE losses incurred in a similar manner. Changes in fair value in excess of expected loss that are not indicative of economic deterioration are not included in operating income.

For financial guaranty contracts accounted for as insurance, the amounts reported in the GAAP financial statements may only reflect a portion of the current period’s economic development and may also include a portion of prior-period economic development. The difference between economic loss development and loss and LAE recognized in income is essentially loss development and accretion for financial guaranty insurance contracts that is, or was previously, absorbed in unearned premium reserve. Such amounts have not yet been recognized in income. The table below provides a comparison of the pretax reported amounts under both GAAP net income and non-GAAP operating income, and economic loss development by sector.

Comparison of Loss Measures



	Third Quarter 2012								Third Quarter 2011
	Loss and LAE Reported(1)		Loss Expense Non-GAAP Operating Basis(2)			Economic Loss Development			Loss and LAE Reported(1)			Loss Expense Non-GAAP Operating Basis(2)			Economic Loss Development
	(in millions)
U.S. RMBS	$	47	$	62		$	22		$	136		$	145		$	76
TruPS	2		—			5			7			24			16
Other structured finance	1		(2		)	(3		)	77			90			88
U.S. public finance	2		2			7			(5		)	(5		)	6
Non-U.S. public finance	38		38			33			—			—			1
Subtotal	90		100			64			215			254			187
Other	—		—			—			—			—			—
Total	$	90	$	100		$	64		$	215		$	254		$	187

119

Table of Contents



	Nine Months 2012									Nine Months 2011
	Loss and LAE Reported(1)			Loss Expense Non-GAAP Operating Basis(2)			Economic Loss Development			Loss and LAE Reported(1)			Loss Expense Non-GAAP Operating Basis(2)			Economic Loss Development
	(in millions)
U.S. RMBS	$	187		$	210		$	90		$	215		$	291		$	(16	)
TruPS	(4		)	(37		)	(6		)	11			21			13
Other structured finance	2			23			7			104			116			105
U.S. public finance	47			47			65			(18		)	(18		)	(7		)
Non-U.S. public finance	233			232			215			1			1			—
Subtotal	465			475			371			313			411			95
Other	(6		)	(6		)	(6		)	—			—			—
Total	$	459		$	469		$	365		$	313		$	411		$	95

____________________


(1)	Represents amounts reported on the consolidated statements of operations in accordance with GAAP, which include only those policies that are accounted for as financial guaranty insurance.


(2)	Represents reported loss and LAE adjusted to include comparable amounts related to FG VIEs and credit derivatives in a manner consistent with the financial guaranty insurance accounting model. This represents “loss expense” included in operating income.

The table below presents the expected timing of loss recognition for insurance contracts on both a reported GAAP and non-GAAP operating income basis.

Financial Guaranty Insurance Net Expected Loss to be Expensed

As of September 30, 2012



	Net Expected Loss to be Expensed
	In GAAP Reported Income		In Non-GAAP Operating Income
	(in millions)
2012 (October 1 — December 31)	$	25	$	30
Subtotal 2012	25		30
2013	75		110
2014	49		71
2015	38		53
2016	35		47
2017-2021	124		163
2022-2026	66		81
2027-2031	34		57
After 2031	30		59
Total expected PV of net expected loss to be expensed	476		671
Discount	235		311
Total future value	$	711	$	982

The table below provides a reconciliation of the Company’s expected loss to be paid to expected loss to be expensed. See Note 4 of the Financial Statements, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts.

120

Table of Contents

Financial Guaranty Insurance

Reconciliation of Present Value ("PV") of Net Expected Loss to be Paid

and Present Value of Net Expected Loss to be Expensed



	As of September 30, 2012
	GAAP Reported Basis(4)			Non-GAAP Operating Income Basis
	(in millions)
Net expected loss to be paid	$	479		$	398
Contra-paid, net	126			263
Other recoveries(1)	30			30
Salvage and subrogation recoverable, net(2)	377			581
Loss and LAE reserve, net(3)	(536		)	(601		)
Net expected loss to be expensed	$	476		$	671

____________________


(1)	Recorded in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet.


(2)	Represents salvage and subrogation recoverable, net of reinsurance, excluding $6 million related to a legacy life reinsurance transaction as of September 30, 2012.


(3)	Represents loss and LAE reserves, net of reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses, excluding $2 million in reserves for other runoff lines of business as of September 30, 2012.


(4)	The difference between GAAP reported basis and non-GAAP operating income basis relates to FG VIEs.

Net Change in Fair Value of Credit Derivatives

Financial guaranty contracts accounted for as credit derivatives are generally structured such that the circumstances giving rise to the Company’s obligation to make loss payments are similar to those for financial guaranty insurance contracts and only occurs upon one or more defined credit events such as failure to pay or bankruptcy, in each case, as defined within the transaction documents, with respect to one or more third-party referenced securities or loans. Financial guaranty contracts accounted for as credit derivatives are primarily comprised of CDS. In general, the Company structures credit derivative transactions such that the circumstances giving rise to the Company’s obligation to make loss payments are similar to those for financial guaranty insurance contracts but are governed by International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. ("ISDA") documentation. Until the Company ceased selling credit protection through credit derivative contracts in the beginning of 2009, following the issuance of regulatory guidelines that limited the terms under which the credit protection could be sold, management considered these agreements to be a normal part of its financial guaranty business.

These contracts qualify as derivatives under U.S. GAAP, and are reported at fair value, with changes in fair value included in earnings. Fair value is defined as the amount at which an asset or liability could be bought or sold in a current transaction between willing parties. The fair value gain or loss is based on estimated market pricing and may not be an indication of ultimate claims. Changes in the fair value of credit derivatives occur primarily because of changes in interest rates, credit spreads, notional amounts, credit ratings of the referenced entities, expected terms, realized gains (losses) and other settlements, and the issuing company's own credit rating, credit spreads and other market factors. Except for net estimated credit impairments (i.e., net expected payments), the unrealized gains and losses on credit derivatives are expected to reduce to zero as the exposure approaches its maturity date. With considerable volatility continuing in the market, unrealized gains (losses) on credit derivatives may fluctuate significantly in future periods. Expected losses to be paid in respect of contracts accounted for as credit derivatives are included in the discussion above: “—Losses in the insured portfolio.” See also “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Requirements and Sources.”

In the event that the Company is able to terminate and does terminate a credit derivative contract prior to maturity, the resulting gain or loss is realized through net change in fair value of credit derivatives. Changes in the fair value of the Company’s credit derivatives that do not reflect actual or expected claims or credit losses have no impact on the Company’s statutory claims paying resources, rating agency capital or regulatory capital positions.

121

Table of Contents

terms, the underlying change in fair value of each transaction may vary considerably. The fair value of credit derivative contracts also reflects the change in the Company’s own credit cost based on the price to purchase credit protection on AGC and AGM. The Company determines its own credit risk based on quoted CDS prices traded on the Company at each balance sheet date. Generally, a widening of the CDS prices traded on AGC and AGM has an effect of offsetting unrealized losses that result from widening general market credit spreads, while a narrowing of the CDS prices traded on AGC and AGM has an effect of offsetting unrealized gains that result from narrowing general market credit spreads.

There are typically no quoted prices for its instruments or similar instruments as financial guaranty contracts do not typically trade in active markets. Observable inputs other than quoted market prices exist; however, these inputs reflect contracts that do not contain terms and conditions similar to those in the credit derivatives issued by the Company. Therefore, the valuation of the Company’s credit derivative contracts requires the use of models that contain significant, unobservable inputs, and are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. See Note 5 of the Financial Statements, Fair Value Measurement.

The fair value of the Company's credit derivative contracts represents the difference between the present value of remaining net premiums the Company expects to receive or pay for the credit protection under the contract and the estimated present value of premiums that a financial guarantor of comparable credit-worthiness would hypothetically charge or pay the Company for the same protection. The fair value of the Company's credit derivatives depends on a number of factors including notional amount of the contract, expected term, credit spreads, interest rates, the credit ratings of referenced entities, the Company’s own credit risk and remaining contractual cash flows.

Contractual cash flows are based on the CDS contractual terms and are the most readily observable inputs. These cash flows include:

· net premiums received and receivable on written credit derivative contracts,

· net premiums paid and payable on purchased contracts,

· losses paid and payable to credit derivative contract counterparties and

· losses recovered and recoverable on purchased contracts.

These models are primarily developed internally based on market conventions for similar transactions that the Company observed in the past. There has been very limited new issuance activity in this market over the past three years and as of September 30, 2012, market prices for the Company’s credit derivative contracts were generally not available. Inputs to the estimate of fair value include various market indices, credit spreads, the Company’s own credit spread, and estimated contractual payments.

Management considers the non-standard terms of its credit derivative contracts in determining the fair value of these contracts. These terms differ from more standardized credit derivatives sold by companies outside of the financial guaranty industry. The non-standard terms include the absence of collateral support agreements or immediate settlement provisions. In addition, the Company employs relatively high attachment points. Because of these terms and conditions, the fair value of the Company’s credit derivatives may not reflect the same prices observed in an actively traded market of CDS that do not contain terms and conditions similar to those observed in the financial guaranty market. The Company’s models and the related assumptions are continuously reevaluated by management and enhanced, as appropriate, based upon improvements in modeling techniques and availability of more timely and relevant market information. The Company considers R&W claim recoveries in determining the fair value of its CDS contracts.

Valuation models include management estimates and current market information. Management is also required to make assumptions of how the fair value of credit derivative instruments is affected by current market conditions. Management considers factors such as current prices charged for similar agreements when available, performance of underlying assets, life of the instrument and the nature and extent of activity in the financial guaranty credit derivative marketplace. The assumptions that management uses to determine the fair value may change in the future due to market conditions. Due to the inherent uncertainties of the assumptions used in the valuation models to determine the fair value of these credit derivative products, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the differences may be material.

122

Table of Contents

Net Change in Fair Value of Credit Derivatives Gain (Loss)



	Third Quarter						Nine Months
	2012			2011			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Net credit derivative premiums received and receivable	$	33		$	40		$	96		$	148
Net ceding commissions (paid and payable) received and receivable	0			1			0			3
Realized gains on credit derivatives	33			41			96			151
Terminations	—			—			(1		)	(23		)
Net credit derivative losses (paid and payable) recovered and recoverable	(31		)	(41		)	(173		)	(103		)
Total realized gains (losses) and other settlements on credit derivatives	2			0			(78		)	25
Net unrealized gains (losses) on credit derivatives	(38		)	1,156			(388		)	830
Net change in fair value of credit derivatives	$	(36	)	$	1,156		$	(466	)	$	855

Net credit derivative premiums have declined in Third Quarter 2012 compared with Third Quarter 2011 due primarily to the decline in the net par outstanding to $74.7 billion at September 30, 2012 from $90.7 billion at September 30, 2011. In Third Quarter 2012 and Nine Months 2012, CDS contracts totaling $0.3 billion and $1.1 billion in net par were terminated. In Third Quarter 2011 and Nine Months 2011, CDS contracts totaling $1.8 billion and $9.5 billion in net par were terminated. Many of these contracts had carried high rating agency capital charges prior to termination. Because the Company no longer anticipates writing new business using a CDS form of execution, premiums are expected to decline in the foreseeable future.

Net Change in Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Credit Derivatives By Sector



	Third Quarter						Nine Months
Asset Type	2012			2011			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Pooled corporate obligations:
Collateralize loan obligations/Collateralized bond obligations	$	(2	)	$	13		$	5		$	11
Synthetic investment grade pooled corporate	10			1			19			11
Synthetic high yield pooled corporate	9			(2		)	20			(1		)
TruPS CDOs	15			82			18			46
Market value CDOs of corporate obligations	—			6			—			0
Total pooled corporate obligations	32			100			62			67
U.S. RMBS:
Alt-A option ARMs and Alt-A first lien	(63		)	781			(406		)	541
Subprime first lien	(24		)	109			(11		)	18
Prime first lien	9			102			(42		)	90
Closed end second lien and HELOCs	—			8			2			9
Total U.S. RMBS	(78		)	1,000			(457		)	658
Commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”)	—			0			—			10
Other(1)	8			56			7			95
Total	$	(38	)	$	1,156		$	(388	)	$	830

____________________


(1)	“Other” includes all other U.S. and international asset classes, such as commercial receivables, international infrastructure, international RMBS securities, and pooled infrastructure securities.

123

Table of Contents

on historical experience); therefore when the cost of purchasing CDS protection on AGC, which management refers to as the CDS spread on AGC decreased, the implied spreads that the Company would expect to receive on these transactions increased. The cost of AGM's credit protection also decreased during the quarter, but did not lead to significant fair value losses, as the majority of AGM policies continue to price at floor levels.

During Nine Months 2012, the cost to buy protection on AGC's name declined. This led to U.S. RMBS unrealized fair value losses which were generated primarily in the prime first lien, Alt-A and Option ARM RMBS sectors due to wider implied net spreads. These transactions were pricing above their floor levels; therefore when the cost of purchasing CDS protection on AGC decreased, the implied spreads that the Company would expect to receive on these transactions increased. The cost of AGM's credit protection also decreased during Nine Months 2012, but did not lead to significant fair value losses, as the majority of AGM policies continue to price at floor levels.

In Third Quarter 2011, U.S. RMBS change in unrealized fair value were gains generated primarily in the prime first lien, Alt-A, Option ARM and subprime RMBS sectors due to tighter implied net spreads. The tighter implied net spreads were primarily the result of the increased cost to buy protection in AGC's name as the market cost of AGC's credit protection increased significantly. These transactions were pricing above their floor levels; therefore when the cost of purchasing CDS protection on AGC increased, the implied spreads that the Company would expect to receive on these transactions decreased. The cost of AGM's credit protection also increased during the quarter, but did not lead to significant fair value gains, as the majority of AGM policies continue to price at floor levels. Given the current market conditions and the Company's own credit spreads, the majority of our CDS contracts are fair valued using this minimum premium.

The unrealized fair value gains for Nine Months 2011 were primarily driven by tighter implied net spreads in the Alt-A first lien and Option ARMs, and Subprime RMBS sectors. The tighter implied net spreads were a result of the increased cost to buy protection in AGC's name as the market cost of AGC's credit protection increased significantly during the period. As discussed above, these transactions were pricing above their floor levels which decreased the implied spreads that the Company would expect to receive on these transactions. The unrealized gains for Nine Months 2011 in the Option ARM and Alt-A first lien sectors also include an increase in R&W benefits on several credit derivative transactions within these sectors, as a result of a settlement with a CDS counterparty. The cost of AGM's credit protection also increased during Nine Months 2011, but did not lead to significant fair value gains, as the majority of AGM policies continue to price at floor levels.

Five-Year CDS Spread on AGC and AGM



	As of September 30, 2012	As of June 30, 2012	As of December 31, 2011
Quoted price of CDS contract (in basis points):
AGC	780	904	1,140
AGM	638	652	778

Effect of the Company’s Credit Spread Change on

Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Credit Derivatives



	Third Quarter						Nine Months
	2012			2011			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Change in unrealized gains (losses) of credit derivatives:
Before considering implication of the Company’s credit spreads	$	791		$	(542	)	$	649		$	(439	)
Resulting from change in the Company’s credit spreads	(829		)	1,698			(1,037		)	1,269
After considering implication of the Company’s credit spreads	$	(38	)	$	1,156		$	(388	)	$	830

124

Table of Contents

Components of Credit Derivative Assets (Liabilities)



	As of September 30, 2012			As of December 31, 2011
	(in millions)
Credit derivative assets	$	450		$	469
Credit derivative liabilities	(2,151		)	(1,773		)
Net fair value of credit derivatives	$	(1,701	)	$	(1,304	)

Management believes that the trading level of AGC’s and AGM’s credit spreads are due to the correlation between AGC’s and AGM’s risk profile and the current risk profile of the broader financial markets and to increased demand for credit protection against AGC and AGM as the result of its financial guaranty volume, as well as the overall lack of liquidity in the CDS market. Offsetting the benefit attributable to AGC’s and AGM’s credit spread were higher credit spreads in the fixed income security markets. The higher credit spreads in the fixed income security market are due to the lack of liquidity in the high-yield collateralized debt obligation ("CDO"), Trust-Preferred CDO, and collateralized loan obligation ("CLO") markets as well as continuing market concerns over the most recent vintages of subprime RMBS.

Historically, the price of CDS traded on AGC and AGM moves directionally the same as general market spreads. An overall narrowing of spreads generally results in an unrealized gain on credit derivatives for the Company, and an overall widening of spreads generally results in an unrealized loss for the Company. In certain circumstances, due to the fact that spread movements are not perfectly correlated, the narrowing or widening of the price of CDS traded on AGC and AGM can have a more significant financial statement impact than the changes in underlying collateral prices. The following table summarizes the estimated change in fair values on the net balance of the Company’s CDS positions assuming immediate parallel shifts in credit spreads on AGC and AGM and on the risks that they both assume.



	As of September 30, 2012						As of December 31, 2011
Credit Spreads(1)	Estimated Net Fair Value (Pre-tax)			Estimated Change in Gain/(Loss) (Pre-tax)			Estimated Net Fair Value (Pre-tax)			Estimated Change in Gain/(Loss) (Pre-tax)
	(in millions)
100% widening in spreads	$	(3,506	)	$	(1,805	)	$	(2,740	)	$	(1,436	)
50% widening in spreads	(2,603		)	(902		)	(2,024		)	(720		)
25% widening in spreads	(2,152		)	(451		)	(1,666		)	(362		)
10% widening in spreads	(1,881		)	(180		)	(1,451		)	(147		)
Base Scenario	(1,701		)	—			(1,304		)	—
10% narrowing in spreads	(1,553		)	148			(1,189		)	115
25% narrowing in spreads	(1,337		)	364			(1,018		)	286
50% narrowing in spreads	(982		)	719			(741		)	563

____________________


(1)	Includes the effects of spreads on both the underlying asset classes and the Company’s own credit spread.

Provision for Income Tax

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are established for the temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Such temporary differences relate principally to unrealized gains and losses on investments and credit derivatives, FG VIE fair value adjustments, loss and LAE reserve, unearned premium reserve and tax attributes for net operating losses, alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) credits and foreign tax credits. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company had a net deferred income tax asset of $729 million and $804 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2012, the Company has foreign tax credits carried forward of $30 million which expire in 2018 through 2021. As of September 30, 2012, the Company has AMT credits of $32 million which do not expire. Foreign tax credits of $22 million are from its acquisition of Assured Guaranty Municipal Holdings Inc. (“AGMH”) on July 1, 2009 (“AGMH Acquisition”). The Internal Revenue Code limits the amounts of foreign tax credits and AMT credits the Company may utilize each year.

125

Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes and Effective Tax Rates



	Third Quarter						Nine Months
	2012			2011			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes	$	37		$	294		$	1		$	320
Effective tax rate	20.6		%	27.9		%	3.7		%	27.2		%

The Company’s effective tax rates reflect the proportion of income recognized by each of the Company’s operating subsidiaries, with U.S. subsidiaries taxed at the U.S. marginal corporate income tax rate of 35%, United Kingdom (“U.K.”) subsidiaries taxed at the U.K. blended marginal corporate tax rate of 24.5% unless subject to U.S. tax by election or as a U.S. controlled foreign corporation, and no taxes for the Company’s Bermuda holding company and subsidiaries unless subject to U.S tax by election or as a U.S. controlled foreign corporation. For periods subsequent to April 1, 2012, the U.K. corporation tax rate has been reduced to 24%, for the periods April 1, 2011 to April 1, 2012, the U.K. corporation tax rate was 26% resulting in a blended tax rate of 24.5% in 2012 and prior to April 1, 2011, the U.K. corporation rate was 28% resulting in a blended tax rate of 26.5% in 2011. Accordingly, the Company’s overall corporate effective tax rate fluctuates based on the distribution of taxable income across these jurisdictions. Third Quarter 2012 and Third Quarter 2011 had disproportionate income and losses across jurisdictions, offset by tax-exempt interest, and are the primary reasons for the 20.6% and 27.9% effective tax rates, respectively. Nine Months 2012 and Nine Months 2011 had disproportionate losses and income across jurisdictions, offset by tax-exempt interest, and are the primary reasons for the 3.7% and 27.2% effective tax rates, respectively.

Financial Guaranty Variable Interest Entities

Pursuant to GAAP, the Company evaluated its power to direct the significant activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of VIEs that have debt obligations insured by the Company and, accordingly, where the Company is obligated to absorb VIE losses that could potentially be significant to the VIE. As of September 30, 2012. the Company determined that, based on the assessment of its control rights over servicer or collateral manager replacement, given that servicing/managing collateral were deemed to be the VIEs’ most significant activities, 34 VIEs required consolidation, compared to 33 FG VIEs consolidated at December 31, 2011. The following table presents the effects on reported GAAP income resulting from consolidating these FG VIEs and eliminating their related insurance and investment accounting entries and, in total, represents a difference between GAAP reported net income and non-GAAP operating income. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Operating Income” below.

The consolidation of FG VIEs has a significant effect on net income and shareholder’s equity due to (1) changes in fair value gains (losses) on FG VIE assets and liabilities, (2) the eliminations of premiums and losses related to the AGC and AGM insured FG VIE liabilities and (3) the elimination of investment balances related to the Company’s purchase of AGC and AGM insured FG VIE debt. Upon consolidation of a FG VIE, the related insurance and, if applicable, the related investment balances, are considered intercompany transactions and therefore eliminated.

Effect of Consolidating FG VIEs on Net Income (Loss)



	Third Quarter						Nine Months
	2012			2011			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Net earned premiums	$	(17	)	$	(20	)	$	(50	)	$	(57	)
Net investment income	(3		)	(4		)	(9		)	(5		)
Net realized investment gains (losses)	0			7			4			7
Fair value gains (losses) on FG VIEs	38			(99		)	174			(154		)
Loss and LAE	(2		)	38			1			106
Total pretax effect on net income	16			(78		)	120			(103		)
Less: tax provision (benefit)	5			(27		)	42			(36		)
Total effect on net income (loss)	$	11		$	(51	)	$	78		$	(67	)

Fair value gains (losses) on FG VIEs represent the net change in fair value on the consolidated FG VIEs’ assets and liabilities that is reported under GAAP. Management expects the fair value gains and losses to reverse to zero as the contract

126

Table of Contents

approaches maturity, except for net economic payments made by or to AGC and AGM. During Third Quarter 2012, the Company recorded a pre-tax net fair value gain of consolidated FG VIEs of $38 million. While prices appreciated slightly during the period on the Company's FG VIE assets and liabilities, the gain for Third Quarter 2012 was primarily driven by large principal paydowns made on the Company's FG VIE assets. For Nine Months 2012, the Company recorded a pre-tax net fair value gain on consolidated FG VIEs of $174 million. The majority of this gain, $163 million, is a result of a R&W settlement with Deutsche Bank that closed during second quarter 2012. A pre-tax fair value loss of approximately $99 million was recorded on the consolidated FG VIEs during Third Quarter 2011 and was primarily driven by deterioration on several HELOC transactions. During Third Quarter 2011, long term conditional default rates increased on these transactions, which caused the prices for these HELOCs to decline. The prices for the corresponding liability for these transactions remained relatively consistent with the prior quarter. This was also the primary driver of the $154 million pre-tax net unrealized loss in the fair value of consolidated FG VIEs during Nine Months 2011. Nine Months 2011 amount was also driven by the unrealized loss on consolidation of eight new VIEs, as well as two existing transactions in which the fair value of the underlying collateral depreciated, while the price of the wrapped senior bonds was largely unchanged from the prior quarter.

Expected losses to be recovered in respect of consolidated FG VIEs, which were $81 million as September 30, 2012 and $107 million as of December 31, 2011, are included in the discussion of “—Losses in the Insured Portfolio” above.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To reflect the key financial measures management analyzes in evaluating the Company’s operations and progress towards long-term goals, the Company discusses both measures promulgated in accordance with GAAP and measures not promulgated in accordance with GAAP (“non-GAAP financial measures”). Although the financial measures identified as non-GAAP should not be considered substitutes for GAAP measures, management considers them key performance indicators and employs them as well as other factors in determining compensation. Non-GAAP financial measures, therefore, provide investors with important information about the key financial measures management utilizes in measuring its business. The primary limitation of non-GAAP financial measures is the potential lack of comparability to those of other companies, which may define non-GAAP measures differently because there is limited literature with respect to such measures. Three of the primary non-GAAP financial measures analyzed by the Company’s senior management are: operating income, adjusted book value and PVP.

Management and the board of directors utilize non-GAAP financial measures in evaluating the Company’s financial performance and as a basis for determining senior management incentive compensation. By providing these non-GAAP financial measures, investors, analysts and financial news reporters have access to the same information that management reviews internally. In addition, Assured Guaranty’s presentation of non-GAAP financial measures is consistent with how analysts calculate their estimates of Assured Guaranty’s financial results in their research reports on Assured Guaranty and with how investors, analysts and the financial news media evaluate Assured Guaranty’s financial results.

The following paragraphs define each non-GAAP financial measure and describe why it is useful. A reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measure and the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, if available, is also presented below.

127

Table of Contents

Operating Income

Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Operating Income



	Third Quarter						Nine Months
	2012			2011			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Net income (loss)	$	142		$	761		$	36		$	857
Less after-tax adjustments:
Realized gains (losses) on investments	0			(13		)	(5		)	(14		)
Non-credit impairment unrealized fair value gains (losses) on credit derivatives	(37		)	800			(394		)	509
Fair value gains (losses) on CCS	(2		)	2			(8		)	2
Foreign exchange gains (losses) on remeasurement of premiums receivable and loss and LAE reserves	4			(15		)	14			(2		)
Effect of consolidating FG VIEs	11			(51		)	78			(67		)
Operating income	$	166		$	38		$	351		$	429

Effective tax rate	22.5		%	32.4		%	24.2		%	26.2		%

The increase in operating income in Third Quarter 2012 was primarily attributable to higher net earned premiums due to higher refundings, accelerations and terminations, lower losses and a lower effective tax rate on operating income. Loss expense in Third Quarter 2011 was significantly affected by the decline in risk-free rates used to discount losses, whereas risk free rates did not change significantly in Third Quarter 2012. The effective tax rate on operating income was lower in Third Quarter 2012 due to operating income in AGRe for the quarter compared with operating losses in AGRe in Third Quarter 2011.

Operating income for Nine Months 2012 declined due primarily to lower net premiums earned, and higher losses, offset in part by higher gains on commutations of previously ceded business in Nine Months 2012. The decline in net earned premiums is as expected due mainly to the decline in structured finance net par outstanding. Loss expense in the U.S. RMBS sector declined significantly in Nine Months 2012 compared with Nine Months 2011 due in part to the significant effect of declining risk free rates used to discount reserves in Nine Months 2011, which was offset in part by a loss on Greece sovereign exposures in Nine Months 2012.

Management believes that operating income is a useful measure because it clarifies the understanding of the underwriting results of the Company’s financial guaranty insurance business, and also includes financing costs and net investment income, and enables investors and analysts to evaluate the Company’s financial results as compared with the consensus analyst estimates distributed publicly by financial databases. Operating income is defined as net income (loss) attributable to AGL, as reported under GAAP, adjusted for the following:

1) Elimination of the after-tax realized gains (losses) on the Company’s investments, except for gains and losses on securities classified as trading. The timing of realized gains and losses, which depends largely on market credit cycles, can vary considerably across periods. The timing of sales is largely subject to the Company’s discretion and influenced by market opportunities, as well as the Company’s tax and capital profile. Trends in the underlying profitability of the Company’s business can be more clearly identified without the fluctuating effects of these transactions.

2) Elimination of the after-tax non-credit impairment unrealized fair value gains (losses) on credit derivatives, which is the amount in excess of the present value of the expected estimated economic credit losses, and non-economic payments. Such fair value adjustments are heavily affected by, and in part fluctuate with, changes in market interest rates, credit spreads and other market factors and are not expected to result in an economic gain or loss. Additionally, such adjustments present all financial guaranty contracts on a more consistent basis of accounting, whether or not they are subject to derivative accounting rules.

3) Elimination of the after-tax fair value gains (losses) on the Company’s CCS. Such amounts are heavily affected by, and in part fluctuate with, changes in market interest rates, credit spreads and other market factors and are not expected to result in an economic gain or loss.

128

Table of Contents

4) Elimination of the after-tax foreign exchange gains (losses) on remeasurement of net premium receivables and loss and LAE reserves. Long-dated receivables constitute a significant portion of the net premium receivable balance and represent the present value of future contractual or expected collections. Therefore, the current period’s foreign exchange remeasurement gains (losses) are not necessarily indicative of the total foreign exchange gains (losses) that the Company will ultimately recognize.

5) Elimination of the effects of consolidating FG VIEs in order to present all financial guaranty contracts on a more consistent basis of accounting, whether or not GAAP requires consolidation. GAAP requires the Company to consolidate certain VIEs that have issued debt obligations insured by the Company even though the Company does not own such VIEs.

Adjusted Book Value and Operating Shareholders’ Equity

Management also uses adjusted book value to measure the intrinsic value of the Company, excluding franchise value. Growth in adjusted book value is one of the key financial measures used in determining the amount of certain long term compensation to management and employees and used by rating agencies and investors.

Reconciliation of Shareholders’ Equity

to Adjusted Book Value



	As of September 30, 2012						As of December 31, 2011
	Total			Per Share			Total			Per Share
	(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
Shareholders’ equity	$	4,952		$	25.53		$	4,652		$	25.52
Less after-tax adjustments:
Effect of consolidating FG VIEs	(335		)	(1.73		)	(405		)	(2.22		)
Non-credit impairment unrealized fair value gains (losses) on credit derivatives	(901		)	(4.64		)	(498		)	(2.74		)
Fair value gains (losses) on CCS	27			0.14			35			0.19
Unrealized gain (loss) on investment portfolio excluding foreign exchange effect	496			2.56			319			1.75
Operating shareholders’ equity	5,665			29.20			5,201			28.54
After-tax adjustments:
Less: Deferred acquisition costs	169			0.87			174			0.95
Plus: Net present value of estimated net future credit derivative revenue	246			1.27			302			1.66
Plus: Net unearned premium reserve on financial guaranty contracts in excess of expected loss to be expensed	3,392			17.49			3,658			20.07
Adjusted book value	$	9,134		$	47.09		$	8,987		$	49.32

As of September 30, 2012, shareholders’ equity increased to $5.0 billion from December 31, 2011 due primarily to the issuance of common shares, unrealized gains on the investment portfolio and net income, offset in part by share repurchases and dividends. Adjusted book value increased slightly, mainly due to the issuance of common shares, new business and commutations of reassumed business, partially offset by economic loss development. Shares outstanding increased by 11.8 million due primarily to the issuance of 13.4 million common shares, partially offset by the Company's repurchase of 2.1 million common shares in Nine Months 2012.

Management believes that operating shareholders’ equity is a useful measure because it presents the equity of the Company with all financial guaranty contracts accounted for on a more consistent basis and excludes fair value adjustments that are not expected to result in economic loss. Many investors, analysts and financial news reporters use operating shareholders’ equity as the principal financial measure for valuing AGL’s current share price or projected share price and also as the basis of their decision to recommend buying or selling AGL’s common shares. Many of the Company’s fixed income

129

Table of Contents

investors also use operating shareholders’ equity to evaluate the Company’s capital adequacy. Operating shareholders’ equity is the basis of the calculation of adjusted book value (see below). Operating shareholders’ equity is defined as shareholders’ equity attributable to Assured Guaranty Ltd., as reported under GAAP, adjusted for the following:

1) Elimination of the effects of consolidating FG VIEs in order to present all financial guaranty contracts on a more consistent basis of accounting, whether or not GAAP requires consolidation. GAAP requires the Company to consolidate certain VIEs that have issued debt obligations insured by the Company even though the Company does not own such VIEs.

4) Elimination of the after-tax unrealized gains (losses) on the Company’s investments that are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) (excluding foreign exchange remeasurement). The AOCI component of the fair value adjustment on the investment portfolio is not deemed economic because the Company generally holds these investments to maturity and therefore should not recognize an economic gain or loss.

Management believes that adjusted book value is a useful measure because it enables an evaluation of the net present value of the Company’s in-force premiums and revenues in addition to operating shareholders’ equity. The premiums and revenues included in adjusted book value will be earned in future periods, but actual earnings may differ materially from the estimated amounts used in determining current adjusted book value due to changes in foreign exchange rates, prepayment speeds, terminations, credit defaults and other factors. Many investors, analysts and financial news reporters use adjusted book value to evaluate AGL’s share price and as the basis of their decision to recommend, buy or sell the AGL common shares. Adjusted book value is operating shareholders’ equity, as defined above, further adjusted for the following:

1) Elimination of after-tax deferred acquisition costs, net. These amounts represent net deferred expenses that have already been paid or accrued and will be expensed in future accounting periods.

2) Addition of the after-tax net present value of estimated net future credit derivative revenue. See below.

3) Addition of the after-tax value of the unearned premium reserve on financial guaranty contracts in excess of expected loss to be expensed, net of reinsurance. This amount represents the expected future net earned premiums, net of expected losses to be expensed, which are not reflected in GAAP equity.

Net Present Value of Estimated Net Future Credit Derivative Revenue

Management believes that this amount is a useful measure because it enables an evaluation of the value of future estimated credit derivative revenue. There is no corresponding GAAP financial measure. This amount represents the present value of estimated future revenue from the Company’s credit derivative in-force book of business, net of reinsurance, ceding commissions and premium taxes, for contracts without expected economic losses, and is discounted at 6%. Estimated net future credit derivative revenue may change from period to period due to changes in foreign exchange rates, prepayment speeds, terminations, credit defaults or other factors that affect par outstanding or the ultimate maturity of an obligation.

130

Table of Contents

PVP or Present Value of New Business Production

Reconciliation of PVP to Gross Written Premiums



	Third Quarter						Nine Months
	2012			2011			2012		2011
	(in millions)
Total PVP	$	35		$	51		$	141	$	155
Less: Financial guaranty installment premium PVP	5			11			12		36
Total: Financial guaranty upfront gross written premiums	30			40			129		119
Plus: Financial guaranty installment gross written premiums	(5		)	(18		)	15		(92		)
Total gross written premiums	$	25		$	22		$	144	$	27

Management believes that PVP is a useful measure because it enables the evaluation of the value of new business production for the Company by taking into account the value of estimated future installment premiums on all new contracts underwritten in a reporting period as well as premium supplements and additional installment premium on existing contracts as to which the issuer has the right to call the insured obligation but has not exercised such right, whether in insurance or credit derivative contract form, which GAAP gross premiums written and the net credit derivative premiums received and receivable portion of net realized gains and other settlement on credit derivatives (“Credit Derivative Revenues”) do not adequately measure. PVP in respect of financial guaranty contracts written in a specified period is defined as gross upfront and installment premiums received and the present value of gross estimated future installment premiums, in each case, discounted at 6%. For purposes of the PVP calculation, management discounts estimated future installment premiums on insurance contracts at 6%, while under GAAP, these amounts are discounted at a risk free rate. Additionally, under GAAP, management records future installment premiums on financial guaranty insurance contracts covering non-homogeneous pools of assets based on the contractual term of the transaction, whereas for PVP purposes, management records an estimate of the future installment premiums the Company expects to receive, which may be based upon a shorter period of time than the contractual term of the transaction. Actual future net earned or written premiums and Credit Derivative Revenues may differ from PVP due to factors including, but not limited to, changes in foreign exchange rates, prepayment speeds, terminations, credit defaults, or other factors that affect par outstanding or the ultimate maturity of an obligation.

Insured Portfolio

The following tables present the insured portfolio by asset class net of cessions to reinsurers as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. See Note 11 of the Financial Statements, Reinsurance and Other Monoline Exposures, for information related to reinsurers. It includes all financial guaranty contracts outstanding as of the dates presented, regardless of the form written (i.e. credit derivative form or traditional financial guaranty insurance form) or the applicable accounting model (i.e. insurance, derivative or VIE accounting).

131

Table of Contents

Net Par Outstanding and Average Internal Rating by Asset Class

As of September 30, 2012

As of December 31, 2011

Sector

Net Par

Outstanding

Avg.

Rating

Net Par

Outstanding

Avg.

Rating

(dollars in millions)

Public finance:

U.S.:

General obligation

172,985

A+

173,061

A+

Tax backed

76,326

A+

78,006

A+

Municipal utilities

63,023

65,204

Transportation

36,117

35,396

Healthcare

19,080

19,495

Higher education

15,930

A+

15,677

A+

Housing

5,415

AA-

5,696

AA-

Infrastructure finance

4,211

BBB

4,110

BBB

Investor-owned utilities

1,093

A-

1,124

A-

Other public finance—U.S.

4,996

5,304

A-

Total public finance—U.S.

399,176

403,073

A+

Non-U.S.:

Infrastructure finance

15,582

BBB

15,405

BBB

Regulated utilities

12,896

BBB+

13,260

BBB+

Pooled infrastructure

3,184

AA-

3,130

AA-

Other public finance—non-U.S.

7,058

A+

7,251

A+

Total public finance—non-U.S.

38,720

BBB+

39,046

BBB+

Total public finance

437,896

442,119

Structured finance:

U.S.:

Pooled corporate obligations

44,286

AAA

51,520

AAA

RMBS

19,060

BB+

21,567

BB+

CMBS and other commercial real estate related exposures

4,353

AAA

4,774

AAA

Financial products(1)

3,944

AA-

5,217

AA-

Consumer receivables

2,486

BBB+

4,326

AA-

Insurance securitizations

1,790

A+

1,893

A+

Commercial receivables

1,054

BBB+

1,214

BBB

Structured credit

311

CCC+

424

B-

Other structured finance—U.S.

1,220

BBB+

1,299

A-

Total structured finance—U.S.

78,504

AA-

92,234

AA-

Non-U.S.:

Pooled corporate obligations

14,956

AAA

17,731

AAA

Commercial receivables

1,532

A-

1,865

A-

RMBS

1,427

AA-

1,598

Insurance securitizations

923

CCC-

964

CCC-

Structured credit

679

BBB

979

BBB

CMBS and other commercial real estate related exposures

AAA

180

AAA

Other structured finance—non-U.S.

377

Super Senior

378

Super Senior

Total structured finance—non-U.S.

19,993

23,695

Total structured finance

98,497

AA-

115,929

AA-

Total net par outstanding

536,393

A+

558,048

A+

132

Table of Contents

The September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 amounts above include $50.1 billion and $60.7 billion, respectively, of AGM structured finance net par outstanding. AGM has not insured a mortgage-backed transaction since January 2008 and announced its complete withdrawal from the structured finance market in August 2008. The structured finance transactions that remain in AGM’s insured portfolio are of double-A average underlying credit quality, according to the Company’s internal rating system. Management expects AGM’s structured finance portfolio to run-off rapidly: 4% by year-end 2012, 52% by year end 2014, and 70% by year-end 2016.

The following tables set forth the Company’s net financial guaranty portfolio as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 by internal rating:

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Internal Rating



	As of September 30, 2012
	Public Finance U.S.				Public Finance Non-U.S.				Structured Finance U.S				Structured Finance Non-U.S				Total
Rating Category	Net Par Outstanding		%		Net Par Outstanding		%		Net Par Outstanding		%		Net Par Outstanding		%		Net Par Outstanding		%
	(dollars in millions)
Super senior	$	—	—	%	$	1,119	2.9	%	$	13,714	17.5	%	$	4,818	24.1	%	$	19,651	3.7	%
AAA	4,575		1.2		1,392		3.6		30,745		39.2		8,504		42.5		45,216		8.4
AA	131,488		32.9		950		2.4		9,996		12.7		725		3.6		143,159		26.7
A	215,989		54.1		10,281		26.5		4,500		5.7		1,476		7.4		232,246		43.3
BBB	42,353		10.6		22,712		58.7		4,093		5.2		2,594		13.0		71,752		13.4
BIG	4,771		1.2		2,266		5.9		15,456		19.7		1,876		9.4		24,369		4.5
Total net par outstanding	$	399,176	100.0	%	$	38,720	100.0	%	$	78,504	100.0	%	$	19,993	100.0	%	$	536,393	100.0	%



	As of December 31, 2011
	Public Finance U.S.				Public Finance Non-U.S.				Structured Finance U.S				Structured Finance Non-U.S				Total
Rating Category	Net Par Outstanding		%		Net Par Outstanding		%		Net Par Outstanding		%		Net Par Outstanding		%		Net Par Outstanding		%
	(dollars in millions)
Super senior	$	—	—	%	$	1,138	2.9	%	$	16,756	18.2	%	$	5,660	23.9	%	$	23,554	4.2	%
AAA	5,074		1.3		1,381		3.5		35,736		38.7		10,231		43.2		52,422		9.4
AA	139,693		34.6		1,056		2.7		12,575		13.6		976		4.1		154,300		27.7
A	213,164		52.9		11,744		30.1		4,115		4.5		1,518		6.4		230,541		41.3
BBB	40,635		10.1		21,399		54.8		5,044		5.5		3,391		14.3		70,469		12.6
BIG	4,507		1.1		2,328		6.0		18,008		19.5		1,919		8.1		26,762		4.8
Total net par outstanding	$	403,073	100.0	%	$	39,046	100.0	%	$	92,234	100.0	%	$	23,695	100.0	%	$	558,048	100.0	%

Beginning in First Quarter 2012, the Company decided to classify those portions of risks benefiting from reimbursement obligations collateralized by eligible assets held in trust in acceptable reimbursement structures as the higher of 'AA' or their current internal rating. As of Third Quarter 2012, the Company applied this policy to the Bank of America Agreement and the Deutsche Bank Agreement. The Bank of America Agreement was entered into in April 2011 and the reclassification in First Quarter 2012 resulted in a decrease in BIG net par outstanding as of December 31, 2011 of $1,452 million from that previously reported.

Selected European Exposure

Several European countries are experiencing significant economic, fiscal and / or political strains such that the likelihood of default on obligations with a nexus to those countries may be higher than the Company anticipated when such factors did not exist. The Company is closely monitoring its exposures in European countries where it believes heightened uncertainties exist: specifically, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain (the “Selected European Countries”). The Company selected these European countries based on its view that their credit fundamentals are deteriorating, as well as on published reports identifying countries that may be experiencing reduced demand for their sovereign debt in the current environment. See “—Selected European Countries” below for an explanation of the circumstances in each country leading the Company to select that country for further discussion.

133

Table of Contents

Economic Exposure to the Selected European Countries

The Company’s economic exposure to the Selected European Countries (based on par for financial guaranty contracts and notional amount for financial guaranty contracts accounted for as derivatives) is shown in the following tables, both gross and net of ceded reinsurance:

Gross Economic Exposure to Selected European Countries(1)

September 30, 2012



	Greece		Hungary		Ireland		Italy		Portugal		Spain		Total
	(in millions)
Sovereign and sub-sovereign exposure:
Public finance	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1,333	$	130	$	417	$	1,880
Infrastructure finance	—		450		23		344		99		170		1,086
Sub-total	—		450		23		1,677		229		587		2,966
Non-sovereign exposure:
Regulated utilities	—		—		—		248		—		9		257
RMBS	—		229		135		559		—		—		923
Commercial receivables	—		1		18		27		15		18		79
Pooled corporate	26		—		209		246		14		577		1,072
Sub-total	26		230		362		1,080		29		604		2,331
Total	$	26	$	680	$	385	$	2,757	$	258	$	1,191	$	5,297
Total BIG	$	—	$	544	$	8	$	259	$	147	$	571	$	1,529

Net Economic Exposure to Selected European Countries(1)

September 30, 2012



	Greece		Hungary		Ireland		Italy		Portugal		Spain		Total
	(in millions)
Sovereign and sub-sovereign exposure:
Public finance	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	992	$	108	$	260	$	1,360
Infrastructure finance	—		423		23		326		99		167		1,038
Sub-total	—		423		23		1,318		207		427		2,398
Non-sovereign exposure:
Regulated utilities	—		—		—		228		—		9		237
RMBS	—		219		135		491		—		—		845
Commercial receivables	—		1		18		26		14		17		76
Pooled corporate	25		—		187		227		14		527		980
Sub-total	25		220		340		972		28		553		2,138
Total	$	25	$	643	$	363	$	2,290	$	235	$	980	$	4,536
Total BIG	$	—	$	511	$	8	$	242	$	125	$	410	$	1,296

____________________

(1) While the Company’s exposures are shown in U.S. dollars, the obligations the Company insures are in various currencies, including U.S. dollars, Euros and British pounds sterling. Included in both tables above is $135 million of reinsurance assumed on a 2004 - 2006 pool of Irish residential mortgages that is part of the Company’s remaining legacy mortgage reinsurance business. One of the residential mortgage-backed securities included in the table above includes residential mortgages in both Italy and Germany, and only the portion of the transaction equal to the portion of the original mortgage pool in Italian mortgages is shown in the tables.

134

Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2012, the Company has not guaranteed any sovereign bonds of the Selected European Countries. The exposure shown in the “Public Finance Category” is from transactions backed by receivable payments from sub-sovereigns in Italy, Spain and Portugal. The Company understands that Moody's recently had undertaken a review of redenomination risk in selected countries in the Eurozone, including some of the Selected European Countries. No redenomination from the Euro to another currency has yet occurred and it may never occur. Therefore, it is not possible to be certain at this point how a redenomination of an issuer’s obligations might be implemented in the future and, in particular, whether any redenomination would extend to the Company's obligations under a related financial guarantee. At June 30, 2012, the Company had €218 million of net exposure to the sovereign debt of Greece. The Company accelerated claims under its financial guaranties during the quarter, paying off in full its liabilities with respect to the Greek sovereign bonds it guaranteed. At September 30, 2012, the Company no longer had any direct exposure to Greece.

The tables above include the par amount of financial guaranty contracts accounted for as derivatives. The Company’s credit derivative transactions are governed by ISDA documentation, and the Company is required to make a loss payment on them only upon the occurrence of one or more defined credit events with respect to the referenced securities or loans. For those financial guaranty contracts included in the tables above and accounted for as derivatives, the tables below show their fair value, net of reinsurance:

Fair Value Gain (Loss) of Financial Guaranty Contracts Accounted for as Derivatives,

With Exposure to Selected European Countries, Net of Reinsurance

September 30, 2012



	Greece		Hungary			Ireland			Italy			Portugal			Spain
	(in millions)
Sovereign and sub-sovereign exposure:
Public finance	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Infrastructure finance	—		(2		)	(1		)	(3		)	(4		)	(1		)
Total sovereign exposure	—		(2		)	(1		)	(3		)	(4		)	(1		)
Non-sovereign exposure:
Regulated utilities	—		—			—			—			—			—
RMBS	—		(2		)	—			—			—			—
Total non-sovereign exposure	—		(2		)	—			—			—			—
Total	$	—	$	(4	)	$	(1	)	$	(3	)	$	(4	)	$	(1	)

The Company purchases reinsurance in the ordinary course to cover both its financial guaranty insurance and credit derivative exposures. Aside from this type of coverage the Company does not purchase credit default protection to manage the risk in its financial guaranty business. Rather, the Company has reduced its risks by ceding a portion of its business (including its financial guaranty contracts accounted for as derivatives) to third-party reinsurers that are generally required to pay their proportionate share of claims paid by the Company, and the net amounts shown above are net of such third-party reinsurance (reinsurance of financial guaranty contracts accounted for as derivatives is accounted for as a purchased derivative). See Note 11 of the Financial Statement, Reinsurance and Other Monoline Exposure.

Indirect Exposure to Selected European Countries

The Company has included in the exposure tables above its indirect economic exposure to the Selected European Countries through insurance it provides on (a) pooled corporate and (b) commercial receivables transactions. The Company considers economic exposure to a Selected European Country to be indirect when that exposure relates to only a small portion of an insured transaction that otherwise is not related to that Selected European Country.

The Company’s pooled corporate obligations are highly diversified in terms of obligors and, except in the case of TruPS CDOs or transactions backed by perpetual preferred securities (“Perps”), highly diversified in terms of industry. Most pooled corporate obligations are structured to limit exposure to any given obligor and any given non-U.S. country or region. The insured pooled corporate transactions generally benefit from embedded credit enhancement which allows a transaction a certain level of losses in the underlying collateral without causing the Company to pay a claim. Some pooled corporate obligations include investments in companies with a nexus to the Selected European Countries.

The Company’s commercial receivable transactions included in the exposure tables above are rail car lease

135

Table of Contents

transactions and aircraft lease transactions where some of the lessees have a nexus with the Selected European Countries. Like the pooled corporate transactions, the commercial receivable transactions generally benefit from embedded credit enhancement which allows a transaction a certain level of losses in the underlying collateral without causing the Company to pay a claim.

The following table shows the Company’s indirect economic exposure (net of reinsurance) to the Selected European Countries in pooled corporate obligations and commercial receivable transactions. The amount shown in the table is calculated by multiplying the amount insured by the Company (based on par for financial guaranty contracts and notional amount for financial guaranty contracts accounted for as derivatives) times the percent of the relevant collateral pool reported as having a nexus to the Selected European Countries.:

Net Indirect Exposure to Selected European Countries

September 30, 2012



	Greece			Hungary			Ireland			Italy			Portugal			Spain			Total
	(dollars in millions)
Pooled corporate
$ millions	$	25		$	—		$	187		$	227		$	14		$	527		$	980
Average proportion	2.5		%	—		%	2.8		%	2.9		%	1.2		%	4.4		%	3.4		%
Commercial receivables
$ millions	$	—		$	1		$	18		$	26		$	14		$	17		$	76
Average proportion	—		%	4.2		%	8.8		%	3.7		%	2.3		%	2.1		%	3.2		%
Total $ millions	$	25		$	1		$	205		$	253		$	28		$	544		$	1,056

The table above includes, in the Pooled corporate category, exposure from primarily non-U.S. pooled corporate transactions insured by the Company. Many primarily U.S. pooled corporate obligations permit investments of up to 10% or 15% (or occasionally 20%) of the pool in non-U.S. (or non-U.S. or -Canadian) collateral. Given the relatively low level of permitted international investments in these transactions and their generally high current credit quality, they are excluded from the table above.

Selected European Countries

The Company follows and analyzes public information regarding developments in countries to which the Company has exposure, including the Selected European Countries, and utilizes this information to evaluate risks in its financial guaranty portfolio. Because the Company guarantees payments under its financial guaranty contracts, its analysis is focused primarily on the risk of payment defaults by these countries or obligors in these countries. However, dramatic developments with respect to the Selected European Countries would also impact the fair value of insurance contracts accounted for as derivatives and with a nexus to those countries.

On February 27, 2012, the Hellenic Republic of Greece was downgraded by S&P from “CC” to “SD” (selective default). Following the March 9, 2012 conclusion of an exchange of EUR177 billion of Greece’s sovereign debt that is governed by Greek law, the rating agency assigned a “CCC” issue rating to the new bonds. Moody’s had previously downgraded Greece from “Ca” to “C”, which is the lowest rating on Moody’s rating scale. Despite the exchange, which substantially lowered Greece’s debt burden, the country still faces a precarious fiscal position and generally uncertain economic prospects. As of September 30, 2012 the Company no longer had any direct economic exposure to Greece, although it does still have small, indirect exposures as described above under "Indirect Exposure to Selected European Countries".

The worsening domestic and global economic climate, high levels of public debt, limited funding availability and fiscal consolidation measures have had a negative impact on the Republic of Italy's economic growth prospects and credit ratings. The Republic of Italy was downgraded to “BBB+” from “A” by S&P on January 13, 2012 and to “Baa2” from “A3” by Moody’s on July 13, 2012. The September 6, 2012 announcement of a European Central Bank program to purchase unlimited amounts of secondary market debt of euro area sovereigns that apply for a full macroeconomic adjustment or precautionary program from the European Financial Stability Facility/European Stability Mechanism ("EFSF/ESM") has helped in the reduction of Italian sovereign bond yields. The Company’s sovereign exposure to Italy depends on payments by Italian governmental sub-sovereigns in connection with infrastructure financings or for services already rendered. The Company internally rates one of the infrastructure transactions ($242 million net par) below investment grade. The Company’s non-sovereign Italian exposure is to securities backed by Italian residential mortgages or in one case a government-sponsored water utility. The Company is closely monitoring the ability and willingness of these obligors to make timely payments on their

136

Table of Contents

obligations.

The Republic of Hungary, currently rated “BB+” and “Ba1” by S&P and Moody’s, respectively, has been negatively impacted over the past five years by constrained fiscal flexibility and external imbalances, including a current account deficit and large, unhedged foreign currency exposures at the household level (since some households took out mortgages denominated in foreign currencies). In October 2008 Hungary requested and later received financial assistance from the EU and the International Monetary Fund (“IMF”). Hungary again requested financial assistance in November 2011, with a potential financial package currently being negotiated. The Company’s sovereign exposure to Hungarian credits includes infrastructure financings dependent on payments by government agencies. The Company rates one of the infrastructure financings ($386 million net par) below investment grade. The Company is closely monitoring developments with respect to the ability and willingness of these entities to meet their payment obligations. The Company’s non-sovereign exposure to Hungary comprises primarily covered mortgage bonds issued by Hungarian banks. The Company rates the covered bonds of one of the banks ($125 million net par) below investment grade.

The Kingdom of Spain's financial profile and credit ratings have deteriorated over the past few years, partly as a result of large borrowing needs in the context of a challenging funding environment. The weakening of the country's real estate sector has resulted in the deterioration of the banking system's financial profile, in particular that of the savings and loans. The regional finances are also a source of concern, given the fiscal slippage exhibited by some of the regions. The Kingdom of Spain was downgraded by S&P on October 10, 2012 to “BBB-” from “BBB+” and by Moody’s on June 13, 2012 to “Baa3” from “A3”. The September 6, 2012 announcement of a European Central Bank program to purchase unlimited amounts of secondary market debt of euro area sovereigns that apply for a full macroeconomic adjustment or precautionary program from the EFSF/ESM has helped in the reduction of Spanish sovereign bond yields. The Company’s exposure to Spanish credits includes infrastructure financings dependent on payments by sub-sovereigns and government agencies, financings dependent on lease and other payments by sub-sovereigns and government agencies, and an issuance by a regulated utility. The Company rates most ($410 million aggregate net par) of its exposure to sovereign credits in Spain below investment grade with the only material investment grade credit being a regulated utility. The Company is closely monitoring developments with respect to the ability and willingness of these entities to meet their payment obligations.

The Republic of Portugal was downgraded by S&P on January 13, 2012 to “BB” from “BBB-”and to “Ba3” from “Ba2” by Moody’s on February 13, 2012. Over the past three years, the Republic of Portugal’s economy and credit ratings have been adversely affected by fiscal imbalances, high indebtedness and the difficult macroeconomic situation generally facing the countries in the euro area. In order to stabilize its debt position, in April 2011 Portugal requested and subsequently received financial assistance from the EU and the IMF. In return, Portugal agreed to a set of deficit reduction and debt targets. The meeting of these targets will likely represent a significant burden on the Portuguese economy in an environment of decelerating economic activity and volatile bank and sovereign credit markets. Yields on Portuguese sovereign debt have been on a declining trend the last few months. The Company’s exposure to Portuguese credits includes infrastructure financings dependent on payments by sub-sovereigns and government agencies and financings dependent on lease payments by sub-sovereigns and government agencies. The Company rates four of these transactions ($125 million aggregate net par) below investment grade. The Company is closely monitoring developments with respect to the ability and willingness of these entities to meet their payment obligations.

The Republic of Ireland, currently rated “BBB+” and “Ba1” by S&P and Moody’s, respectively, has been adversely affected over the past few years by the weakening global economic environment and the need to provide wide-ranging support to its banking sector, which resulted in a rapid deterioration of the country’s public finances. In November 2010, the Republic of Ireland applied for and subsequently received a financial assistance package from the EU and the IMF. The package included an allocation to support the Irish banking system. Ireland’s fiscal consolidation plan is being implemented in the context of a severe economic contraction and restricted availability of credit. The Company’s exposure to Irish credits includes exposure in a pool of infrastructure financings dependent on payments by a sub-sovereign and mortgage reinsurance on a pool of Irish residential mortgages originated in 2004-2006 left from its legacy mortgage reinsurance business. Only $8 million of the Company’s exposure to Ireland is below investment grade, and it is indirect in non-sovereign pooled corporate transactions.

Identifying Exposure to Selected European Countries

When the Company directly insures an obligation, it assigns the obligation to a geographic location or locations based on its view of the geographic location of the risk. For most exposures this can be a relatively straight-forward determination as, for example, a debt issue supported by availability payments for a toll road in a particular country. The Company may also assign portions of a risk to more than one geographic location as it has, for example, in a residential mortgage backed security backed by residential mortgage loans in both Germany and Italy. The Company may also have exposures to the Selected European Countries in business assumed from other monoline insurance companies. See Note 11 of the Financial Statements,

137

Table of Contents

Reinsurance and Other Monoline Exposures. In the case of assumed business, the Company depends upon geographic information provided by the primary insurer.

The Company also has indirect exposure to the Selected European Countries through structured finance transactions backed by pools of corporate obligations or receivables, such as lease payments, with a nexus to such countries. In most instances, the trustees and/or servicers for such transactions provide reports that identify the domicile of the underlying obligors in the pool (and the Company relies on such reports), although occasionally such information is not available to the Company. The Company has reviewed transactions through which it believes it may have indirect exposure to the Selected European Countries that is material to the transaction and included in the tables above the proportion of the insured par equal to the proportion of obligors so identified as being domiciled in a Selected European Country. The Company may also have indirect exposures to Selected European Countries in business assumed from other monoline insurance companies. However, in the case of assumed business, the primary insurer generally does not provide information to the Company permitting it to geographically allocate the exposure proportionally to the domicile of the underlying obligors.

Significant Risk Management Activities

Surveillance Categories

The Company segregates its insured portfolio into investment grade and BIG surveillance categories to facilitate the appropriate allocation of resources to monitoring and loss mitigation efforts and to aid in establishing the appropriate cycle for periodic review for each exposure. BIG exposures include all exposures with internal credit ratings below BBB-. The Company’s internal credit ratings are based on internal assessments of the likelihood of default and loss severity in the event of default. Internal credit ratings are expressed on a ratings scale similar to that used by the rating agencies and are generally reflective of an approach similar to that employed by the rating agencies.

Credits identified as BIG are subjected to further review to determine the probability of a loss (see “—Results of Operations—Consolidated Results of Operations—Losses in the Insured Portfolio” above). Surveillance personnel then assign each BIG transaction to the appropriate BIG surveillance category based upon whether a lifetime loss is expected and whether a claim has been paid. The Company expects “lifetime losses” on a transaction when the Company believes there is at least a 50% chance that, on a present value basis, it will pay more claims over the life of that transaction than it ultimately will have been reimbursed. For surveillance purposes, the Company calculates present value using a constant discount rate of 5%. (A risk free rate is used for recording of reserves for financial statement purposes.)

Intense monitoring and intervention is employed for all BIG surveillance categories, with internal credit ratings reviewed quarterly. The three BIG categories are:

· BIG Category 1: Below-investment-grade transactions showing sufficient deterioration to make lifetime losses possible, but for which none are currently expected. Transactions on which claims have been paid but are expected to be fully reimbursed (other than investment grade transactions on which only liquidity claims have been paid) are in this category.

· BIG Category 2: Below-investment-grade transactions for which lifetime losses are expected but for which no claims (other than liquidity claims which is a claim that the Company expects to be reimbursed within one year) have yet been paid.

· BIG Category 3: Below-investment-grade transactions for which lifetime losses are expected and on which claims (other than liquidity claims) have been paid. Transactions remain in this category when claims have been paid and only a recoverable remains.

138

Table of Contents

Net Par Outstanding for Below Investment Grade Credits

By Category Below-Investment-Grade Credits



	As of September 30, 2012
	Net Par Outstanding						Number of Risks(2)
Description	Financial Guaranty Insurance(1)		Credit Derivative		Total		Financial Guaranty Insurance(1)	Credit Derivative	Total
	(dollars in millions)
BIG:
Category 1	$	6,943	$	2,212	$	9,155	148	31	179
Category 2	3,233		2,642		5,875		90	30	120
Category 3	7,299		2,040		9,339		136	31	167
Total BIG	$	17,475	$	6,894	$	24,369	374	92	466



	As of December 31, 2011
	Net Par Outstanding						Number of Risks(2)
Description	Financial Guaranty Insurance(1)		Credit Derivative		Total		Financial Guaranty Insurance(1)	Credit Derivative	Total
	(dollars in millions)
BIG:
Category 1	$	8,297	$	3,953	$	12,250	171	40	211
Category 2	3,458		1,523		4,981		71	33	104
Category 3	7,204		2,327		9,531		126	26	152
Total BIG	$	18,959	$	7,803	$	26,762	368	99	467

____________________

(1) Includes net par outstanding of FG VIE.

(2) A risk represents the aggregate of the financial guaranty policies that share the same revenue source for purposes of making Debt Service payments.

Exposure to Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities

The tables below provide information on the risk ratings and certain other risk characteristics of the Company’s financial guaranty insurance and credit derivative RMBS exposures as of September 30, 2012. U.S. RMBS exposures represent 3.6% of the total net par outstanding and BIG U.S. RMBS represent 47% of total BIG net par outstanding. The tables presented provide information with respect to the underlying performance indicators of this book of business. Please refer to Note 4 of the Financial Statements, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts, for a discussion of expected losses to be paid on U.S. RMBS exposures.

Net par outstanding in the following tables are based on values as of September 30, 2012. All performance information such as pool factor, subordination, cumulative losses and delinquency is based on September 30, 2012 information obtained from third parties and/or provided by the trustee and may be subject to restatement or correction.

Pool factor in the following tables is the percentage of the current collateral balance divided by the original collateral balance of the transactions at inception.

Subordination in the following tables represents the sum of subordinate tranches and overcollateralization, expressed as a percentage of total transaction size and does not include any benefit from excess spread collections that may be used to absorb losses. Many of the closed-end-second lien RMBS transactions insured by the Company have unique structures whereby the collateral may be written down for losses without a corresponding write-down of the obligations insured by the Company. Many of these transactions are currently undercollateralized, with the principal amount of collateral being less than the principal amount of the obligation insured by the Company. The Company is not required to pay principal shortfalls until legal maturity (rather than making timely principal payments), and takes the undercollateralization into account when estimating expected losses for these transactions.

139

Table of Contents

Cumulative losses in the following tables are defined as net charge-offs on the underlying loan collateral divided by the original collateral balance.

60+ day delinquencies in the following tables are defined as loans that are greater than 60 days delinquent and all loans that are in foreclosure, bankruptcy or real estate owned divided by current collateral balance.

U.S. Prime First Lien in the tables below includes primarily prime first lien plus an insignificant amount of other miscellaneous RMBS transactions.

Distribution of U.S. RMBS by Internal Rating and Type of Exposure as of September 30, 2012



Ratings:	Prime First Lien		Closed End Second Lien		HELOC		Alt-A First Lien		Option ARM		Subprime First Lien		Total Net Par Outstanding
	(in millions)
AAA	$	5	$	0	$	77	$	265	$	—	$	2,307	$	2,655
AA	119		122		156		489		389		1,543		2,818
A	2		0		252		10		34		843		1,140
BBB	46		—		21		288		111		528		995
BIG	490		863		2,851		3,708		1,219		2,320		11,452
Total exposures	$	663	$	985	$	3,358	$	4,760	$	1,753	$	7,541	$	19,060

Distribution of U.S. RMBS by Year Insured and Type of Exposure as of September 30, 2012



Year insured:	Prime First Lien		Closed End Second Lien		HELOC		Alt-A First Lien		Option ARM		Subprime First Lien		Total Net Par Outstanding
	(in millions)
2004 and prior	$	35	$	1	$	252	$	104	$	39	$	1,417	$	1,848
2005	171		—		763		594		70		222		1,821
2006	109		443		986		391		297		3,125		5,352
2007	348		541		1,356		2,375		1,268		2,682		8,571
2008	—		—		—		1,296		79		95		1,470
Total exposures	$	663	$	985	$	3,358	$	4,760	$	1,753	$	7,541	$	19,060

Distribution of U.S. RMBS by Internal Rating and Year Insured as of September 30, 2012



Year insured:	AAA Rated			AA Rated			A Rated			BBB Rated			BIG Rated			Total
	(dollars in millions)
2004 and prior	$	1,199		$	81		$	56		$	183		$	329		$	1,848
2005	152			213			—			74			1,382			1,821
2006	1,174			1,258			824			191			1,904			5,352
2007	6			1,267			260			468			6,570			8,571
2008	125			—			—			79			1,266			1,470
Total exposures	$	2,655		$	2,818		$	1,140		$	995		$	11,452		$	19,060
% of total	13.9		%	14.8		%	6.0		%	5.2		%	60.1		%	100.0		%

140

Table of Contents

Distribution of Financial Guaranty Direct U.S. RMBS

Insured January 1, 2005 or Later by Exposure Type, Average Pool Factor, Subordination,

Cumulative Losses and 60+ Day Delinquencies as of September 30, 2012

U.S. Prime First Lien



Year insured:	Net Par Outstanding		Pool Factor		Subordination		Cumulative Losses		60+ Day Delinquencies		Number of Transactions
	(dollars in millions)
2005	$	168	33.3	%	4.7	%	2.0	%	12.4	%	6
2006	109		53.3	%	8.7	%	0.3	%	17.5	%	1
2007	348		44.7	%	6.1	%	5.3	%	20.3	%	1
2008	—		—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—
	$	625	43.1	%	6.1	%	3.5	%	17.7	%	8

U.S. Closed End Second Lien



Year insured:	Net Par Outstanding		Pool Factor		Subordination		Cumulative Losses		60+ Day Delinquencies		Number of Transactions
	(dollars in millions)
2005	$	—	—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—
2006	434		12.9	%	—	%	62.4	%	7.6	%	2
2007	541		15.3	%	—	%	68.8	%	8.6	%	10
2008	—		—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—
	$	974	14.2	%	—	%	65.9	%	8.2	%	12

U.S. HELOC



Year insured:	Net Par Outstanding		Pool Factor		Subordination		Cumulative Losses		60+ Day Delinquencies		Number of Transactions
	(dollars in millions)
2005	$	716	15.4	%	2.9	%	16.3	%	12.4	%	6
2006	967		24.4	%	3.2	%	35.6	%	8.4	%	7
2007	1,356		39.0	%	2.9	%	31.3	%	6.3	%	9
2008	—		—	%	—	%	—	%	—	%	—
	$	3,040	28.8	%	3.0	%	29.1	%	8.4	%	22

U.S. Alt-A First Lien



Year insured:	Net Par Outstanding		Pool Factor		Subordination		Cumulative Losses		60+ Day Delinquencies		Number of Transactions
	(dollars in millions)
2005	$	592	30.0	%	8.5	%	6.9	%	18.7	%	21
2006	391		35.9	%	0.0	%	19.3	%	39.5	%	7
2007	2,375		45.0	%	2.1	%	15.1	%	32.2	%	12
2008	1,296		42.2	%	18.9	%	14.7	%	27.3	%	5
	$	4,654	41.6	%	7.4	%	14.3	%	29.7	%	45

141

Table of Contents

U.S. Option ARMs



Year insured:	Net Par Outstanding		Pool Factor		Subordination		Cumulative Losses		60+ Day Delinquencies		Number of Transactions
	(dollars in millions)
2005	$	63	19.2	%	8.4	%	10.9	%	24.9	%	3
2006	291		40.7	%	—	%	19.0	%	46.0	%	5
2007	1,268		44.6	%	1.4	%	19.5	%	38.2	%	11
2008	79		47.0	%	48.2	%	14.4	%	32.6	%	1
	$	1,700	43.1	%	3.6	%	18.9	%	38.8	%	20

U.S. Subprime First Lien



Year insured:	Net Par Outstanding		Pool Factor		Subordination		Cumulative Losses		60+ Day Delinquencies		Number of Transactions
	(dollars in millions)
2005	$	212	37.8	%	25.1	%	6.9	%	34.4	%	4
2006	3,119		20.3	%	61.5	%	18.1	%	35.6	%	4
2007	2,682		46.6	%	16.7	%	22.8	%	44.1	%	13
2008	78		58.9	%	22.3	%	17.3	%	33.5	%	1
	$	6,092	33.0	%	40.0	%	19.8	%	39.3	%	22

Exposures by Reinsurer

Ceded par outstanding represents the portion of insured risk ceded to other reinsurers. Under these relationships, the Company cedes a portion of its insured risk in exchange for a premium paid to the reinsurer. The Company remains primarily liable for all risks it directly underwrites and is required to pay all gross claims. It then seeks reimbursement from the reinsurer for its proportionate share of claims. The Company may be exposed to risk for this exposure if it were required to pay the gross claims and not be able to collect ceded claims from an assuming company experiencing financial distress. A number of the financial guaranty insurers to which the Company has ceded par have experienced financial distress and as a result been downgraded by the rating agencies. In addition, state insurance regulators have intervened with respect to some of these insurers.

Assumed par outstanding represents the amount of par assumed by the Company from other monolines. Under these relationships, the Company assumes a portion of the ceding company’s insured risk in exchange for a premium. The Company may be exposed to risk in this portfolio in that the Company may be required to pay losses without a corresponding premium in circumstances where the ceding company is experiencing financial distress and is unable to pay premiums.

In addition to assumed and ceded reinsurance arrangements, the Company may also have exposure to some financial guaranty reinsurers (i.e. monolines) in other areas. Second-to-pay insured par outstanding represents transactions the Company has insured that were previously insured by other monolines. The Company underwrites such transactions based on the underlying insured obligation without regard to the primary insurer. Another area of exposure is in the investment portfolio where the Company holds fixed maturity securities that are wrapped by monolines and whose value may decline based on the rating of the monoline. At September 30, 2012, based on fair value, the Company had $664 million of fixed maturity securities in its investment portfolio wrapped by National Public Finance Guarantee Corporation, $537 million by Ambac Assurance Corporation ("Ambac") and $36 million by other guarantors.

142

Table of Contents

Exposure by Reinsurer



	Ratings at		Par Outstanding
	November 7, 2012		As of September 30, 2012
Reinsurer	Moody’s Reinsurer Rating	S&P Reinsurer Rating	Ceded Par Outstanding(1)		Second-to- Pay Insured Par Outstanding(7)		Assumed Par Outstanding
	(dollars in millions)
American Overseas Reinsurance Company Limited(2)	WR(3)	WR	$	10,309	$	—	$	24
Tokio	Aa3(4)	AA-(4)	8,748		—		937
Radian(5)	Ba1	B+	5,364		44		1,474
Syncora Guarantee Inc.	Ca	WR	4,092		2,043		165
Mitsui Sumitomo Insurance Co. Ltd.	A1	A+	2,256		—		—
ACA Financial Guaranty Corp.	NR	WR	829		6		1
Swiss Reinsurance Co.	A1	AA-	434		—		—
Ambac	WR	WR	85		7,151		21,231
CIFG Assurance North America Inc.	WR	WR	65		255		5,583
MBIA Inc.	(6)	(6)	—		11,497		8,798
Financial Guaranty Insurance Co.	WR	WR	—		3,336		2,020
Other	Various	Various	1,008		2,064		96
Total			$	33,190	$	26,396	$	40,329

____________________


(1)	Includes $4,198 million in ceded par outstanding related to insured credit derivatives.


(2)	Formerly RAM Reinsurance Company Ltd.


(3)	Represents “Withdrawn Rating.”


(4)	The Company has structural collateral agreements satisfying the triple-A credit requirement of S&P and/or Moody’s.


(5)	The Company entered into an agreement with Radian on January 24, 2012. See “—Key Business Strategies—New Business Development.”


(6)	MBIA Inc. includes various subsidiaries which are rated BBB by S&P and Baa2, B3, WR and NR by Moody’s.


(7)	See table below entitled "Second-to-Pay Insured Par Outstanding by Internal Rating."

143

Table of Contents

Ceded Par Outstanding by Reinsurer and Credit Rating

As of September 30, 2012



	Internal Credit Rating
Reinsurer	Super Senior		AAA		AA		A		BBB		BIG		Total
	(in millions)
American Overseas Reinsurance Company Limited	$	228	$	1,406	$	3,434	$	3,131	$	1,584	$	526	$	10,309
Tokio	313		1,118		1,549		2,752		2,283		733		8,748
Radian	10		306		371		2,447		1,847		383		5,364
Syncora Guarantee Inc.	—		—		246		770		2,424		652		4,092
Mitsui Sumitomo Insurance Co. Ltd.	7		154		745		906		385		59		2,256
ACA Financial Guaranty Corp.	—		—		474		325		30		—		829
Swiss Reinsurance Co.	—		8		6		288		86		46		434
Ambac	—		—		—		85		—		—		85
CIFG Assurance North America Inc.	—		—		—		—		—		65		65
Other	—		—		110		819		79		—		1,008
Total	$	558	$	2,992	$	6,935	$	11,523	$	8,718	$	2,464	$	33,190

In accordance with statutory accounting requirements and U.S. insurance laws and regulations, in order for the Company to receive credit for liabilities ceded to reinsurers domiciled outside of the U.S., such reinsurers must secure their liabilities to the Company. All of the unauthorized reinsurers in the table above post collateral for the benefit of the Company in an amount equal to at least the sum of their ceded unearned premium reserve, loss reserves and contingency reserves all calculated on a statutory basis of accounting. CIFG Assurance North America Inc. and Radian are authorized reinsurers. Their collateral equals or exceeds their ceded statutory loss reserves. Collateral may be in the form of letters of credit or trust accounts. The total collateral posted by all non-affiliated reinsurers as of September 30, 2012 is approximately $1.0 billion.

Second-to-Pay

Insured Par Outstanding by Internal Rating

As of September 30, 2012(1)



	Public Finance										Structured Finance
	AAA		AA		A		BBB		BIG		Super Senior		AAA		AA		A		BBB		BIG		Total
	(in millions)
Radian	$	—	$	—	$	13	$	19	$	12	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	44
Syncora Guarantee Inc.	—		25		386		759		333		—		243		—		5		79		213		2,043
ACA Financial Guaranty Corp.	—		3		—		3		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		6
Ambac	—		1,492		3,458		1,180		324		—		20		57		237		79		304		7,151
CIFG Assurance North America Inc.	—		11		68		131		45		—		—		—		—		—		—		255
MBIA Inc.	68		2,786		4,847		1,851		—		—		—		1,456		48		295		146		11,497
Financial Guaranty Insurance Co.	—		135		957		561		361		439		670		—		156		2		55		3,336
Other	—		—		2,064		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		2,064
Total	$	68	$	4,452	$	11,793	$	4,504	$	1,075	$	439	$	933	$	1,513	$	446	$	455	$	718	$	26,396

____________________


(1)	Assured Guaranty’s internal rating.

144

Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity Requirements and Sources

AGL and its Holding Company Subsidiaries

The liquidity of AGL and its subsidiaries that are intermediate holding companies is largely dependent on its operating results and its access to external financing. Liquidity requirements include the payment of operating expenses, interest on debt of Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. (“AGUS”) and AGMH, and dividends on common shares. AGL and its holding company subsidiaries may also require liquidity to make periodic capital investments in their operating subsidiaries. In the ordinary course of business, the Company evaluates its liquidity needs and capital resources in light of holding company expenses and dividend policy, as well as rating agency considerations. The Company maintains a balance of its most liquid assets including cash and short term securities, Treasuries, agency RMBS and pre-refunded municipal bonds equal to 1.5 times its projected operating company cash flow needs over the next four quarters. The Company also subjects its cash flow projections and its assets to a stress test, maintaining a liquid asset balance of one time its stressed operating company net cash flows. Management believes that AGL will have sufficient liquidity to satisfy its needs over the next twelve months, including the ability to pay dividends on AGL common shares. See “—Insurance Company Regulatory Restrictions” below for a discussion of dividend restrictions. In addition, under the terms of the purchase agreement under which AGMH was acquired, AGM was subject to a dividend restriction until July 1, 2012.

The Company anticipates that for the next twelve months, amounts paid by AGL’s operating subsidiaries as dividends will be a major source of its liquidity. It is possible that in the future, AGL or its subsidiaries may need to seek additional external debt or equity financing in order to meet their obligations. External sources of financing may or may not be available to the Company, and if available, the cost of such financing may not be acceptable to the Company. As of September 30, 2012, AGL had $67 million in cash and short term investments and $157 million in fixed maturity securities with weighted average duration of 0.1 years. AGUS and AGMH had $35 million in cash and short term investments and $44 million in fixed maturity securities with weighted average duration of 3.2 years. See also "Insurance Company Regulatory Restrictions" below.

AGL and Holding Company Subsidiaries

Significant Cash Flow Items



	Nine Months
	2012			2011
	(in millions)
Dividends and return of capital from subsidiaries	$	326		$	99
Proceeds from issuance of common shares	173			—
Dividends paid	(51		)	(25		)
Repurchases of common shares	(24		)	(23		)
Interest paid	(49		)	(53		)
Loans from subsidiaries	173			—
Payment of long-term debt	(173		)	—

In connection with the acquisition of MIAC, in May 2012 AGUS entered into a loan agreement with Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. (“AGRO"), a subsidiary of AG Re, to borrow $90 million in order to fund the purchase price. In addition, AGUS obtained the following funds from its subsidiaries to repurchase $173 million of 8.50% Senior Notes: (1) $83 million was borrowed from Assured Guaranty (Bermuda) Ltd., a subsidiary of AGM, (2) $50 million in dividends from AGMH, which obtained the cash after AGM repaid a portion of its surplus note to AGMH, and (3) $40 million in dividends from AGC.

Insurance Company Subsidiaries

Liquidity of the insurance company subsidiaries is primarily used to pay (1) operating expenses, (2) claims, including payment obligations in respect of credit derivatives, (3) collateral postings in connection with credit derivatives and reinsurance transactions, (4) reinsurance premiums, (5) dividends to AGUS and AGMH for debt service and dividends to AGL, (6) principal paydown on its surplus notes and (7) where appropriate, to make capital investments in their own subsidiaries. Management believes that its subsidiaries’ liquidity needs for the next twelve months can be met from current cash, short-term investments and operating cash flow, including premium collections and coupon payments as well as scheduled maturities and

145

Table of Contents

paydowns from their respective investment portfolios. The Company intends to hold and has the ability to hold temporarily impaired debt securities until the date of anticipated recovery.

Beyond the next twelve months, the ability of the operating subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends may be influenced by a variety of factors, including market conditions, insurance regulations and rating agency capital requirements and general economic conditions.

Insurance policies issued provide, in general, that payments of principal, interest and other amounts insured may not be accelerated by the holder of the obligation. Amounts paid by the Company therefore are typically in accordance with the obligation’s original payment schedule, unless the Company accelerates such payment schedule, at its sole option. CDS may provide for acceleration of amounts due upon the occurrence of certain credit events, subject to single-risk limits specified in the insurance laws of the State of New York (the “New York Insurance Law”). These constraints prohibit or limit acceleration of certain claims according to Article 69 of the New York Insurance Law and serve to reduce the Company’s liquidity requirements.

Payments made in settlement of the Company’s obligations arising from its insured portfolio may, and often do, vary significantly from year-to-year, depending primarily on the frequency and severity of payment defaults and whether the Company chooses to accelerate its payment obligations in order to mitigate future losses.

Claims Paid



	Third Quarter						Nine Months
	2012			2011			2012			2,011
	(in millions)
Claims paid before R&W recoveries, net of reinsurance	$	604		$	263		$	1,106		$	823
R&W recoveries	(95		)	(82		)	(388		)	(984		)
Claims paid, net of reinsurance(1)	$	509		$	181		$	718		$	(161	)

____________________

(1) Includes $18 million and $48 million paid in Third Quarter 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $62 million recovered and $60 million paid for consolidated FG VIEs for Nine Months 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The terms of the Company’s CDS contracts generally are modified from standard CDS contract forms approved by ISDA in order to provide for payments on a scheduled basis and to replicate the terms of a traditional financial guaranty insurance policy. Some contracts the Company enters into as the credit protection seller, however, utilize standard ISDA settlement mechanics of cash settlement (i.e., a process to value the loss of market value of a reference obligation) or physical settlement (i.e., delivery of the reference obligation against payment of principal by the protection seller) in the event of a “credit event,” as defined in the relevant contract. Cash settlement or physical settlement generally requires the payment of a larger amount, prior to the maturity of the reference obligation, than would settlement on a “pay-as-you-go” basis, under which the Company would be required to pay scheduled interest shortfalls during the term of the reference obligation and scheduled principal shortfall only at the final maturity of the reference obligation. The Company’s CDS contracts also generally provide that if events of default or termination events specified in the CDS documentation were to occur, the non-defaulting or the non-affected party, which may be either the Company or the counterparty, depending upon the circumstances, may decide to terminate the CDS contract prior to maturity. The Company may be required to make a termination payment to its swap counterparty upon such termination.

Potential acceleration of claims with respect to CDS obligations occur with funded CDOs and synthetic CDOs, as described below:

· Funded CDOs: The Company has credit exposure to the senior tranches of funded corporate CDOs. The senior tranches are typically rated triple-A at inception. While the majority of these exposures obligate the Company to pay only shortfalls in scheduled interest and principal at final maturity, in a limited number of cases the Company has agreed to physical settlement following a credit event. In these limited circumstances, the Company has adhered to internal limits within applicable statutory single risk constraints. In these transactions, the credit events giving rise to a payment obligation are (a) the bankruptcy of the special purpose issuer or (b) the failure by the issuer to make a scheduled payment of interest or principal pursuant to the referenced senior debt security.

· Synthetic CDOs: In the case of pooled corporate synthetic CDOs, where the Company’s credit exposure was typically set at “super senior” levels at inception, the Company is exposed to credit losses of a synthetic pool of

146

Table of Contents

corporate obligors following the exhaustion of a deductible. In these transactions, losses are typically calculated using ISDA cash settlement mechanics. As a result, the Company’s exposures to the individual corporate obligors within any synthetic transaction are constrained by the New York Insurance Law single risk limits. In these transactions, the credit events giving rise to a payment obligation are generally (a) the reference entity’s bankruptcy; (b) failure by the reference entity to pay its debt obligations; and (c) in certain transactions, the restructuring of the reference entity’s debt obligations. The Company generally would not be required to make a payment until aggregate credit losses exceed the designated deductible threshold and only as each incremental default occurs. Once the deductible is exhausted, each further credit event would give rise to cash settlements.

Pooled Corporate CDS



	As of September 30, 2012				As of December 31, 2011
	Net Par Outstanding		%		Net Par Outstanding		%
	(dollars in millions)
Funded CDOs	$	39,188	75	%	$	43,631	71	%
Synthetic CDOs	13,256		25		17,442		29
Total pooled corporate CDS	$	52,444	100	%	$	61,073	100	%

Insurance Company Regulatory Restrictions

The insurance company subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends depends, among other things, upon their financial condition, results of operations, cash requirements, and compliance with rating agency requirements, and is also subject to restrictions contained in the insurance laws and related regulations of their states of domicile. Dividends paid by a U.S. company to a Bermuda holding company presently are subject to a 30% withholding tax.

Under Maryland’s insurance law, AGC may pay dividends in any twelve-month period in an aggregate amount not exceeding the lesser of (a) 10% of policyholders’ surplus or (b) net investment income at the preceding December 31 (including net investment income that has not already been paid out as dividends for the three calendar years prior to the preceding calendar year) with notice to, but without prior approval of, the Maryland Commissioner of Insurance. As of September 30, 2012, the amount available for distribution from AGC during 2012 with notice to, but without prior approval of, the Maryland Commissioner of Insurance was approximately $92 million. During Nine Months 2012 and 2011, AGC declared and paid $55 million and $20 million, respectively, in dividends to AGUS.

Under the New York Insurance Law, AGM may pay dividends out of earned surplus, provided that, together with all dividends declared or distributed by AGM during the preceding 12 months, the dividends do not exceed the lesser of (a) 10% of policyholders’ surplus as of its last statement filed with the Superintendent of Insurance of the State of New York (the “New York Superintendent”) or (b) adjusted net investment income (net investment income at the preceding December 31 plus net investment income that has not already been paid out as dividends for the three calendar years prior to the preceding calendar year) during this period. Based on AGM’s statutory statements to be filed for Third Quarter 2012, the maximum amount available for payment of dividends by AGM without regulatory approval over the 12 months following September 30, 2012 was approximately $178 million. In connection with Assured Guaranty’s acquisition of AGMH, Assured Guaranty agreed with Dexia that, until July 1, 2012, AGM would not pay dividends in excess of 125% of AGMH’s annual debt service. While this covenant was in effect, it constituted a limitation on AGM’s ability to pay dividends that was more restrictive than the statutory limitation. During Nine Months 2012, AGM declared and paid dividends of $30 million to its parent, AGMH.

The amount available at AG Re to pay dividends or make a distribution of contributed surplus in 2012 in compliance with Bermuda law is approximately $231 million. However, any distribution that results in a reduction of 15% ($192 million as of December 31, 2011) or more of AG Re’s total statutory capital, as set out in its previous years’ financial statements, would require the prior approval of the Bermuda Monetary Authority. Dividends are limited by requirements that the subject company must at all times (i) maintain the minimum solvency margin and the Company’s applicable enhanced capital requirements required under the Insurance Act of 1978 and (ii) have relevant assets in an amount at least equal to 75% of relevant liabilities, both as defined under the Insurance Act of 1978. AG Re, as a Class 3B insurer, is prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year dividends of more than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial year’s statutory balance sheet) unless it files (at least 7 days before payment of such dividends) with the Authority an affidavit stating that it will continue to meet the required margins. During Nine Months 2012, AG Re declared $110 million and paid $111 million, which included $1 million declared in the prior years, and in the same period of 2011 declared and paid $54 million, to its parent, AGL, respectively. As of September 30, 2012, AG Re had unencumbered assets of $197 million, representing assets

147

Table of Contents

not held in trust for the benefit of cedants.

Cash Flows

Cash Flow Summary



	Third Quarter						Nine Months
	2012			2011			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities	$	(385	)	$	(31	)	$	(223	)	$	601
Net cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities	529			313			802			358
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities	(191		)	(275		)	(662		)	(898		)
Effect of exchange rate changes	5			1			1			4
Cash at beginning of period	175			165			215			108
Total cash at the end of the period	$	133		$	173		$	133		$	173

Operating cash flows in Nine Months 2012 and Nine Months 2011 include cash flows from FG VIEs. Claims paid on consolidated FG VIEs are presented in the consolidated cash flow statements as paydowns on FG VIE liabilities in financing activities as opposed to operating activities. Excluding consolidated FG VIEs, the decrease in operating cash flows for Nine Months 2012 compared to Nine Months 2011 were mainly due to the higher loss claim payments in Nine Months 2012, mainly related to Greece bonds, and cash proceeds received from the Bank of America Agreement in Nine Months 2011. Partially offsetting this decrease were cash received on the two commutations in Nine Months 2012 of $190 million compared with $22 million in Nine Months 2011, and lower payments for taxes.

Investing activities were primarily net sales (purchases) of fixed maturity and short-term investment securities. Investing cash flows in Nine Months 2012 and Nine Months 2011 include $407 million inflow and $598 million inflow for FG VIEs, respectively. In addition, in Nine Months 2012, the Company paid $91 million to acquire MIAC and received $51 million from a payment of a note receivable.

Financing activities consisted primarily of paydowns of FG VIE liabilities. Financing cash flows in Nine Months 2012 and Nine Months 2011 include $553 million outflow and $830 million outflow for FG VIEs, respectively.

Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

AGL and its subsidiaries are party to various lease agreements. Future cash payments associated with contractual obligations pursuant to operating leases for office space have not materially changed since December 31, 2011.

Long-Term Debt Obligations

The principal and carrying values of long-term debt issued by AGUS and AGMH were as follows:

148

Table of Contents

Principal and Carrying Amounts of Debt



	As of September 30, 2012				As of December 31, 2011
	Principal		Carrying Value		Principal		Carrying Value
	(in millions)
AGUS:
7.0% Senior Notes	$	200	$	197	$	200	$	197
8.50% Senior Notes	—		—		173		172
Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures	150		150		150		150
Total AGUS	350		347		523		519
AGMH(1):
67/8% QUIBS	100		68		100		67
6.25% Notes	230		137		230		136
5.60% Notes	100		54		100		54
Junior Subordinated Debentures	300		162		300		158
Total AGMH	730		421		730		415
AGM(1):
Notes Payable	66		72		97		104
Total AGM	66		72		97		104
Total	$	1,146	$	840	$	1,350	$	1,038

____________________


(1)	Principal amounts vary from carrying amounts due primarily to acquisition method fair value adjustments at the Acquisition Date, which are accreted or amortized into interest expense over the remaining terms of these obligations.

AGL fully and unconditionally guarantees the 7.0% Senior Notes issued by AGUS. AGL also fully and unconditionally guarantees the following AGMH debt obligations: (1) 6 7/8% Quarterly Income Bonds Securities (“QUIBS”), (2) 6.25% Notes and (3) 5.60% Notes. In addition, AGL guarantees, on a junior subordinated basis, AGUS’s Series A, Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures and the $300 million of AGMH’s outstanding Junior Subordinated Debentures.

Debt Issued by AGUS

7.0% Senior Notes. On May 18, 2004, AGUS issued $200 million of 7.0% senior notes due 2034 (“7.0% Senior Notes”) for net proceeds of $197 million. Although the coupon on the Senior Notes is 7.0%, the effective rate is approximately 6.4%, taking into account the effect of a cash flow hedge executed by the Company in March 2004.

8.5% Senior Notes. On June 24, 2009, AGL issued 3,450,000 equity units for net proceeds of approximately $167 million in a registered public offering. The net proceeds of the offering were used to pay a portion of the consideration for the AGMH Acquisition. Each equity unit consisted of (i) a 5% undivided beneficial ownership interest in $1,000 principal amount of 8.5% senior notes due 2014 issued by AGUS and (ii) a forward purchase contract obligating the holders to purchase $50 of AGL common shares in June 2012. On June 1, 2012, the Company completed the remarketing of the $173 million aggregate principal amount of 8.5% Senior Notes; AGUS purchased all of the Senior Notes in the remarketing at a price of 100% of the principal amount thereof, and retired all of such notes on June 1, 2012. The proceeds from the remarketing were used to satisfy the obligations of the holders of the Equity Units to purchase AGL common shares pursuant to the forward purchase contract. Accordingly, on June 1, 2012, AGL issued 3.8924 common shares to holders of each Equity Unit, which represented a settlement rate of 3.8685 common shares plus certain anti-dilution adjustments, or an aggregate of 13,428,770 common shares at approximately $12.85 per share. The Equity Units ceased to exist when the forward purchase contracts were settled on June 1, 2012.

Series A Enhanced Junior Subordinated Debentures. On December 20, 2006, AGUS issued $150 million of the Debentures due 2066. The Debentures pay a fixed 6.40% rate of interest until December 15, 2016, and thereafter pay a floating rate of interest, reset quarterly, at a rate equal to three month LIBOR plus a margin equal to 2.38%. AGUS may select at one or more times to defer payment of interest for one or more consecutive periods for up to 10 years. Any unpaid interest bears interest at the then applicable rate. AGUS may not defer interest past the maturity date.

149

Table of Contents

Debt Issued by AGMH

6 7/8% QUIBS. On December 19, 2001, AGMH issued $100 million face amount of 6 7/8% QUIBS due December 15, 2101, which are callable without premium or penalty.

6.25% Notes. On November 26, 2002, AGMH issued $230 million face amount of 6.25% Notes due November 1, 2102, which are callable without premium or penalty in whole or in part.

5.60% Notes. On July 31, 2003, AGMH issued $100 million face amount of 5.60% Notes due July 15, 2103, which are callable without premium or penalty in whole or in part.

Junior Subordinated Debentures. On November 22, 2006, AGMH issued $300 million face amount of Junior Subordinated Debentures with a scheduled maturity date of December 15, 2036 and a final repayment date of December 15, 2066. The final repayment date of December 15, 2066 may be automatically extended up to four times in five-year increments provided certain conditions are met. The debentures are redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time prior to December 15, 2036 at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption or, if greater, the make-whole redemption price. Interest on the debentures will accrue from November 22, 2006 to December 15, 2036 at the annual rate of 6.40%. If any amount of the debentures remains outstanding after December 15, 2036, then the principal amount of the outstanding debentures will bear interest at a floating interest rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus 2.215% until repaid. AGMH may elect at one or more times to defer payment of interest on the debentures for one or more consecutive interest periods that do not exceed 10 years. In connection with the completion of this offering, AGMH entered into a replacement capital covenant for the benefit of persons that buy, hold or sell a specified series of AGMH long-term indebtedness ranking senior to the debentures. Under the covenant, the debentures will not be repaid, redeemed, repurchased or defeased by AGMH or any of its subsidiaries on or before the date that is 20 years prior to the final repayment date, except to the extent that AGMH has received proceeds from the sale of replacement capital securities. The proceeds from this offering were used to pay a dividend to the shareholders of AGMH.

Debt Issued by AGM

Notes Payable represent debt, issued by special purpose entities consolidated by AGM, to the former AGMH subsidiaries that conducted AGMH’s Financial Products Business (the “Financial Products Companies”) transferred to Dexia Holdings prior to the AGMH Acquisition. The funds borrowed were used to finance the purchase of the underlying obligations of AGM-insured obligations which had breached triggers allowing AGM to exercise its right to accelerate payment of a claim in order to mitigate loss. The assets purchased are classified as assets acquired in refinancing transactions and recorded in “other invested assets.” The term of the notes payable matches the terms of the assets.

Recourse Credit Facilities

2009 Strip Coverage Facility

150

Table of Contents

below double-A. Upon such downgrade, the tax-exempt entity is generally obligated to find a replacement credit enhancer within a specified period of time; failure to find a replacement could result in a lease default, and failure to cure the default within a specified period of time could lead to an early termination of the lease and a demand by the lessor for a termination payment from the tax-exempt entity. However, even in the event of an early termination of the lease, there would not necessarily be an automatic draw on AGM’s policy, as this would only occur to the extent the tax-exempt entity does not make the required termination payment.

American International Group, Inc. ("AIG") is one entity that has acted as equity payment undertaker in a number of transactions in which AGM acted as strip coverage provider. AIG was downgraded in the third quarter of 2008 and AGM was downgraded by Moody’s in the fourth quarter of 2008. As a result of those downgrades, as of September 30, 2012, 45 leveraged lease transactions in which AGM acts as strip coverage provider were breaching either a ratings trigger related to AIG or a ratings trigger related to AGM. For such 45 leveraged lease transactions, if early termination of the leases were to occur and the tax-exempt entities do not make the required early termination payments, then AGM would be exposed to possible liquidity claims on gross exposure of approximately $981 million as of September 30, 2012. S&P’s downgrade of AGM to AA- in November 2011 did not have an additional impact on the transactions. However, if AGM were downgraded to A+ by S&P or A1 by Moody’s, as of September 30, 2012, another 26 leveraged lease transactions in which AGM acts as strip coverage provider would be affected. For such 26 leveraged lease transactions, if early termination of the leases were to occur and the tax exempt entities do not make the required early termination payments, then AGM would be exposed to possible liquidity claims on gross exposure of an additional approximately $992 million as of September 30, 2012. To date, none of the leveraged lease transactions that involve AGM has experienced an early termination due to a lease default and a claim on the AGM guaranty. It is difficult to determine the probability that the Company will have to pay strip provider claims or the likely aggregate amount of such claims. At September 30, 2012, approximately $607 million of cumulative strip par exposure had been terminated on a consensual basis. The consensual terminations have resulted in no claims on AGM.

On July 1, 2009, AGM and Dexia Crédit Local S.A. (“DCL”), acting through its New York Branch (“Dexia Crédit Local (NY)”), entered into a credit facility (the “Strip Coverage Facility”). Under the Strip Coverage Facility, Dexia Crédit Local (NY) agreed to make loans to AGM to finance all draws made by lessors on AGM strip policies that were outstanding as of November 13, 2008, up to the commitment amount. The commitment amount of the Strip Coverage Facility was $1 billion at closing of the AGMH Acquisition but is scheduled to amortize over time. As of September 30, 2012, the maximum commitment amount of the Strip Coverage Facility has amortized to $969 million. It may also be reduced in 2014 to $750 million, if AGM does not have a specified consolidated net worth at that time.

exempt entity, or from asset sale proceeds—following its payment of strip policy claims. The Strip Coverage Facility will terminate upon the earliest to occur of an AGM change of control, the reduction of the commitment amount to $0, and January 31, 2042.

As of September 30, 2012, no amounts were outstanding under this facility, nor have there been any borrowings during the life of this facility.

Limited-Recourse Credit Facilities

AG Re Credit Facility

151

Table of Contents

Facility expires in June 2014. The facility can be utilized after AG Re has incurred, during the term of the facility, cumulative municipal losses (net of any recoveries) in excess of the greater of $260 million or the average annual debt service of the covered portfolio multiplied by 4.5%. The obligation to repay loans under this agreement is a limited recourse obligation payable solely from, and collateralized by, a pledge of recoveries realized on defaulted insured obligations in the covered portfolio, including certain installment premiums and other collateral.

As of September 30, 2012, no amounts were outstanding under this facility nor have there been any borrowings during the life of this facility.

Letters of Credit

Committed Capital Securities

The AGC CCS Securities

Each of the Custodial Trusts is a special purpose Delaware statutory trust formed for the purpose of (a) issuing a series of flex AGC CCS Securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Custodial Trust; (b) investing the proceeds from the issuance of the AGC CCS Securities or any redemption in full of AGC Preferred Stock in a portfolio of high-grade commercial paper and (in limited cases) U.S. Treasury Securities (the “Eligible Assets”), and (c) entering into the Put Agreement and related agreements. The Custodial Trusts are not consolidated in Assured Guaranty’s financial statements.

Income distributions on the AGC CCS Securities were equal to an annualized rate of one-month LIBOR plus 110 basis points for all periods ending on or prior to April 8, 2008. For periods after that date, distributions on the AGC CCS Securities are determined pursuant to an auction process. On April 7, 2008 this auction process failed, thereby increasing the annualized rate on the AGC CCS Securities to one-month LIBOR plus 250 basis points. When a Custodial Trust holds Eligible Assets, the relevant distribution period is 28 days; when a Custodial Trust holds AGC Preferred Stock, however, the distribution period is 49 days.

Put Agreements. Pursuant to the Put Agreements, AGC pays a monthly put premium to each Custodial Trust except during any periods when the relevant Custodial Trust holds the AGC Preferred Stock that has been put to it or upon termination of the Put Agreement. This put premium equals the product of:

· the applicable distribution rate on the AGC CCS Securities for the relevant period less the excess of (a) the Custodial Trust’s stated return on the Eligible Assets for the period (expressed as an annual rate) over (b) the expenses of the Custodial Trust for the period (expressed as an annual rate);

· the aggregate face amount of the AGC CCS Securities of the Custodial Trust outstanding on the date the put premium is calculated; and

· the number of days in the distribution period divided by 360.

Upon AGC’s exercise of its put option, the relevant Custodial Trust will liquidate its portfolio of Eligible Assets and purchase the AGC Preferred Stock. The Custodial Trust will then hold the AGC Preferred Stock until the earlier of the redemption of the AGC Preferred Stock and the liquidation or dissolution of the Custodial Trust.

The Put Agreements have no scheduled termination date or maturity. However, each Put Agreement will terminate if (subject to certain grace periods) (1) AGC fails to pay the put premium as required, (2) AGC elects to have the AGC Preferred Stock bear a fixed rate dividend (a “Fixed Rate Distribution Event”), (3) AGC fails to pay dividends on the AGC Preferred Stock, or the Custodial Trust’s fees and expenses for the related period, (4) AGC fails to pay the redemption price of the AGC Preferred Stock, (5) the face amount of a Custodial Trust’s CCS Securities is less than $20 million, (6) AGC terminates the Put Agreement, or (7) a decree of judicial dissolution of the Custodial Trust is entered. If, as a result of AGC’s failure to pay the put

152

Table of Contents

premium, the Custodial Trust is liquidated, AGC will be required to pay a termination payment, which will in turn be distributed to the holders of the AGC CCS Securities. The termination payment will be at a rate equal to 1.10% per annum of the amount invested in Eligible Assets calculated from the date of the failure to pay the put premium through the end of the applicable period. As of September 30, 2012 the put option had not been exercised.

AGC Preferred Stock. The dividend rate on the AGC Preferred Stock is determined pursuant to the same auction process applicable to distributions on the AGC CCS Securities. However, if a Fixed Rate Distribution Event occurs, the distribution rate on the AGC Preferred Stock will be the fixed rate equivalent of one-month LIBOR plus 2.50%. For these purposes, a “Fixed Rate Distribution Event” will occur when AGC Preferred Stock is outstanding, if (subject to certain grace periods): (1) AGC elects to have the AGC Preferred Stock bear dividends at a fixed rate, (2) AGC does not pay dividends on the AGC Preferred Stock for the related distribution period or (3) AGC does pay the fees and expenses of the Custodial Trust for the related distribution period. During the period in which AGC Preferred Stock is held by a Custodial Trust and unless a Fixed Rate Distribution Event has occurred, dividends will be paid every 49 days. Following a Fixed Rate Distribution Event, dividends will be paid every 90 days.

Unless redeemed by AGC, the AGC Preferred Stock will be perpetual. Following exercise of the put option during any Flexed Rate Period, AGC may redeem the AGC Preferred Stock held by a Custodial Trust in whole and not in part on any distribution payment date by paying the Custodial Trust the liquidation preference amount of the AGC Preferred Stock plus any accrued but unpaid dividends for the then current distribution period. If AGC redeems the AGC Preferred Stock held by a Custodial Trust, the Custodial Trust will reinvest the redemption proceeds in Eligible Assets and AGC will pay the put premium to the Custodial Trust. If the AGC Preferred Stock was distributed to holders of AGC CCS Securities during any Flexed Rate Period then AGC may not redeem the AGC Preferred Stock until the end of the period.

Following exercise of the put option, AGC Preferred Stock held by a Custodial Trust in whole or in part on any distribution payment date by paying the Custodial Trust the liquidation preference amount of the AGC Preferred Stock to be redeemed plus any accrued but unpaid dividends for the then current distribution period. If AGC partially redeems the AGC Preferred Stock held by a Custodial Trust, the redemption proceeds will be distributed pro rata to the holders of the CCS Securities (with a corresponding reduction in the aggregate face amount of AGC CCS Securities). However, AGC must redeem all of the AGC Preferred Stock if, after giving effect to a partial redemption, the aggregate liquidation preference amount of the AGC Preferred Stock held by the Custodial Trust immediately following such redemption would be less than $20 million. If a Fixed Rate Distribution Event occurs, AGC may not redeem the AGC Preferred Stock for two years from the date of the Fixed Rate Distribution Event.

The AGM CPS Securities

In June 2003, $200.0 million of AGM CPS Securities, money market preferred trust securities, were issued by trusts created for the primary purpose of issuing the AGM CPS Securities, investing the proceeds in high-quality commercial paper and selling put options to AGM, allowing AGM to issue the trusts non-cumulative redeemable perpetual preferred stock (the “AGM Preferred Stock”) of AGM in exchange for cash. There are four trusts, each with an initial aggregate face amount of $50 million. These trusts hold auctions every 28 days, at which time investors submit bid orders to purchase AGM CPS Securities. If AGM were to exercise a put option, the applicable trust would transfer the portion of the proceeds attributable to principal received upon maturity of its assets, net of expenses, to AGM in exchange for AGM Preferred Stock. AGM pays a floating put premium to the trusts, which represents the difference between the commercial paper yield and the winning auction rate (plus all fees and expenses of the trust). If an auction does not attract sufficient clearing bids, however, the auction rate is subject to a maximum rate of one-month LIBOR plus 200 basis points for the next succeeding distribution period. Beginning in August 2007, the AGM CPS Securities required the maximum rate for each of the relevant trusts. AGM continues to have the ability to exercise its put option and cause the related trusts to purchase AGM Preferred Stock. The trusts provide AGM access to new capital at its sole discretion through the exercise of the put options. The Company does not consider itself to be the primary beneficiary of the trusts. As of September 30, 2012 the put option had not been exercised.

Investment Portfolio

The Company’s principal objectives in managing its investment portfolio are to preserve the highest possible ratings for each operating company; to manage investment risk within the context of the underlying portfolio of insurance risk; to maintain sufficient liquidity to cover unexpected stress in the insurance portfolio; and to maximize after-tax net investment income.

153

Table of Contents

Fixed Maturity Securities and Short-Term Investments

The Company’s fixed maturity securities and short-term investments had a duration of 4.6 years as of September 30, 2012 and 4.7 years as of December 31, 2011. Generally, the Company’s fixed maturity securities are designated as available-for-sale. Fixed maturity securities designated as available for sale are reported at their fair value, and the change in fair value is reported as part of AOCI except for the credit component of the unrealized loss for securities deemed to be OTTI. If management believes the decline in fair value is “other-than-temporary,” the Company writes down the carrying value of the investment and records a realized loss in the consolidated statements of operations for an amount equal to the credit component of the unrealized loss. For additional information, see Note 8 of the Financial Statements, Investments.

Fair value of fixed maturity securities is based upon market prices provided by either independent pricing services or, when such prices are not available, by reference to broker or underwriter bid indications. The Company’s fixed maturity and short term portfolio is primarily invested in publicly traded securities. For more information about the Investment Portfolio and a detailed description of the Company’s valuation of investments see Note 8 of the Financial Statements, Investments.

Fixed Maturity Securities and Short Term Investments

by Security Type



	As of September 30, 2012
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gain		Gross Unrealized Loss			Estimated Fair Value
	(in millions)
Fixed maturity securities:
U.S. government and agencies	$	743	$	66	$	—		$	809
Obligations of state and political subdivisions(1)	5,213		501		0			5,714
Corporate securities	947		83		0			1,030
Mortgage-backed securities(2):
RMBS	1,393		76		(85		)	1,384
CMBS	475		39		0			514
Asset-backed securities	532		42		(13		)	561
Foreign government securities	286		20		0			306
Total fixed maturity securities	9,589		827		(98		)	10,318
Short-term investments	564		0		0			564
Total fixed maturity and short-term investments	$	10,153	$	827	$	(98	)	$	10,882

154

Table of Contents



	As of December 31, 2011
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gain		Gross Unrealized Loss			Estimated Fair Value
	(in millions)
Fixed maturity securities:
U.S. government and agencies	$	850	$	72	$	0		$	922
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	5,097		359		(1		)	5,455
Corporate securities	989		52		(2		)	1,039
Mortgage-backed securities(1):
RMBS	1,454		64		(90		)	1,428
CMBS	476		24		0			500
Asset-backed securities	439		38		(19		)	458
Foreign government securities	333		13		(6		)	340
Total fixed maturity securities	9,638		622		(118		)	10,142
Short-term investments	734		—		—			734
Total fixed maturity and short-term investments	$	10,372	$	622	$	(118	)	$	10,876

____________________


(1)	Government-agency obligations were approximately 62% of mortgage backed securities as of September 30, 2012 and 66% as of December 31, 2011, based on fair value.

The following tables summarize, for all fixed maturity securities in an unrealized loss position as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the aggregate fair value and gross unrealized loss by length of time the amounts have continuously been in an unrealized loss position.

Fixed Maturity Securities

Gross Unrealized Loss by Length of Time



	As of September 30, 2012
	Less than 12 months					12 months or more					Total
	Fair Value		Unrealized Loss			Fair Value		Unrealized Loss			Fair Value		Unrealized Loss
	(dollars in millions)
U.S. government and agencies	$	—	$	—		$	—	$	—		$	—	$	—
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	22		0			—		—			22		0
Corporate securities	16		0			—		—			16		0
Mortgage-backed securities:
RMBS	156		(47		)	95		(38		)	251		(85		)
CMBS	2		0			—		—			2		0
Asset-backed securities	20		(2		)	33		(11		)	53		(13		)
Foreign government securities	2		0			—		—			2		0
Total	$	218	$	(49	)	$	128	$	(49	)	$	346	$	(98	)
Number of securities			39					16					55
Number of securities with OTTI			6					6					12

155

Table of Contents



	As of December 31, 2011
	Less than 12 months					12 months or more					Total
	Fair Value		Unrealized Loss			Fair Value		Unrealized Loss			Fair Value		Unrealized Loss
	(dollars in millions)
U.S. government and agencies	$	4	$	0		$	—	$	—		$	4	$	0
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	17		0			21		(1		)	38		(1		)
Corporate securities	80		(2		)	3		—			83		(2		)
Mortgage-backed securities:											—		—
RMBS	187		(68		)	36		(22		)	223		(90		)
CMBS	3		0			—		—			3		0
Asset-backed securities	—		—			26		(19		)	26		(19		)
Foreign government securities	141		(6		)	—		—			141		(6		)
Total	$	432	$	(76	)	$	86	$	(42	)	$	518	$	(118	)
Number of securities			56					20					76
Number of securities with OTTI			6					4					10

Of the securities in an unrealized loss position for 12 months or more as of September 30, 2012, nine securities had an unrealized loss greater than 10% of book value. The total unrealized loss for these securities as of September 30, 2012 was $49 million. The Company has determined that the unrealized losses recorded as of September 30, 2012 are yield related and not the result of other-than-temporary impairments.

Changes in interest rates affect the value of the Company’s fixed maturity portfolio. As interest rates fall, the fair value of fixed maturity securities increases and as interest rates rise, the fair value of fixed maturity securities decreases. The Company’s portfolio of fixed maturity securities consists primarily of high-quality, liquid instruments. The Company continues to receive sufficient information to value its investments and has not had to modify its approach due to the current market conditions.

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of the Company’s available-for-sale fixed maturity securities, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

Distribution of Fixed Maturity Securities by Contractual Maturity



	As of September 30, 2012
	Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value
	(in millions)
Due within one year	$	379	$	382
Due after one year through five years	1,442		1,525
Due after five years through 10 years	2,305		2,550
Due after 10 years	3,595		3,963
Mortgage-backed securities:
RMBS	1,393		1,384
CMBS	475		514
Total	$	9,589	$	10,318

The following table summarizes the ratings distributions of the Company’s investment portfolio as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Ratings reflect the lower of the Moody’s and S&P classifications, except for bonds purchased for loss mitigation or risk management strategies, which use Assured Guaranty’s internal ratings classifications.

156

Table of Contents

Distribution of Fixed Maturity Securities by Rating



Rating	As of September 30, 2012		As of December 31, 2011
AAA	18.8	%	19.0	%
AA	61.4		62.6
A	14.4		14.5
BBB	0.4		—
BIG(1)	5.0		1.6
Not rated	—		2.3
Total	100.0	%	100.0	%

____________________


(1)	Includes securities purchased or obtained as part of loss mitigation or other risk management strategies of $1,150 million in par with carrying value of $518 million or 5.0% of fixed maturity securities as of September 30, 2012 and of $924 million in par with carrying value of $378 million or 3.7% of fixed maturity securities as of December 31, 2011.

As of September 30, 2012, the Company’s investment portfolio contained 32 securities that were not rated or rated BIG which primarily relate to the Company's loss mitigation efforts, compared to 30 securities as of December 31, 2011. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the weighted average credit quality of the Company’s entire investment portfolio was AA.

The Company purchased securities that it has insured, and for which it has expected losses, in order to mitigate the economic effect of insured losses. These securities were purchased at a discount and are accounted for excluding the effects of the Company’s insurance on the securities. As of September 30, 2012, securities purchased for loss mitigation purposes, excluding securities issued by consolidated FG VIEs, had a fair value of $314 million representing $863 million of par.

Under the terms of certain credit derivative contracts, the Company has obtained the obligations referenced in the transactions and recorded such assets in fixed maturity securities in the consolidated balance sheets. Such amounts totaled $194 million, representing $220 million in par.

As of September 30, 2012, $1,237 million of the Company’s fixed maturity securities were guaranteed by third parties. The following table presents the fair value of securities with third-party guaranties by underlying credit rating.



Rating(1)	As of September 30, 2012
	(in millions)
AA	$	705
A	523
BIG	9
Total	$	1,237

____________________

(1)Ratings are lower of Moody’s and S&P.

157

Table of Contents

Distribution by Third-Party Guarantor



Guarantor	As of September 30, 2012
	(in millions)
National Public Finance Guarantee Corporation	$	664
Ambac	537
CIFG Assurance North America Inc.	21
Financial Guaranty Insurance Co.	6
Berkshire Hathaway Assurance Corporation	6
Syncora Guarantee Inc.	3
Total	$	1,237

Short-term investments include securities with maturity dates equal to or less than one year at the time of purchase. The Company’s short-term investments consist of money market funds, discount notes and certain time deposits for foreign cash portfolios. Short-term investments are reported at fair value.

Under agreements with its cedants and in accordance with statutory requirements, the Company maintains fixed maturity securities in trust accounts for the benefit of reinsured companies, which amounted to $412 million and $380 million as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. In addition, to fulfill state licensing requirements the Company has placed on deposit eligible securities of $27 million and $24 million as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, for the protection of the policyholders. To provide collateral for a letter of credit, the Company holds a fixed maturity investment in a segregated account which amounted to $4 million as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. In connection with an excess of loss reinsurance facility, $22 million of short-term security has been deposited into a trust for the benefit of the reinsurers.

Under certain derivative contracts, the Company is required to post eligible securities as collateral. The need to post collateral under these transactions is generally based on mark-to-market valuations in excess of contractual thresholds. The fair market value of the Company’s pledged securities totaled $687 million and $780 million as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

Other Invested Assets

Assets Acquired in Refinancing Transactions

The Company has rights under certain of its financial guaranty insurance policies and indentures that allow it to accelerate the insured notes and pay claims under its insurance policies upon the occurrence of predefined events of default. To mitigate financial guaranty insurance losses, the Company elected to purchase certain outstanding insured obligation or its underlying collateral, primarily franchise loans. Generally, refinancing vehicles reimburse AGM in whole for its claims payments in exchange for assignments of certain of AGM’s rights against the trusts. The refinancing vehicles obtained their funds from the proceeds of AGM-insured guaranteed investment contracts (“GICs”), issued in the ordinary course of business by the Financial Products Companies (See “—Liquidity Arrangements with respect to AGMH’s former Financial Products Business—The GIC Business” below). The refinancing vehicles are consolidated with the Company.

Investment in Portfolio Funding Company LLC I

In the third quarter of 2010, as part of loss mitigation efforts under a CDS contract insured by the Company, the Company acquired a 50% interest in Portfolio Funding Company LLC I (“PFC”). PFC owns the distribution rights of a motion picture film library. The Company accounts for its interest in PFC as an equity investment. The Company’s equity earnings in PFC are included in net change in fair value of credit derivatives, as any proceeds from the investment are used to offset the Company’s payments under its CDS contract. During Nine Months 2012, the Company received $51 million from a payment of notes receivable from PFC.

Liquidity Arrangements with respect to AGMH’s former Financial Products Business

AGMH’s former financial products segment had been in the business of borrowing funds through the issuance of GICs

158

Table of Contents

and medium term notes and reinvesting the proceeds in investments that met AGMH’s investment criteria. The financial products business also included the equity payment undertaking agreement portion of the leveraged lease business, as described further below in “—Strip Coverage Facility for the Leveraged Lease Business.”

The GIC Business

Until November 2008, AGMH issued, through its financial products business, AGM-insured GICs to municipalities and other market participants. The GICs were issued through AGMH’s non-insurance subsidiaries (the “GIC Issuers”) FSA Capital Management Services LLC, FSA Capital Markets Services LLC and FSA Capital Markets Services (Caymans) Ltd. In return for an initial payment, each GIC entitles its holder to receive the return of the holder’s invested principal plus interest at a specified rate, and to withdraw principal from the GIC as permitted by its terms. AGM insures the GIC Issuer’s payment obligations on all GICs issued by the applicable GIC Issuer.

The proceeds of GICs issued by the GIC Issuers were loaned to AGMH’s former subsidiary FSAM pursuant to certain intercompany financing agreements between the GIC Issuers and FSAM (the “Intercompany Financings”). FSAM in turn invested these funds in fixed-income obligations (primarily residential mortgage-backed securities, but also short-term investments, securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government sponsored agencies, taxable municipal bonds, securities issued by utilities, infrastructure-related securities, collateralized debt obligations, other asset-backed securities and foreign currency denominated securities) that satisfied AGM’s investment criteria (the “FSAM assets”). The terms governing FSAM’s repayment of GIC proceeds to the GIC Issuers under the Intercompany Financings were intended to match the payment terms under the related GIC. FSAM historically depended in large part on operating cash flow from interest and principal payments on the FSAM assets to provide sufficient liquidity to pay the GICs on a timely basis. FSAM also sought to manage the financial products business liquidity risk through the maintenance of liquid collateral and liquidity agreements. During the course of 2008, AGMH’s former financial products business developed significant liquidity shortfalls as a result of a number of factors, including (i) greater-than-anticipated GIC withdrawals and terminations due, for the most part, to redemptions caused by events of default under collateralized debt obligations backed by asset-backed securities and under-collateralized loan obligations; (ii) slower-than-anticipated amortization of residential mortgage-backed securities, which comprised most of the portfolio of FSAM assets; (iii) redemption/collateralization requirements triggered by the downgrade of AGM’s financial strength ratings; and (iv) a significant decline in market value of certain of the FSAM assets due to a general market dislocation, leading to many of the FSAM assets becoming illiquid.

Prior to the completion of the AGMH Acquisition, AGMH sold its ownership interest in the GIC Issuers and FSAM to Dexia Holdings. Even though AGMH no longer owns the GIC Issuers or FSAM, AGM’s guarantees of the GICs remain in place, and must remain in place until each GIC is terminated.

In connection with the AGMH Acquisition and as further described below, Dexia SA, Dexia Holdings’ ultimate parent, and certain of its affiliates have entered into a number of agreements pursuant to which they have guaranteed certain amounts, agreed to lend certain amounts or post liquid collateral, and agreed to provide hedges against interest rate risk to or in respect of AGMH’s former financial products business, including the GIC business. The purpose of these agreements is to mitigate the credit, interest rate and liquidity risks described above that are primarily associated with the GIC business and the related AGM guarantees. These agreements include a guaranty jointly and severally issued by Dexia SA and DCL to AGM that guarantees the payment obligations of AGM under its policies related to the GIC business, and an indemnification agreement between AGM, Dexia SA and DCL that protects AGM from other losses arising out of or as a result of the GIC business, as well as the liquidity facilities and the swap agreements described below.

On June 30, 2009, to support the payment obligations of FSAM and the GIC Issuers, each of Dexia SA and DCL entered into two separate ISDA Master Agreements, each with its associated schedule, confirmation and credit support annex (the “Guaranteed Put Contract” and the “Non-Guaranteed Put Contract” respectively, and collectively, the “Dexia Put Contracts”), the economic effect of which is that Dexia SA and DCL jointly and severally guarantee the scheduled payments of interest and principal in relation to each FSAM asset, as well as any failure of Dexia to provide liquidity or liquid collateral under the committed liquidity lending facilities provided by Dexia affiliates. The Dexia Put Contracts referenced separate portfolios of FSAM assets to which assets owned by FSAM as of September 30, 2008 were allocated, with the less-liquid assets and the assets with the lowest mark-to-market values generally being allocated to the Guaranteed Put Contract.

On May 27, 2011, Dexia issued a press release announcing the acceleration of its asset divestment program as part of the financial restructuring of its group. Since such announcement, through December 31, 2011, Dexia has exercised its par call option under the Guaranteed Put Contract, over time, with respect to all of the FSAM assets covered thereby and transferred to FSAM an amount of cash equal to the par value of such assets. As a result, the credit, interest rate and liquidity protection provided by the Guaranteed Put Contract effectively terminated when the last FSAM asset covered thereby was sold.

159

Table of Contents

Separately, pursuant to the Non-Guaranteed Put Contract, FSAM may put an amount of FSAM assets to Dexia SA and DCL:

· in exchange for funds in an amount generally equal to the lesser of:

(a) the outstanding principal balance of the GICs and

(b) the shortfall related to (i) the failure of a Dexia party to provide liquidity or collateral as required under the committed liquidity lending facilities provided by Dexia affiliates, as described below (a “Liquidity Default Trigger”), or (ii) the failure by either Dexia SA or DCL to transfer the required amount of eligible collateral under the credit support annex of the Non-Guaranteed Put Contract (a “Collateral Default Trigger”);

· in exchange for funds in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of an FSAM asset with respect to which any of the following events have occurred (an “Asset Default Trigger”):

(a) the issuer of such FSAM asset fails to pay the full amount of the expected interest when due or to pay the full amount of the expected principal when due (following expiration of any grace period) or within five business days following the scheduled due date,

(b) a writedown or applied loss results in a reduction of the outstanding principal amount, or

(c) the attribution of a principal deficiency or realized loss results in a reduction or subordination of the current interest payable on such FSAM asset;

provided, that Dexia SA and DCL have the right to elect to pay only the difference between the amount of the expected principal or interest payment and the amount of the actual principal or interest payment, in each case, as such amounts come due, rather than paying an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of applicable FSAM asset; and/or

· in exchange for funds in an amount equal to the lesser of:

(a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all FSAM assets and

(b) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all of the GICs, upon the occurrence of an insolvency event with respect to Dexia SA as set forth in the Non-Guaranteed Put Contract (a “Bankruptcy Trigger”).

To secure the Non-Guaranteed Put Contract, Dexia SA and DCL will, pursuant to the credit support annex thereto, post eligible highly liquid collateral having an aggregate value (subject to agreed reductions) equal to at least the excess of (i) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding GICs over (ii) the aggregate mark-to-market value of FSAM’s assets. The agreed-to reductions applicable to the value of FSAM assets range from 98% to 82% percent for obligations backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, sovereign obligations of the United Kingdom, Germany, the Netherlands, France or Belgium, obligations guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and for mortgage securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. sponsored agencies, and range from 75% to 0% for the other FSAM assets.

As of September 30, 2012, the aggregate accreted GIC balance was approximately $3.9 billion. As of the same date, with respect to the FSAM assets covered by the Non-Guaranteed Put Contract, the aggregate accreted principal balance was approximately $5.7 billion, the aggregate market value was approximately $5.6 billion and the aggregate market value after agreed reductions was approximately $4.4 billion. Cash and net derivative value constituted another $0.1 billion of assets. Accordingly, as of September 30, 2012, the aggregate fair value (after agreed reductions) of the assets supporting the GIC business exceeded the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding GICs and certain other business and hedging costs of the GIC business. Therefore, no posting of collateral was required under the credit support annex applicable to the Non-Guaranteed Put Contract. Under the terms of that credit support annex, the collateral posting is recalculated on a weekly basis according to the formula set forth in the credit support annex, and a collateral posting is required whenever the collateralization levels tested by the formula are not satisfied, subject to a threshold of up to $5 million.

To provide additional support to the GIC Issuers’ ability to pay their GIC obligations when due, Dexia affiliates have agreed to assume the risk of loss and support the payment obligations of the GIC Subsidiaries in respect of the GICs and the

160

Table of Contents

GIC business by providing liquidity commitments to lend against the FSAM assets. The term of the commitments will generally extend until the GICs have been paid in full. The liquidity commitments comprise (i) an amended and restated revolving credit agreement (the “Liquidity Facility”) pursuant to which DCL and Belfius (formerly Dexia Bank Belgium SA prior to its sale by Dexia to the Belgian state in October 2011) commit to provide funds to FSAM in an amount up to $8.0 billion, which was further amended on June 15, 2012 reducing the aggregate facility size down from $8.0 billion to $4.7 billion and further reduced to $1.5 billion as of September 30, 2012 as a result of GIC amortization (approximately $1.6 billion of which was outstanding as of September 30, 2012), and (ii) a master repurchase agreement (the “Repurchase Facility Agreement” and, together with the Liquidity Facility, the “Guaranteed Liquidity Facilities”) pursuant to which DCL will provide up to $3.5 billion of funds in exchange for the transfer by FSAM to DCL of FSAM securities that are not eligible to satisfy collateralization obligations of the GIC Issuers under the GICs. As of September 30, 2012, no amounts were outstanding under the Repurchase Facility Agreement. The failure of the Dexia affiliates to perform on the Guaranteed Liquidity Facilities will trigger Dexia SA’s and DCL’s obligations to purchase FSAM assets under the Non-Guaranteed Put Contract, as described above.

Despite the execution of the Non-Guaranteed Put Contract and the Guaranteed Liquidity Facilities, and the significant portion of FSAM assets comprised of highly liquid securities backed by the full faith and credit of the United States (as of September 30, 2012 approximately 34.6% of the FSAM Assets (measured by aggregate principal balance) was in cash or were obligations backed by the full faith and credit of the United States), AGM remains subject to the risk that Dexia may not make payments or securities available (i) on a timely basis, which is referred to as “liquidity risk,” or (ii) at all, which is referred to as “credit risk,” because of the risk of default. Even if Dexia has sufficient assets to pay all amounts when due, concerns regarding Dexia’s financial condition or willingness to comply with their obligations could cause one or more rating agencies to view negatively the ability or willingness of Dexia and its affiliates to perform under their various agreements and could negatively affect AGM’s ratings.

If Dexia or its affiliates do not fulfill the contractual obligations, the Financial Products Companies may not have the financial ability to pay upon the withdrawal of GIC funds or post collateral or make other payments in respect of the GICs, thereby resulting in claims upon the AGM financial guaranty insurance policies. If AGM is required to pay a claim due to a failure of the GIC Subsidiaries to pay amounts in respect of the GICs, AGM is subject to the risk that the GICs will not be paid from funds received from Dexia before it is required to make payment under its financial guaranty policies or that it will not receive the guaranty payment at all.

One situation in which AGM may be required to pay claims in respect of AGMH’s former financial products business if Dexia and its affiliates do not comply with their obligations is if AGM is downgraded. Most of the GICs insured by AGM allow for the withdrawal of GIC funds in the event of a downgrade of AGM, unless the relevant GIC Issuer posts collateral or otherwise enhances its credit. Most GICs insured by AGM allow for the termination of the GIC contract and a withdrawal of GIC funds at the option of the GIC holder in the event of a downgrade of AGM below a specified threshold, generally below A- by S&P or A3 by Moody’s, with no right of the GIC Issuer to avoid such withdrawal by posting collateral or otherwise enhancing its credit. Each GIC contract stipulates the thresholds below which the GIC provider must post eligible collateral along with the types of securities eligible for posting and the collateralization percentage applicable to each security type. These collateralization percentages range from 100% of the GIC balance for cash posted as collateral to, typically, 108% for asset-backed securities. At September 30, 2012, a downgrade of AGM to below AA- by S&P and Aa3 by Moody’s (i.e., A+ by S&P and A1 by Moody’s) would result in withdrawal of $358 million of GIC funds and the need to post collateral on GICs with a balance of $2.9 billion. In the event of such a downgrade, assuming an average margin of 105%, the market value as of September 30, 2012 that the GIC Issuers would be required to post in order to avoid withdrawal of any GIC funds would be $3.1 billion.

The Medium Term Notes Business

In connection with the AGMH Acquisition, DCL agreed to fund, on behalf of AGM and Assured Guaranty (Bermuda) Ltd., 100% of all policy claims made under financial guaranty insurance policies issued by AGM and Assured Guaranty (Bermuda) in relation to the medium term notes issuance program of FSA Global Funding Limited. Such agreement is set out in a Separation Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2009, between DCL, AGM, Assured Guaranty (Bermuda), FSA Global Funding and Premier International Funding Co., and in a funding guaranty and a reimbursement guaranty that DCL issued for the benefit of AGM and Assured Guaranty (Bermuda). Under the funding guaranty, DCL guarantees to pay to or on behalf of AGM or Assured Guaranty (Bermuda) amounts equal to the payments required to be made under policies issued by AGM or Assured Guaranty (Bermuda) relating to the medium term notes business. Under the reimbursement guaranty, DCL guarantees to pay reimbursement amounts to AGM or Assured Guaranty (Bermuda) for payments they make following a claim for payment under an obligation insured by a policy they have issued. Notwithstanding DCL’s obligation to fund 100% of all policy claims under those policies, AGM and Assured Guaranty (Bermuda) have a separate obligation to remit to DCL a certain

161

Table of Contents

percentage (ranging from 0% to 25%) of those policy claims. AGM, the Company and related parties are also protected against losses arising out of or as a result of the medium term note business through an indemnification agreement with DCL.

Strip Coverage Facility for the Leveraged Lease Business

Under the Strip Coverage Facility entered into in connection with the AGMH Acquisition, Dexia Credit Local (NY) agreed to make loans to AGM to finance all draws made by lessors on certain AGM strip policies, as described further under “Commitments and Contingencies—Recourse Credit Facilities—2009 Strip Coverage Facility” under this Liquidity and Capital Resources section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. AGM may request advances under the Strip Coverage Facility without any explicit limit on the number of loan requests, provided that the aggregate principal amount of loans outstanding as of any date may not initially exceed the commitment amount. The commitment amount:

(a) may be reduced at the option of AGM without a premium or penalty; and

(b) will be reduced in the amounts and on the dates described in the Strip Coverage Facility either in connection with the scheduled amortization of the commitment amount or to $750 million if AGM’s consolidated net worth as of June 30, 2014 is less than a specified consolidated net worth.

As of September 30, 2012, the maximum commitment amount of the Strip Coverage Facility has amortized to $969 million.

As of September 30, 2012, no advances were outstanding under the Strip Coverage Facility.

Dexia Crédit Local (NY)’s commitment to make advances under the Strip Coverage Facility is subject to the satisfaction by AGM of customary conditions precedent, including compliance with certain financial covenants,

and will terminate at the earliest of (i) the occurrence of a change of control with respect to AGM, (ii) the reduction of the Commitment Amount to $0 and (iii) January 31, 2042.


ITEM 3.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for an updated sensitivity analysis for credit derivatives and expected losses on contracts accounted for as insurance. There were no material changes in market risk since December 31, 2011.


ITEM 4.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Assured Guaranty’s management, with the participation of AGL’s President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a 15(e) and 15d 15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”)) that are effective in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, information required to be disclosed by AGL in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act and ensuring that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

Management of the Company, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of September 30, 2012. Based on their evaluation as of September 30, 2012 covered by this Form 10-Q, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting during the Company’s quarter ended September 30, 2012, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

PART II.Other Information


ITEM 1.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Lawsuits arise in the ordinary course of the Company’s business. It is the opinion of the Company’s management,

162

Table of Contents

based upon the information available, that the expected outcome of litigation against the Company, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or liquidity, although an adverse resolution of litigation against the Company in a fiscal quarter or year could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations in a particular quarter or year. In addition, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries assert claims in legal proceedings against third parties to recover losses paid in prior periods. For example, as described in Note 4 of the Financial Statements, “Recovery Litigation,” as of the date of this filing, AGC and AGM have filed complaints against certain sponsors and underwriters of RMBS securities that AGC or AGM had insured, alleging, among other claims, that such persons had breached representations and warranties (“R&W”) in the transaction documents, failed to cure or repurchase defective loans and/or violated state securities laws. The amounts, if any, the Company will recover in proceedings to recover losses are uncertain, and recoveries, or failure to obtain recoveries, in any one or more of these proceedings during any quarter or year could be material to the Company’s results of operations in that particular fiscal quarter or year.

Proceedings Relating to the Company’s Financial Guaranty Business

The Company receives subpoenas duces tecum and interrogatories from regulators from time to time.

163

Table of Contents

In September 2010, AGM, among others, was named as a defendant in an interpleader complaint filed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trust administrator, in the United States District Court, Southern District of New York. The interpleader complaint relates to the MASTR Adjustable Rate Mortgages Trust 2006-OA2, Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-OA2 RMBS transaction, in which AGM had insured certain classes of certificates. Certain holders of uninsured certificates have disputed payments made by the trust administrator to reimburse AGM for claims it had paid under its financial guaranty policy, and the trust administrator sought adjudication of the priority of AGM’s reimbursements. On March 29, 2011, the court granted a motion for judgment on the pleadings and ruled that, pursuant to the waterfall, AGM is only entitled to receive funds that would otherwise have been distributed to the holders of the classes that AGM insures, and that AGM receive such funds at the respective steps in the waterfall that immediately follow the steps at which such certificate holders would otherwise have received such funds. The court further ordered AGM to repay to the MARM 2006-OA2 trust the approximately $7 million that had been credited to it by Wells Fargo. On December 13, 2011, the court entered judgment substantially in conformance with its March 29, 2011 decision. AGM appealed the judgment, and in July 2012, the judge granted AGM’s motion that the judgment be stayed pending the appeal. AGM has paid approximately $146 million in claims on this transaction and estimates that, as a result of this adverse decision, if and to the extent it is not modified, such amount will not be reimbursed. Such amount does not include the repayment of the $7 million credit.

Proceedings Related to AGMH’s Former Financial Products Business

The following is a description of legal proceedings involving AGMH’s former Financial Products Business. Although the Company did not acquire AGMH’s former Financial Products Business, which included AGMH’s former GIC business, medium term notes business and portions of the leveraged lease businesses, certain legal proceedings relating to those businesses are against entities that the Company did acquire. While Dexia SA and DCL, jointly and severally, have agreed to indemnify the Company against liability arising out of the proceedings described below in this “—Proceedings Related to AGMH’s Former Financial Products Business” section, such indemnification might not be sufficient to fully hold the Company harmless against any injunctive relief or civil or criminal sanction that is imposed against AGMH or its subsidiaries.

164

Table of Contents

Governmental Investigations into Former Financial Products Business

· AGMH received a subpoena from the Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice in November 2006 issued in connection with an ongoing criminal investigation of bid rigging of awards of municipal GICs and other municipal derivatives;

· AGM received a subpoena from the SEC in November 2006 related to an ongoing industry-wide investigation concerning the bidding of municipal GICs and other municipal derivatives; and

· AGMH received a “Wells Notice” from the staff of the Philadelphia Regional Office of the SEC in February 2008 relating to the investigation concerning the bidding of municipal GICs and other municipal derivatives. The Wells Notice indicates that the SEC staff is considering recommending that the SEC authorize the staff to bring a civil injunctive action and/or institute administrative proceedings against AGMH, alleging violations of Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 thereunder and Section 17(a) of the Securities Act.

Lawsuits Relating to Former Financial Products Business

Four of the cases named AGMH (but not AGM) and also alleged that the defendants violated California state antitrust law and common law by engaging in illegal bid-rigging and market allocation, thereby depriving the cities or municipalities of competition in the awarding of GICs and ultimately resulting in the cities paying higher fees for these products: (f) City of Oakland, California v. AIG Financial Products Corp.; (g) County of Alameda, California v. AIG Financial Products Corp.; (h) City of Fresno, California v. AIG Financial Products Corp.; and (i) Fresno County Financing Authority v. AIG Financial Products Corp. When the four plaintiffs filed a consolidated complaint in September 2009, the plaintiffs did not name AGMH as a defendant. However, the complaint does describe some of AGMH’s and AGM’s activities. The consolidated complaint generally seeks unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys’ fees and other costs. In April 2010, the MDL 1950 court granted in part and denied in part the named defendants’ motions to dismiss this consolidated complaint.

In 2008, AGMH and AGM also were named in five non-class action lawsuits originally filed in the California Superior

165

Table of Contents

Courts alleging violations of California law related to the municipal derivatives industry: (a) City of Los Angeles, California v. Bank of America, N.A.; (b) City of Stockton, California v. Bank of America, N.A.; (c) County of San Diego, California v. Bank of America, N.A.; (d) County of San Mateo, California v. Bank of America, N.A.; and (e) County of Contra Costa, California v. Bank of America, N.A. Amended complaints in these actions were filed in September 2009, adding a federal antitrust claim and naming AGM (but not AGMH) and AGUS, among other defendants. These cases have been transferred to the Southern District of New York and consolidated with MDL 1950 for pretrial proceedings.

In May 2010, AGM and AGUS, among other defendants, were named in five additional non-class action cases filed in federal court in California: (a) City of Richmond, California v. Bank of America, N.A. (filed on May 18, 2010, N.D. California); (b) City of Redwood City, California v. Bank of America, N.A. (filed on May 18, 2010, N.D. California); (c) Redevelopment Agency of the City and County of San Francisco, California v. Bank of America, N.A. (filed on May 21, 2010, N.D. California); (d) East Bay Municipal Utility District, California v. Bank of America, N.A. (filed on May 18, 2010, N.D. California) ; and (e) City of San Jose and the San Jose Redevelopment Agency, California v. Bank of America, N.A (filed on May 18, 2010, N.D. California). These cases have also been transferred to the Southern District of New York and consolidated with MDL 1950 for pretrial proceedings. In September 2010, AGM and AGUS, among other defendants, were named in a sixth additional non-class action filed in federal court in New York, but which alleges violation of New York’s Donnelly Act in addition to federal antitrust law: Active Retirement Community, Inc. d/b/a Jefferson’s Ferry v. Bank of America, N.A. (filed on September 21, 2010, E.D. New York), which has also been transferred to the Southern District of New York and consolidated with MDL 1950 for pretrial proceedings. In December 2010, AGM and AGUS, among other defendants, were named in a seventh additional non-class action filed in federal court in the Central District of California, Los Angeles Unified School District v. Bank of America, N.A., and in an eighth additional non-class action filed in federal court in the Southern District of New York, Kendal on Hudson, Inc. v. Bank of America, N.A. These cases also have been consolidated with MDL 1950 for pretrial proceedings. The complaints in these lawsuits generally seek unspecified monetary damages, interest, attorneys’ fees, costs and other expenses. The Company cannot reasonably estimate the possible loss, if any, or range of loss that may arise from these lawsuits.


ITEM 1A.	RISK FACTORS

The following information, which could materially affect the Company’s business, financial condition or future results, contains material updates and/or additions to the risk factors set forth in Part I, “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, and Part II, “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012, and should be

166

Table of Contents

considered carefully and read in conjunction with the information set forth in such Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and in the Company’s other filings with the SEC. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones the Company faces. Additional risks not presently known to the Company or that it currently deems immaterial may also impair its business or results of operations. Any of the risks described below could result in a significant or material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

Changes in or inability to comply with applicable law could adversely affect the Company’s ability to do business.

The Company’s businesses are subject to direct and indirect regulation under state insurance laws, federal securities, commodities and tax laws affecting public finance and asset backed obligations, and federal regulation of derivatives, as well as applicable laws in the other countries in which the Company operates. Future legislative, regulatory, judicial or other legal changes in the jurisdictions in which the Company does business may adversely affect its ability to pursue its current mix of business, thereby materially impacting its financial results by, among other things, limiting the types of risks it may insure, lowering applicable single or aggregate risk limits, increasing required reserves or capital, increasing the level of supervision or regulation to which the Company’s operations may be subject, imposing restrictions that make the Company’s products less attractive to potential buyers, lowering the profitability of the Company’s business activities, requiring the Company to change certain of its business practices and exposing it to additional costs (including increased compliance costs).

In particular, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) signed into law on July 21, 2010 could result in requirements for the Company to maintain capital and/or post margin with respect to any future derivative transactions and possibly maintain capital on its existing insured derivatives portfolio. If such requirements apply, the Company likely will forgo transactions in the future that are deemed swap or security-based swap transactions. Earlier in 2012, SEC and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) released final rules indicating that the Company's existing insured derivatives portfolio should be included in tests used to determine if the Company or its affiliates will be deemed to be “swap dealers” or “major swap participants” (“MSPs”) under the Dodd-Frank Act, even though such portfolio is in run-off. The SEC and the CFTC have also released final rules defining the terms “swap,” “security-based swap,” and “mixed swap,” an important step in finalizing the regulatory framework applicable to derivatives activities. Although the Company is still assessing its status under these rules, it believes it is likely to be required to register as an MSP. MSP designation and registration would likely expose the Company to increased compliance costs. The magnitude of related capital requirements resulting from designation and registration, and the extent to which such requirements would apply to the Company's legacy insured derivatives portfolio, will depend on the release of final rules by the SEC and CFTC, which has not yet occurred. As discussed in the risk factor entitled “Risks Related to the Company's Capital and Liquidity Requirements —The Company may require additional capital from time to time, including from soft capital and liquidity credit facilities, which may not be available or may be available only on unfavorable terms” in the Company's 2011 Form 10-K, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain, or obtain on favorable terms, additional capital that may be required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Financial Stability Oversight Council ("FSOC") is charged with identifying certain non-bank financial companies to be subject to supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Although the Company is unlikely to be so designated based on its size, the FSOC also considers other factors, such as an entity's interconnectedness with other financial institutions, which could raise the Company's profile in this context. In a parallel international process, the International Association of Insurance Supervisors published a proposed assessment methodology for identifying global systematically important insurers which explicitly identified financial guaranty insurance as an activity that poses increased systemic risk relative to more traditional insurance activities.

In addition, a Federal Insurance Office (“FIO”) has been established to develop federal policy relating to insurance matters. The FIO is conducting a study for submission to the U.S. Congress on how to modernize and improve insurance regulation in the U.S. Moreover, various federal regulatory agencies have proposed and adopted additional regulations in furtherance of the Dodd-Frank Act provisions and will continue in the coming months. To the extent these or other requirements ultimately apply to the Company, they could require the Company to change how it conducts and manages its business, including subjecting it to higher capital requirements, and could adversely affect it.

The foregoing requirements, as well as others that could be applied to the Company as a result of the legislation, could limit the Company’s ability to conduct certain lines of business and/or subject the Company to enhanced business conduct standards and/or otherwise adversely affect its future results of operations. Because many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are being implemented through agency rulemaking processes, a number of which have not been completed, our assessment of the legislation’s impact on the Company and its business remains uncertain and is subject to change.

In addition, the decline in the financial strength of many financial guaranty insurers has caused government officials to examine the suitability of some of the complex securities guaranteed by financial guaranty insurers. For example, the New York

167

Table of Contents

Insurance Department had announced that it would develop new rules and regulations for the financial guaranty industry. On September 22, 2008, the Department issued Circular Letter No. 19 (2008) (the “Circular Letter”), which established best practices guidelines for financial guaranty insurers effective January 1, 2009. The Department had announced that it plans to propose legislation and regulations to formalize these guidelines. Such guidelines and the related legislation and regulations may limit the amount of new structured finance business that AGC may write.

Furthermore, if the Company fails to comply with applicable insurance laws and regulations it could be exposed to fines, the loss of insurance licenses, limitations on the right to originate new business and restrictions on its ability to pay dividends, all of which could have an adverse impact on its business results and prospects. As a result of a number of factors, including incurred losses and risks reassumed from troubled reinsurers, AGM and AGC have from time to time exceeded regulatory risk limits. Failure to comply with these limits allows the Department the discretion to cause the Company to cease writing new business. Although the Company has notified the Department of such noncompliance, the Department has not exercised such discretion in the past. If an insurance company’s surplus declines below minimum required levels, the insurance regulator could impose additional restrictions on the insurer or initiate insolvency proceedings. AGC and AGM may increase surplus by various means, including obtaining capital contributions from the Company, purchasing reinsurance or entering into other loss mitigation arrangements, reducing the amount of new business written or obtaining regulatory approval to release contingency reserves. From time to time, AGM and AGC have obtained approval from their regulators to release contingency reserves based on the expiration of their insured exposure.

Recorded estimates of expected losses are subject to uncertainties and such estimates may not be adequate to cover potential paid claims.

The financial guaranties issued by the Company's insurance subsidiaries insure the credit performance of the guaranteed obligations over an extended period of time, in some cases over 30 years, and in most circumstances, the Company has no right to cancel such financial guaranties. As a result, the Company's estimate of ultimate losses on a policy is subject to significant uncertainty over the life of the insured transaction due to the potential for significant variability in credit performance due to changing economic, fiscal and financial market variability over the long duration of most contracts.

The determination of expected loss is an inherently subjective process involving numerous estimates, assumptions and judgments by management, using both internal and external data sources with regard to frequency, severity of loss, economic projections and other factors that affect credit performance. The Company does not use traditional actuarial approaches to determine its estimates of expected losses. Actual losses will ultimately depend on future events or transaction performance. As a result, the Company's current estimates of probable and estimable losses may not reflect the Company's future ultimate claims paid. If the Company's actual losses exceed its current estimate, this may result in adverse effects on the Company's financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, business prospects, financial strength ratings and ability to raise additional capital.

The uncertainty of expected losses has substantially increased since mid-2007, especially for RMBS transactions. Current expected losses in such transactions, as well as other mortgage related transactions, far exceed initial expected losses due to the high level of mortgage defaults across all U.S. regions. As a result, historical loss data may have limited value in predicting future RMBS losses. The Company's loss reserve models take into account current and expected future trends in loss severities which contemplate the impact of current and probable foreclosure liquidation expectations, default rates, prepayment speeds and other factors impacting transaction cash flows and ultimately losses. These factors, which are integral elements of the Company's reserve estimation methodology, are updated on a quarterly basis based on current U.S. RMBS performance data, which contain (where applicable) the actual impact of temporary foreclosure moratoriums and other factors affecting the U.S. real estate market. The Company's loss estimation models do not specifically include an adjustment for temporary foreclosure moratoriums, which may, in some instances, delay default resolution and prolong foreclosure timelines without curing the underlying borrower defaults or reducing losses.

The Company's estimate of expected RMBS losses takes into account expected recoveries from sellers and originators of the underlying residential mortgages. RMBS transaction documentation generally specifies that the seller or originator must repurchase a loan from the RMBS transaction if the seller or originator has breached its representations and warranties regarding that loan and if that breach materially and adversely affects (a) the interests of the trust, the trustee, the noteholders or the financial guaranty insurer in the mortgage loan or (b) the value of the mortgage loan. In order to enforce the repurchase remedy, the Company has been reviewing mortgage loan files for RMBS transactions that it has insured in order to identify the loans that the Company believes violate the seller's or originator's representations and warranties regarding the characteristics of such loans. The Company then submits or “puts back” such loans to the sellers or originators for repurchase from the RMBS transaction.

The Company's efforts to put back loans for breaches of representations and warranties are subject to a number of difficulties. First, the review itself is time-consuming and costly and may not necessarily result in a greater amount of

168

Table of Contents

recoveries than the costs incurred in this process. In addition, the sellers or originators may challenge the Company's ability to complete this process, including without limitation, by refusing to make the loan files available to the Company; asserting that there has been no breach or that any such breach is not material; or delaying or otherwise prolonging the repayment process. The Company may also need to rely on the trustee of the insured transaction to enforce this remedy on its behalf and the trustee may be unable or unwilling to pursue the remedy in a manner that is satisfactory to the Company.

The amount of recoveries that the Company receives from the sellers or originators is also subject to considerable uncertainty, which may affect the amount of ultimate losses the Company pays on the transaction. For instance, the Company may determine to accept a negotiated settlement with a seller or originator in lieu of a repurchase of mortgage loans, in which case, current estimates of expected recoveries may differ from actual recoveries. Additionally, the Company may be unable to enforce the repurchase remedy because of a deterioration in the financial position of the seller or originator to a point where it does not have the financial wherewithal to pay. Furthermore, a portion of the expected recoveries are derived from the Company's estimates of the number of loans that will both default in the future and be found to have material breaches of representations and warranties. The Company has extrapolated future recoveries based on its experience to date, has discounted the success rate it has been experiencing in recognition of the uncertainties described herein and has also excluded any credit for repurchases by sellers or originators the Company believes do not have the financial wherewithal to pay. Although the Company believes that its methodology for extrapolating estimated recoveries is appropriate for evaluating the amount of potential recoveries, actual recoveries may differ materially from those estimated.

The methodologies that the Company uses to estimate expected losses in general and for any specific obligation in particular may not be similar to methodologies used by the Company's competitors, counterparties or other market participants. Subsequent to the AGMH Acquisition, the Company harmonized the approaches it and AGMH use to estimate expected losses for RMBS and other transactions. For additional discussion of the Company's reserve methodologies, see Note 4 of Financial Statements, Financial Guaranty Insurance Contracts.


Item 2.	UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Issuer’s Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table reflects purchases of AGL common shares made by the Company during Third Quarter 2012.



Period	Total Number of Shares Purchased	Average Price Paid Per Share		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Program (1)	Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Program
July 1 - July 30	—	$	—	—	2,933,241
August 1 - August 31	—	$	—	—	2,933,241
September 1 - September 30	—	$	—	—	2,933,241
Total	—	$	—	—

____________________


(1)	In November 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program for up to 5.0 million common shares.


ITEM 6.	EXHIBITS.

See Exhibit Index for a list of exhibits filed with this report.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

169

Table of Contents



	ASSURED GUARANTY LTD. (Registrant)

Dated November 9, 2012	By:	/s/ ROBERT A. BAILENSON

		Robert A. Bailenson Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer and Duly Authorized Officer)

EXHIBIT INDEX



Exhibit Number			Description of Document
10.1			Assured Guaranty Ltd. Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 and as amended by the First, Second, Third, Fourth and Fifth Amendments*
10.2			Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of May 7, 2009 and as amended by the First Amendment*
31.1			Certification of CEO Pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13A-14 and 15D-14, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2			Certification of CFO Pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13A-14 and 15D-14, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1			Certification of CEO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002
32.2			Certification of CFO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002
101.1			The following financial information from Assured Guaranty Ltd.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012 formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three and Nine Months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Three and Nine Months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 (iv) Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity for the Nine Months ended September 30, 2012; (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011; and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

*Management contract or compensatory plan

170